Skip to main content

Full text of "The Closing Events of the Campaign in China The Operations in the Yangtzekiang and Treaty of Nanking"

See other formats


THE  CLOSING 
EVENTS  OF  THE 
CAMPAIGN  IN 
CHINA:  THE 
OPERATIONS  IN... 

Granville  G.  Loch 


Digitized  by  Google 


Digitized  by  Google 


itized  by  Google 


Digitized  by  Google 


Digitized  by  Google 


Digitized  by  Google 


THE 

CLOSING  EVENTS 

OF  THE 

CAMPAIGN  IN  CHINA. 


Digitized  by  Google 


London*: 
Printed  by  A.  Spottiswoodi, 


Digitized  by  Google 


THE 


CLOSING  EVENTS 


OF  THE 


CAMPAIGN    IN  CHINA: 


THE 


OPERATIONS  IN  THE  YANG-TZE-KIANG ; 


AND 


TREATY  OF  NANKING. 


BY 


CAPT.  GRANVILLE  6?  LOCH, 


ROT AX  NAVY. 


LONDON: 
JOHN  MURRAY,  ALBEMARLE  STREET. 

MDCCCXLIII. 


Digitized  by  Google 


DS 

7S7. 5 
>LZ£ 


Digitized  by  Google 


PREFACE. 


Anxious  to  see  China  and  witness  the  operations 
then  proceeding  there,  I  took  the  opportunity  that 
offered  of  my  return  from  active  service  in  the 
Mediterranean  to  apply  in  December,  1841,  to  the 
Admiralty  for  leave  to  join  the  Expedition,  which 
was  most  kindly  granted,  and  I  embarked  for  a 
passage  on  board  H.  M.  S.  Dido  by  the  invitation 
of  her  captain  the  Hon.  H.  Keppel,  my  old  and 
esteemed  friend. 

When  we  joined  the  force  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Yang-tze-kiang,  I  was  invited  by  Vice* Admiral 
Sir  William  Parker  to  live  with  him ;  and  I  take 
this  opportunity  to  express  my  gratitude  to  him 
for  his  unvaried  kindness,  as  also  to  Sir  Hugh 
Gough,  who  permitted  me  to  act  as  his  extra 
aide-de-camp  whenever  the  army  landed,  and  not 

A  3 


vi  PREFACE. 

less  to  Sir  Henry  Pottinger,  who  afforded  me  the 
same  opportunity  that  he  himself  possessed  of 
meeting  and  observing  the  Chinese  authorities, 
with  whom  we  came  in  contact  during  the  period 
of  the  negotiations. 

While  I  was  with  the  Expedition  I  kept  a 
journal,  and  this  volume  is  the  result  of  it. 

After  the  treaty  was  signed,  I  proceeded  to  Cal- 
cutta in  the  H.  C.  S.  Tenasserim,  the  vessel  sent 
with  the  despatches  to  Lord  Ellenborough,  an- 
nouncing the  conclusion  of  the  war  and  the  treaty 
which  had  been  agreed  upon. 

Desirous  of  seeing  something  of  the  British 
possessions  in  India,  I  visited  the  three  presidencies, 
therefore  did  not  reach  England  until  the  end  of 
March,  which  circumstance  has  delayed  the  publi- 
cation of  this  book  three  months  longer  than  I 
could  have  wished. 

During  the  period  of  our  short  stay,  after  the 
capture  of  the  city  of  Chin-kiang-foo,  I  had  no 
opportunity  of  examining,  with  any  degree  of  ac- 
curacy, its  extended  suburbs,  or  the  course  of  the 
Great  Canal ;  but  I  have  been  so  fortunate  as  to 
receive  some  valuable  observations  from  Captain 


Digitized  by  Google 


PREFACE. 


Vll 


the  Hon.  Fred.  Grey,  who  was  left  there  as  senior 
naval  officer  pending  the  negotiations  which  suc- 
ceeded the  treaty  of  Nanking  :  these  he  has  kindly 
pennitted  me  to  insert,  and  they  will  be  found 
in  the  Appendix. 


Digitized  by  Google 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  T. 

Straits  of  Sunda. — Equatorial  changes.  —  The  monsoons. — 
Banca  and  Sumatra-  —  The  Dugong.  —  Malay  super- 
stitions. —  Singapore.  —  Population  and  trade  of  the  island. 

—  Chinese  etiquette.  —  Visit  to  the  jos-house   -  Page  1 

CHAP.  TT. 

Departure  from  Singapore.  —  Drumming  fish.  —  Lema 
Islands.  — Hong-Kong. — Pedestrian  excursion.  — Chinese 
reverence  for  the  aged.  —  Trip  to  Macao.  —  Chinese  boat- 
women.  —  Mercenary  character  of  the  Chinese  —  Kid- 
napping. — Portuguese  settlers.  —  Return  to  Hong-Kong. 

—  Departure  of  the  fleet  for  the  scene  of  operations  -  16 

CHAP.  HI. 

Dismantling  of  the  Woo-sung  forts. — Chinese  gallantry.  — 
Conduct  of  the  peasantry.  —  Sir  Hugh  Gough.  —  Chinese 
cannon  and  their  inscriptions.  —  Town  of  Poushung.  — 
Advance  inland.  —  Taking  of  Chan-hai.  —  Chinese  tea- 
gardens. — Dwarfing  process. — Pawnbroking  depositories. 

—  Communication  from  Elipoo.  —  Visits  to  the  Arsenal 
and  other  public  buildings.  —  Disaffection  of  the  popu- 
lation towards  the  mandarin*.  — Exploration  of  the  river 
Woo-sung   -  -  -  -  -  W> 


JglC 


X 


CONTENTS. 


CHAR  TV- 
Observations.  —  The  Yang-tze-kiang.  —  Island  of  Sung* 
ining   -  -  -  -  -  -    Page  59 

CHAP.  V. 

Surveyors1  return.  —  Sailing  of  the  fleet.  —  Destruction  of 
a  fort.  —  Pagoda  of  Tong-shou.  —  Chinese  proclamation.  — 
Destruction  of  the  Se-shan  forts.  —  Capture  of  a  fugitive. 

—  Ascent  to  a  pagoda  by  moonlight.  —  Chinese  fishing- 
tackle  -  =  =  =  =  -  64 

CHAP.  VI. 

Seung-shan,  or  "  Silver  Island."  —  Chinese  recluse.  — 
Phlegethon  battery.  —  Chin-kiang-foo.  —  Kin-shan,  or 
"  Golden  Island."  —  Fire  rafts.  —  Visits  of  the  Chinese. — 
Inner  canal.  —  Temple  of  the  Dragon  King.  —  Process 
of  cramping  the  feet.  —  Remains  of  ancient  gardens  of 
Kwa-chou.  — Chinese  bridges.  —  Message  from  Elipoo.  — 
Palace  and  temples  of  Golden  Island.  —  Fire  rafts  -  82 

CHAP.  VII. 

Reconnoissance  of  enemy's  position.  —  Siege  of  Chin-kiang- 
foo. —  Blowing  in  of  the  gate.  — Rally  of  Tartar  troops 
inside  the  town.  —  Suicide  of  towns-people.  — Chinese  in- 
terpreter.— Exploration  of  the  city.  —  Return  on  board.  — 
Uniforms  and  arms  of  Tartars  and  Chinese  -  101 

CHAP.  VIII. 

Landing  of  provisions  for  garrison.  —  Appearance  of  a  cap- 
tured city.  —  Absence  of  birds  and  beasts  of  prey.  — 
Cast-iron  pagoda.  —  Chinese  plunderers.  —  Junks.  — 
Tartar  secretary.  —  Emperor  s  letters.  —  Hollow  bastion. 

—  Progress  towards  Nanking.  —  Chinese  dinner.  —  First 
view  of  Porcelain  pagoda.  —  Great  wall  of  Nanking.  1  It? 


CONTENTS 


XI 


CHAP.  IX. 

Anchor  off  Nanking.  —  Reconnoissance  of  the  western  wall 
of  the  city.  —  Report  of  the  appointment  of  commis- 
sioners. —  Offer  of  ransom.  —  Yan-tse-shan,  or  Swallow's 
Nest. —  Sickness.  —  Intercepted  despatch. — Correspond- 
ence between  the  Envoy  and  Ke-ying.  —  Disembarkation 
of  troops.  —  Reconnoitring  party.  —  Major  Malcolm's 
junk.  —  Night  alarm  -  -  -    Page  132 

CHAP.  X. 

Chinese  official  correspondence. —  The  pawnbroker  of  Yang- 
chow. — Conferences  with  the  deputies.  —  Respect  paid  to 
the  Imperial  edicts.  —  Excursion  along  the  banks  of  the 
canal.  —  Floods.  —  Climate.  —  Thunder-storm.  —  The 
bamboo.  —  First  interview  with  Imperial  Commission- 
era  -  -  -  -  -  -  I4S 

CIIAP.  XI. 

Trip  to  the  Dido.  —  Second  interview  with  Commission- 
ers  -  -  -  -  -  -  164 

CHAP.  xn. 

Excursion  to  Nanking.  —  Mausoleum  of  the  emperors  of 
the  Ming  dynasty.  —  Porcelain  pagoda.  —  Description  of 
Nanking.  —  Return  to  the  fleet.  —  Visit  from  the  Im- 
perial Commissioners.  —  Signing  of  the  treaty       -  176 

CIIAP.  XIII. 

The  Imperial  Commissioners,  Ke-ying,  Elipoo,  and  New- 
king.  —  Departure  from  Nanking.  —  Great  size  of  Yang- 
tze-kiang   -  -  -  -  -  -  189 


Xli  CONTENTS. 


APPENDIX. 

Imperial  edicts  - 

Page  201 

Porcelain  pagoda  .... 

-  203 

Treaty  of  peace  - 

-  206 

Topography  of  Kiangsu  - 

-  208 

Notes  on  the  Imperial  or  Grand  Canal  by  Capt 

.  Grey  225 

TO  THE  HINDER. 
The  map  of  the  Yang-tze-kiang  to  face  page  1 . 


■ 


i 

V 


THE    HIV  K  R 


from 

TO  THE  MOUTH. 


En^liah  Miles. 
t  depth  of  Water  is  expressed,  in.  Fathmtvs. 


i  — ^  "  i  .   i  ■ 

Longitude 


Digitized  by  Google 


1  20° 


rnow-  poo 


Digitized  by  Google 


THE  CLOSING  EVENTS 

OF  THE 

CAMPAIGN    IN  CHINA, 

&C. 


CHAPTER  I. 

STRAITS  OF  8UNDA.  —  EQUATORIAL    CHANGES.  —  THE  MON- 
SOONS. —  BANCA  AND  SUMATRA.  THE  DUGONG.  MALAY 

SUPERSTITIONS.  SINGAPORE.  —  POPULATION  AND  TRADE 

OF  THE  ISLAND. — CHINESE  ETIQUETTE.  —  VISIT  TO  THE 
JOS-HOUSE. 

Late  on  the  evening  of  the  26th  of  April,  1842, 
we  rounded  Java  Head  and  entered  the  Straits  of 
Sunda,  the  great  western  entrance  to  the  China 
Sea. 

Our  passage  so  far  had  been  prosperous;  we 
sailed  from  Plymouth  Sound  on  the  23d  of 
January,  and  anchored  in  Simon's  Bay  on  the 
2l8t  of  March.  To  our  surprise,  we  there  found 
Lord  Saltoun  and  his  troops.  They  had  left 
England  five  weeks  before  us,  and  we  may  attri- 
bute our  good  fortune  in  overtaking  them  to  the 
light  and  variable  winds  they  experienced  between 


2 


EQUATORIAL  CHANGES.  chap,  l 


Rio  de  Janeiro  and  the  Cape.  They  sailed  the 
forenoon  after  our  arrival,  and  four  days  before 
us :  it  remains  to  be  seen  whether  we  have  gained 
stronger  and  better  winds  since  leaving  the  Cape 
by  steering  a  parallel  latitude  farther  south,  and 
continuing  it  farther  to  the  eastward  than  the 
usual  track  vessels  follow,  or  Horsburgh  recom- 
mends. Hitherto  our  daily  runs  have  been  par- 
ticularly good,  having  accomplished  a  distance  of 
5752  miles  in  31  days. 

Wednesday,  21th  of  April — I  rose  before  sun- 
rise to  enjoy  a  sight  that  is  seen  to  greater 
advantage  in  this  climate  than  in  any  other,  and 
to  appreciate  fully  the  satisfactory  sensation  of  a 
ship  sailing  in  smooth  seas  after  an  antarctic 
passage. 

The  water  was  as  little  disturbed  as  an  inland 
lake, — only  slightly  rippled  by  a  six-knot  breeze, 
wafting  "  the  spicy  gales  of  the  sweet  South  "  to 
our  up-turned  noses.  No  pack  of  fox-hounds 
were  ever  more  anxious  to  sniff  Reynard's  tail 
than  we  were  to  inhale  the  smell  of  the  land. 

For  the  last  few  days  the  winds  have  been 
light  and  variable,  and  the  temperature  extremely 
oppressive;  to  us  particularly  so,  who  only  a 
week  before  had  snow  upon  our  decks. 

This  is  the  month  of  change,  the  month  in 
which  the  easterly  winds  and  fair  weather  are 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  L 


THE  MONSOONS. 


3 


ushered  in  by  lightning  and  tempests,  violent 
tornadoes,  and  deluges  of  rain.  After  a  short 
period  the  heavy  clouds  disappear ;  the  atmosphere 
expands;  the  air  becomes  pure  and  refreshing; 
nature  revives,  and  the  earth  is  once  more  clad 
with  beautiful  verdure.  In  September,  nature 
begins  to  droop;  the  breezes  become  light  and 
fitful ;  the  strongest  are  oppressed  with  languor ; 
clouds  assemble  in  huge  masses,  which,  in  Oc- 
tober, burst  forth  in  thunder,  lightning,  and 
heavy  squalls.  These  squalls  frequently  ripen 
into  gales;  and  thus  the  rainy  S.W.  monsoon 
sets  in,  continuing  until  the  sun  is  again  within 
the  tropic  of  Cancer. 

This  is  the  climate  of  the  islands  to  the  south 
and  upon  the  equator.  The  great  continent  of 
Asia  alters  the  direction  of  these  winds.  The 
summer  monsoon  of  Java  and  Sumatra  is  N.  E. ; 
it  is  N.  W.  over  China  and  Hindostan ;  in  like 
manner  the  S.  W.  monsoon  of  the  Archipelago  is 
the  S.  E.  of  the  mainland. 

During  the  day  three  canoes  came  off  with 
some  unripe  fruit,  fowls,  and  paroquets;  they 
were  manned  by  Malays,  all  ready  and  anxious 
to  take  every  advantage  in  disposing  of  their 
commodities.  The  canoes  are  scooped  from  single 
trees  and  finished  in  the  rudest  manner.  It  is 
strange  how  much  the  natives  of  the  South  Sea 

b  2 


TROPICAL  VEGETATION. 


CHAP.  I. 


Islands  excel  in  neatness  and  ingenuity  these 
people,  who,  in  some  of  the  useful  arts,  are  their 
superiors. 

We  skirted  the  verdant  shores,  which  were 
every  where  beautiful,  exhibiting  all  the  rich 
variety  of  tropical  vegetation ;  —  the  teak,  owing 
a  borrowed  fragrance  and  bloom  to  the  parasitical 
plants  that  clung  to  it ;  the  gigantic  suren,  dying 
within  the  embrace  of  a  creeper  larger  than 
itself;  the  palm  and  the  valued  cocoa  nut;  the 
bamboo  and  the  betel  nut;  the  sago  palm  of 
Amboyna,  and  its  sister  in  produce  the  Sagurus 
rumpnii;  the  wax  and  the  cotton  tree,  and  other 
plants  supplying  every  want  to  a  lazy  race ;  and 
in  the  arid  spots,  we  learned,  that  the  pitcher 
plant,  Nepenthes  distillatoria,  is  found,  with  its 
beautiful  provision  for  securing  and  retaining 
sufficient  moisture  for  its  support  under  an  equa- 
torial sun. 

The  famous  upas,  or  poison  tree,  also  flourishes 
here,  distinguished  by  its  straight  and  stately 
stem  rising  to  the  height  of  seventy  or  eighty  feet ; 
too  noble  a  vegetable,  one  would  suppose,  to  have 
ever  obtained  so  bad  a  reputation. 

We  were  also  told  of  that  fearful  valley  within 
which  no  living  creature  can  exist ;  and  a  story 
of  a  poor  convict,  who,  having  escaped  from 
Batavia,  had,  in  his  anxiety  to  elude  pursuit, 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  L  BANC  A  AND  SUMATRA. 


5 


overlooked  the  dangerous  vicinity,  and  perished 
within  its  fatal  precincts. 

At  sunset  we  shaped  our  course  to  the  north- 
ward. The  "Button"  and  the  "Cap"  (two 
small  round  islands)  were  far  astern,  and  Batavia, 
the  old  queen  of  the  East,  where  Chinamen  pay  a 
tax  to  wear  their  pig-tails,  far  on  our  starboard 
quarter. 

30th  of  April  —  This  morning  we  sighted  the 
island  of  Banca,  and  are  now  running  between 
its  shores  and  those  of  Sumatra.  Pirates  and  a 
colony  of  Chinese  tin  miners  are,  I  believe,  the 
only  inhabitants  of  the  former  island,  and  have, 
from  long  practice  and  industry,  arrived  at  great 
proficiency  in  their  separate  pursuits.  Stretching 
from  north  to  south,  we  saw  on  our  left  the  low 
coast  of  Sumatra,  covered  by  a  continuous  forest 
to  the  water's  edge,  which  affords  shelter  to  a 
greater  variety  of  savage  animals  than  perhaps 
exists  in  any  other  country.  The  single  and 
double  horned  rhinoceros,  the  elephant,  and  a 
tiger  whose  strength  and  ferocity  are  said  to  be 
superior  to  those  of  the  better  known  native  of 
Bengal,  are  amongst  the  largest.  Numbers  of 
people  are  annually  carried  off  by  the  latter  animal ; 
but  still  the  simple  natives  as  frequently  endeavour 
to  propitiate  them  by  offerings  of  fruit  and  flowers 
as  they  do  to  destroy  them  by  energetic  means. 

B  3 


Digitized  by  Google 


TIIE  DUGONG. 


CHAP.  I. 


I  believe  no  sea  within  the  tropics  contains  so 
large  a  family  of  Cetacea  as  the  Eastern  Archi- 
pelago. Perhaps  the  most  peculiar  is  the  Dugong, 
Its  body  is  bulky,  tapering  to  a  broad  horizontal 
tail;  instead  of  fins,  it  has  two  webbed  paws, 
armed  with  talons ;  its  head  in  shape  is  very  pe- 
culiar, and  its  mouth  is  furnished  with  browsing 
teeth.  Its  food  consists  entirely  of  herbage, 
which  it  crops  at  the  bottom  of  the  sea.  In  size 
it  varies  from  ten  to  twenty  feet  in  length,  and 
the  flesh  resembles  young  beef,  and  is  highly 
appreciated  by  the  Malays.  The  females  are 
strongly  attached  to  their  young,  and  allow  them- 
selves to  be  taken  if  their  offspring  are  destroyed. 
They  utter  sharp  and  plaintive  cries,  and  are  said 
to  shed  tears,  which  are  carefully  preserved  by 
these  most  unsophisticated  cut-throats. 

The  Malays,  pre-eminently  superstitious,  even 
amongst  nations  remarkable  for  such  a  tendency, 
have  numerous  legendary  stories  of  the  wonderful 
qualities  of  many  of  this  tribe  of  fish ;  they  have 
obtained  a  supernatural  connection,  in  their  simple 
imaginations,  with  many  of  the  sounds  and  ap- 
pearances that  arise  from  natural  causes  amid  the 
wild  and  beautiful  scenery  by  which  they  are  sur- 
rounded. While  gliding  in  their  swift  prohas 
among  their  romantic  islands,  now  through  the 
bright  moonlight,  and  now  within  the  deep  shadows 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  I. 


SINGAPORE. 


7 


cast  by  each  wood  and  headland,  every  faint  echo, 
the  flutter  of  a  startled  bird,  or  growl  of  savage 
beast,  even  the  fall  of  a  distant  paddle  on  the 
calm  sea,  are  not  unlikely  at  such  a  moment  to 
acquire  a  mysterious  import 

6th  of  May. — For  the  last  few  days  we  have 
been  running  between  patches  of  beautiful  islands 
covered  with  fine  trees,  literally  embedded  in 
dense  and  luxuriant  underwood.  Numerous 
roots  of  huge  aloes  and  palms,  long  bamboos  and 
branches,  carried  out  by  the  currents  from  the 
rivers  of  Sumatra,  have  been  daily  drifting  past. 
They  will  doubtless  accumulate,  as  we  have  re- 
marked, in  these  seas;  ground  in  shoal  water, 
and  form  a  deposit  around  them ;  and  from  this 
nucleus  Nature  will  cause  vegetation  to  extend 
her  territory. 

Yesterday  we  saw  for  the  first  time  two  Malay 
prohas  full  of  men :  I  suspect  they  disliked  our 
appearance  as  much  as  a  pickpocket  does  that  of 
a  police-officer. 

To-day  we  are  in  sight  of  the  flag-staff  close  to 
Singapore;  and  if  the  light  air  increases,  shall 
hear  from  old  England  before  nightfall,  and  also, 
I  trust,  a  great  deal  about  the  Chinese  war.  A 
steamer  and  five  or  six  large  ships  are  in  sight, 
and  we  are  in  a  state  of  great  expectation;  it 
would  not  be  easy  to  describe  the  mingled  feelings 

b  4 


Digitized  by  Google 


8 


SINGAPORE. 


CHAP,  t 


of  anxiety  and  hope  that  at  such  a  moment  assail 
a  man. 

Saturday y  1th  of  May.  —  Last  night  the  wind 
fell,  and  we  were  obliged  to  anchor  within  a  few 
miles  of  the  port  —  a  most  tantalizing  occurrence. 
The  transports  we  saw  in  the  morning  had  to  do 
the  same ;  so  the  Captain  sent  a  boat  to  gain  in- 
telligence. These  four  vessels  contain  the  last  of 
the  detachment  of  5000  men  despatched  from 
India  for  China.  We  heard  of  Lord  Auckland's 
return ;  of  the  Ning-po  business,  and  of  the  in- 
creasing obstinacy  of  the  Chinese;  and  Keppel 
learned  what  justly  pleased  him  much  —  that  the 
Dido  was  the  first  ship  out  of  a  batch  of  five  men- 
of-war  that  left  England  five,  and  some  even  six, 
weeks  before  us. 

We  anchored  in  this  fine  harbour  about  noon 
in  the  centre  of  a  fleet  of  merchant  ships. 

On  the  crest  of  a  round  hill  topping  the  town, 
free  from  jungle  and  ornamented  with  nutmeg  and 
other  trees,  and  covered  with  a  compact  green 
sward,  worthy  of  England,  stands  the  governor's 
handsome  bungelow.  At  the  hill's  base,  on  the 
flat  and  even  ground  in  front  and  to  the  right, 
extend  the  houses  of  our  luxurious  Eastern  mer- 
chants—  spacious  buildings,  with  fine  Roman 
Doric  porticoes,  and  separated  from  each  other 
by  inclosed  gardens.    Beyond  these  appear  the 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  X. 


SINGAPORE. 


9 


humble  dwellings  of  the  Chinese  colonists  skirting 
the  edge  of  the  dense  jungle,  acres  of  which  are 
annually  cleared,  making  way  for  spice  plantations, 
which  richly  repay  the  industrious  proprietors. 

The  unvaried  luxuriance  of  vegetation,  although 
very  pleasing  at  first,  after  some  time  becomes  tire- 
some. The  eye  longs  for  a  clear  expanse,  or  the 
abrupt  interruption  of  a  rugged  crag.  Here  there 
is  merely  a  diversity  of  gentle  hills  and  shallow 
dales,  all  alike  clothed  with  the  same  thick  foliage. 

Well-made  roads  now  intersect  the  island  in  dif- 
ferent directions ;  and  they,  indeed,  in  conjunction 
with  every  other  improvement,  have  been  planned 
and  executed  through  the  indefatigable  exertions 
of  the  clever  and  energetic  Governor,  Mr.  Bonham. 

When  the  British  flag  was  first  hoisted  by  Sir 
Stamford  Raffles  in  1819,  the  population  did  not 
exceed  200  souls.  In  1820  the  numbers  had  in- 
creased to  10,000,  principally  Chinese ;  and  now 
the  trade  (as  Lord  Jocelyn  has  correctly  stated) 
is  equal  to  that  of  Bombay,  and  the  population, 
consisting  of  Europeans,  Chinese,  Malays,  Ben- 
galees, Arabs,  Buggis,  and  others,  is  nearly  30,000. 

Singapore  is  a  free  port,  which  is  a  pity,  for  a 
light  harbour  due  would  not  prevent  vessels  from 
coming  to  a  place  of  such  commercial  importance, 
and  would  more  effectually  defray  the  expenses  of 
the  straits,  and  enable  the  Governor  to  prosecute 

B  5 


Digitized  by  Google 


10  TRADE  OF  SUMATRA.  chap,  l 

many  projected  improvements,  which,  from  a  pau- 
city of  funds,  he  has  been  obliged  to  defer. 

At  day-dawn,  when  the  sky  receives  its  first 
bright  tints  from  the  rising  sun,  and  the  morning 
mist  yet  shrouds  the  marshes  and  hangs  about 
the  damp  verdure,  the  harbour  is  alive  with  boats 
and  resounding  with  the  noisy  hum  of  awakened 
crowds ; —  the  long  low  canoe  of  the  Malay,  pro- 
pelled by  twenty  or  thirty  paddles,  each  stroke 
accompanied  by  their  peculiar  cry;  punts,  the 
undoubted  progeny  of  the  mother  junks,  convey- 
ing to  the  shore  the  Chinese  mariner  with  his 
fan  and  umbrella;  the  sanpans,  with  their  clean 
matted  seats  and  plantain-leaf  awnings,  waiting 
for  passengers,  and  promiscuously  manned  by  the 
Hindoo,  the  Moor,  the  Malay  or  the  Arab,  the 
wild  native  of  Borneo  or  Amboyna,  Madura  or 
the  more  independent  and  manly  inhabitant  of 
Bali ;  the  unwieldy  junk  herself,  with  painted  eyes, 
which  are  presumed  to  guide  it  in  safety  clear  of 
shoals  and  dangers,  its  large  masts  without  rig- 
ging, mat  sail,  high-peaked  stern  (not  unlike  ours 
of  the  fifteenth  century)  bedaubed  with  flying  dra- 
gons, painted  devils,  and  proverbs,  and  the  poop 
entirely  occupied  by  the  indispensable  jos,  dis- 
gorging scores  of  chattering  Chinese ;  boats  laden 
with  fruit  of  every  description,  amongst  which  pine- 
apples predoniinate,  arriving  from  distant  creeks. 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  I. 


VISIT  TO  THE  GOVERNOR. 


11 


ready  for  the  morning  market;  and  the  light  fish- 
ing canoe,  with  its  patient  occupant,  who  will  sit 
for  hours  under  the  shade  of  his  light  grass  hat, 
are  amongst  the  many  novelties  that  attract  the 
attention  of  the  stranger. 

I  went  on  shore  with  Captain  Keppel  to  call 
upon  the  Governor.  We  found  him  at  his  office, 
a  large  building  near  the  beach ;  he  received  his 
old  friend  Keppel  most  heartily.  His  active 
duties,  he  says,  have  greatly  accumulated  since 
the  commencement  of  the  Chinese  war,  and  it 
is  lucky  for  the  naval  service  that  there  is  so 
excellent  a  manager  to  supply  their  demands. 

In  the  evening  we  relanded  to  dine  with  Mr. 
Bonham.  A  palankin  drawn  by  a  spirited  little 
Timour  poney,  not  larger  than  a  Shetlander,  con- 
veyed us  up  the  ascent  at  an  active  trot :  the  very 
pretty  approach  to  the  house,  winding  round  the 
east  side  of  the  hill  and  flanked  by  nutmeg  groves 
interspersed  with  some  fine  timber,  is  kept  in  very 
excellent  order.  White  jackets  and  a  punkar, 
open  doors  and  a  free  current  of  air,  made  the 
temperature  delightful. 

The  house  commands  a  fine  view  of  the  town 
and  adjacent  country..  The  former,  although  built 
on  a  marsh  and  surrounded  by  vegetation,  is  very 
healthy,  owing  to  the  sea  covering  the  lower 
ground  at  every  tide,  and  thus  preventing  putre- 

b  6 


Digitized  by  Google 


12  CHINESE  NAVIGATION.  chap,  l 


faction,  which  would  inevitably  ensue  from  the 
great  heat,  if  the  water  was  not  so  regularly 
renewed. 

I  was  glad  to  hear  that  the  war  has  not  de- 
stroyed the  confidence  of  the  Chinese  traders,  and 
that  the  same  number  of  junks  continue  to  arrive, 
and  as  richly  laden  as  before.  When  it  is  con- 
sidered how  defenceless  these  valuable  vessels  are, 
and  that  they  are  generally  sailing  within  sight 
of  numerous  little  islands,  separated  by  winding 
channels,  yet  unsurveyed,  and  containing  creeks 
and  harbours  unknown  to  and  screened  from  the 
observation  of  the  passing  vessel,  it  is  surprising 
that  so  few  acts  of  plunder  are  committed  by  the 
Malays,  many  tribes  of  whom  regard  these  seas 
theirs  by  right  of  prior  possession,  and  a  black 
mail  exacted  in  their  way  as  lawful  taxation. 
Such  exactions  they  do  not  consider  piracy,  nor 
do  they  regard  them  otherwise  than  did  our  old 
borderers  their  frequent  forays.  We  may  hear 
eventually  of  some  flower  of  Battan,  like  the  one 
of  Yarrow,  displaying  a  crease  instead  of  spurs  on 
an  empty  dish. 

Alligators  abound  in  every  inlet ;  tigers  in  the 
jungle.  It  was  only  the  other  day  that  one  of  the 
former  capsized  a  canoe  with  its  tail,  and  devoured 
the  proprietor ;  and  about  the  same  time  an  Indian 
was  carried  away  by  one  of  the  latter  while  walking 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  L  CHINESE  ETIQUETTE.  13 

on  the  road  close  to  the  town.  I  was  informed 
on  good  authority  that  upwards  of  forty  persons 
are  annually  destroyed  by  these  savage  beasts, 
which,  singular  to  say,  did  not  exist  on  the  island 
of  Singapore  before  we  formed  settlements  there. 

8th  of  May,  —  I  drove  through  the  town  this 
morning  with  Keppel.  The  principal  proprietors 
and  inhabitants  are  Chinese:  there  are  streets 
full  of  Chinese  blacksmiths — fine  athletic  fellows ; 
others,  of  shoemakers  and  tailors ;  and  some  con- 
taining open  booths,  under  canvas  awnings,  re- 
sembling the  Persian  and  Turkish  bazaars. 

I  understand  that  our  celestial  subjects  here 
do  not  treat  us  with  the  same  outward  respect 
practised  by  their  brethren  of  Java  towards  their 
more  tyrannical  masters,  the  Dutch.  Here,  they 
never  think  of  letting  fall  their  tails  (which,  for 
greater  convenience,  they  wear  twisted  round 
their  heads)  when  they  speak  to  you.  In  China, 
such  an  omission  is  considered  as  great  an  insult 
as  it  would  be  in  England  to  enter  a  room  with 
a  hat  on ;  in  Batavia,  they  not  only  drop  their 
tails,  but  stand  or  squat  until  Mynheer  passes. 
What  struck  me  particularly  was  to  see  employed 
in  common  use  the  various  (and  to  our  habits 
inconvenient)  utensils  which  are  in  England  con- 
sidered mere  curiosities  or  ornaments,  as,  for 
instance,  the  small  china  tea-cup  and  cover,  large 


14 


VISIT  TO  THE  JOS-HOUSE.         chap,  l 


glazed  paper  lantern,  and  porcelain  stool,  chop- 
sticks, painted  umbrella,  glass  cloth  shirts  as  fine 
as  cambric,  paper  soled  shoes,  and  china  jars. 

Drove  to  the  jos-house,  so  well  described  by 
Lord  Jocelyn.  It  is  built  close  to  the  sea-shore, 
in  the  centre  of  the  Chinese  quarter  of  the  town  ; 
the  materials  were  brought  from  China  for  the  pur- 
pose. It  is  dedicated  to  Fo.  The  outer  gates  con- 
duct to  an  open  court,  neatly  tiled  and  surrounded 
by  a  verandah,  under  which  the  embroidered  silk 
canopies  of  procession  appropriate  to  the  various 
idols  are  arranged.  On  the  beams,  stone  pillars, 
cornices,  and  wood-work,  insects  and  flowers, 
birds  and  monsters  are  carved,  with  depth  and 
boldness,  in  every  variety  of  grotesque  form. 
The  corners  and  gable  ends,  curving  upwards, 
are  surmounted  by  porcelain  dragons  with  forked 
and  gaily  coloured  tails ;  the  roof  is  covered  with 
glazed  tiles  made  of  the  same  material,  but  of 
a  coarser  texture,  and  underneath  the  projecting 
edge,  upon  a  white  china  belt,  flowers  and 
creepers  are  exquisitely  embossed  and  coloured. 

In  the  midst  of  the  temple,  behind  the  high 
altar,  and  placed  between  a  blue  and  red  devil, 
each  the  size  of  life,  sits  an  image  of  the  Tien- 
How,  or  Queen  of  Heaven  —  a  most  ungainly 
idol.  At  the  feet  of  this  image  are  a  number  of 
little  devils,  each  fronted  by  its  pot  full  of 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  I. 


THE  JOS-HOUSE. 


15 


incense  sticks.  The  devotees  seek  for  the  pro- 
tection of  a  grinning  elf  of  sandal  wood,  or 
endeavour  to  propitiate  some  favourite  idol  of 
porcelain,  much  after  the  fashion  and  practice 
among  the  most  superstitious  of  the  followers  of 
the  Romish  Church :  as  P&re  Intorcetta  said,  it 
seemed  as  if  the  Devil  had  run  a  race  with  the 
Jesuits  to  China,  and,  having  got  the  start  of 
them,  had  contrived  these  things  for  their  mor- 
tification. 


16  DEPARTURE  FROM  SINGAPORE,     chap.  n. 


CHAP.  II. 

DEPARTURE  PROM  SINGAPORE.  DRUMMING  FISH.  LEMA 

ISLANDS.         HONG-KONG.         PEDESTRIAN    EXCURSION.  — 

CHINESE  REVERENCE  FOR  THE  AGED.  —  TRIP  TO  MACAO. 

CHINESE    BOAT-WOMEN.          MERCENARY    CHARACTER  OF 

THE  CHINESE.  —  KIDNAPPING.  PORTUGUESE  SETTLERS. 

 RETURN  TO  HONG-KONG  DEPARTURE  OF  THE  FLEET 

FOR  THE  SCENE  OF  OPERATIONS. 

We  sailed  from  Singapore  on  the  afternoon  of  the 
1 1th  of  May,  leaving  the  Rattlesnake  and  Serpent, 
two  of  our  outstripped  and  crestfallen  vanguard, 
actively  employed  completing  provisions  and  water. 
When  about  five  miles  from  the  harbour,  we  passed 
within  hail  of  H.  M.  frigate  Thalia,  Captain  C. 
Hope.  He,  like  the  rest,  had  experienced  lighter 
winds  by  keeping  a  lower  latitude. 

In  the  evening  we  heard,  for  the  third  time 
since  we  entered  the  Archipelago,  an  extraordinary 
noise  under  the  ship's  quarters  and  round  her 
stern.  It  resembled  the  buzzing  of  a  multitude 
of  bees,  and  caused  a  tremulous  motion,  which  was 
distinctly  felt  by  placing  the  hand  on  the  vessel's 
side.  The  profound  among  us  speculated  upon 
the  phenomenon,  and  reasoned  most  learnedly  on 
every  ideal  probability.    One  conjectured  that 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  n. 


DRUMMING  FISH. 


17 


we  were  grinding  over  the  top  shoots  of  a  coral 
forest;  another,  that  shoals  of  sucking-fish  had 
mistaken  us  for  a  shark ;  some,  that  it  might  be 
caused  by  myriads  of  hissing  serpents  (I  may 
mention  that  yellow  and  black  snakes  are  very 
numerous  in  these  seas) ;  and  some  surmised  that 
we  were  cutting  through  floating  spawn  :  but  the 
water  was  free  from  any  phosphoric  sparkle,  and 
notwithstanding  the  varieties  of  opinion  as  to  its 
cause,  the  noise  was  sufficiently  loud  to  induce 
the  carpenter  on  its  first  occurrence  to  leave  his 
bed  and  sound  the  well. 

I  have  since  ascertained  that  it  arose  from 
shoals  of  a  large  fish  peculiar  to  these  seas  called 
the  "drumming  fish."  They  make  themselves 
distinctly  heard  while  passing  under  the  bottom  of 
the  ship,  even  at  the  depth  of  seven  fathoms. 

Instead  of  the  steady  S.  W.  monsoon,  which 
we  had  reason  to  expect,  we  encountered  light 
and  variable  winds,  with  rain  and  squalls  occa- 
sionally. At  daylight  on  the  30th  of  May  we 
sighted  land,  and  ran  between  two  islands  of  the 
Lema  string. 

The  first  appearance  of  a  hostile  shore  must 
always  excite  a  feeling  of  strong  interest.  The 
approach  to  China,  hitherto  so  little  known,  in- 
creased if  possible  such  sensations.  Every  feature 
and  object  on  these  conical  and  grass-covered 


Digitized  by  Google 


18 


LEMA  ISLANDS. 


CHAP.  II. 


islands  of  sandstone  formation,  surrounded  by 
numerous  little  coves  affording  safe  harbours  for 
fleets  of  fishing-junks,  was  examined  with  more 
curiosity  than  its  appearance  or  importance  could 
otherwise  have  called  forth,  and  the  mean  huts 
that  occasionally  appeared  planted  on  the  de- 
clivities were  peered  at  by  at  least  twenty  glasses, 
which  the  quickly  repeated  cry  of  "  land  in 
sight "  brought  on  deck. 

The  scenery  reminded  me  forcibly  of  that  of 
the  N.W.  coast  of  Scotland;  and  if,  instead  of 
vessels  with  mat  sails,  painted  bows,  and  high 
trelliced  sterns,  there  had  been  compact  boats, 
with  well-set  tanned  canvas  spread  to  the  breeze, 
the  association  would  have  been  complete. 

Upwards  of  300  large  junks  passed  us,  standing 
out  to  sea  to  pick  up  their  night  nets.  They 
average  about  twenty-five  tons,  and  are  peopled 
by  entire  families  of  men,  women,  and  children, 
many  of  whom  have  never  been  on  terra  Jirma. 

About  noon  we  entered  the  channel  of  Hong- 
Kong,  and  made  our  number  to  H.  M.  ship  Blen- 
heim, 72,  Captain  Sir  Thomas  Herbert. 

We  anchored  in  the  midst  of  men-of-war  and 
transports,  in  a  port  where,  a  few  short  months 
before,  ships  were  scarcely  ever  seen.  Along  the 
shore,  and  scattered  over  the  breast  of  mountains 
rising  to  the  height  of  1500  feet,  were  wharfs  and 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  II. 


HONG-KONG. 


19 


extensive  stores,  forts  and  magazines,  streets  of 
huts  and  commodious  houses,  a  bazaar  and  a 
market  place,  besides  some  comfortable  bungelows 
and  handsome  country-houses,  belonging  to  the 
public  functionaries,  built  at  considerable  eleva- 
tions, to  command  fresh  air  and  a  fine  view.  Ten 
months  before,  when  Sir  Henry  Pottinger  first 
landed,  he  lived  in  a  pitched  tent ! 

Then  three  small  villages  contained  the  entire 
population,  amounting  to  about  4000  ;  now  there 
are  upwards  of  12,000  souls  in  our  new  town  alone, 
and  the  great  difficulty  is,  to  restrain  the  rapid 
increase  in  proportion  to  the  gradual  advancement 
of  the  colony.  As  much  as  6000/.  has  been 
already  received  during  the  last  year  from  the  sale 
and  lease  of  lands,  and  hundreds  of  desirable  lots 
are  marked  out,  which  will  be  eagerly  purchased 
at  a  high  price  when  people  become  fully  aware 
that  government  will  guarantee  its  powerful  pro- 
tection. 

It  has  many  advantages  over  Macao,  although 
there  are  several  who  advocate  the  superiority  of 
the  latter  place.  Doubtless  an  old  established 
settlement  has  its  benefits  at  first,  and  its  closer 
proximity  to  Canton  secures  a  gain  of  time ;  but 
this  is  more  than  balanced  by  the  superior  and 
safer  anchorage  of  Hong-Kong,  and  the  greater 
facility  we  shall  have  in  maintaining  a  strict 


Digitized  by  Google 


20 


PEDESTRIAN  EXCURSION.        CHAP.  n. 


obedience  to  our  rule,  and  greater  ease  in  de- 
fending it  against  attacks. 

1st  of  June.  —  I  left  the  ship  at  four  o'clock  in 
the  morning,  with  Keppel  and  a  small  party, 

to  attend  Major  C  ,  the  principal  magistrate, 

on  an  official  tour  of  inspection  throughout  the 
island ;  we  were  rather  late,  so  he  had  preceded 
us.  We  missed  the  better  path,  and  had  to 
scramble  up  the  face  of  the  steep  and  rather  high 
mountain, — an  effort  which,  after  our  four  months' 
cruise,  pumped  all  the  breath  out  of  our  bodies. 
Fine  green  fern  and  rich  grass  clothed  the  entire 
surface,  and  would  do  capitally  to  fatten  sheep 
and  cattle.  When  we  at  last  reached  the  summit, 
we  could  see  the  sea  on  both  sides  of  the  island, 
and  a  beautiful  and  heart-stirring  sight  was  the 
bay  below,  in  which  floated  our  squadron,  con- 
taining a  portion  of  the  brave  band  sent  to  invade 
the  largest  empire  in  the  world. 

Half  way  down  the  narrow  and  precipitous 
valley,  we  saw  our  good  friend  the  Major  seated, 
surrounded  by  some  soldiers  and  Chinese  servants 
waiting  our  approach.  We  accordingly  made  the 
best  of  our  way,  and  found  it  no  easy  matter  to 
stop  our  way  when  our  sea-accustomed  legs  had 
fairly  gathered  impetus.  I  think  nothing  is  more 
painful  than  a  rapid  descent  after  a  fagging 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  n.      REVERENCE  FOE  THE  AGED.  21 

ascent ;  however,  some  cold  tea  the  Major  had  in 
readiness  quickly  revived  us,  and  on  we  pressed 

A  stream,  as  like  a  Highland  burn  as  possible, 
bounded  over  the  rocks,  leaving  small  basins  at 
every  turn  until  it  reached  an  expanse  of  ground 
near  the  bottom  of  the  valley,  where  its  clear 
waters  were  turned  into  muddy  paddy  fields.  The 
path  now  wound  round  a  tongue  of  land  to  the 
left  into  a  small  dell,  where  there  were  a  few 
houses  built  in  a  line.  The  patriarch  and  ruler 
of  this  community  was  standing  foremost,  ready 
to  receive  us.  This  universal  custom  of  ac- 
knowledging the  superiority  of  age  has  been 
recognised  by  us  throughout  the  island ;  and  it  is 
agreeable  to  see  so  amiable  a  usage  in  practice 
among  the  most  lawless  orders  of  the  Chinese, 
which  these  islanders  are.  In  this  little  village 
they  were  exclusively  employed  in  agriculture. 

The  road  was  shaded  here  and  there  by  a  spe- 
cies of  Scotch  fir  common  in  Spain  and  Portugal ; 
shrubs  of  wild  pomegranate,  pine-apple,  and  the 
mangoe,  but  in  no  great  abundance,  grew  by  the 
sides  of  the  several  rivulets.  We  walked  eastward 
along  the  southern  shore  to  Titam  Bay,  were  it 
was  once  proposed  our  port  should  be ;  but  al- 
though a  considerable  harbour,  the  south-west 
Monsoon  raises  a  disagreeable  swell,  and  might, 


Digitized  by  Google 


22 


CHUCK-NI-WAN. 


CHAP.  II. 


when  it  blew  hard,  be  difficult  for  ships  to  work 
out  against. 

At  the  head  of  this  bay,  the  principal  village, 
Chuck-ni-wan,  is  situated,  —  a  great  resort  for 
fishing-junks,  which  are  generally  manned  by  the 
most  lawless  ruffians.  The  unprotected  inhabitants 
frequently  suffer  from  their  depredations. 

As  this  village  was  the  post  of  importance,  the 
magistrate  assumed  all  his  dignity,  and  paraded  all 
his  power.  He  marched  in  front ;  we,  the  guests, 
followed,  and  the  soldiers  and  servants  brought  up 
the  rear.  The  little  children  stood  with  their 
fingers  in  their  mouths  as  we  passed ;  the  men 
looked  stupid,  and  the  women  inquisitive;  and 
thus  on  we  went.  But,  unfortunately,  the  road 
was  narrow ;  houses  to  the  left,  the  sea  close  at 
hand  to  the  right,  and  at  a  corner,  tied  by  a  rope 
from  a  post  to  an  iron  ring  through  its  nostrils, 
stood  a  small  wild  mountain  cow,  which,  as  soon 
as  we  approached,  by  a  vigorous  onset  broke  its 
tether,  and  charged  straight  for  the  proper  person 
of  the  magistrate,  who  made  the  best  use  of  his 
activity  for  some  distance,  and  at  last,  by  an  agile 
leap  over  an  aloe  hedge,  planted  himself  in  an  old 
woman's  garden,  —  the  owner,  I  believe,  of  the 
frantic  beast,  —  who,  losing  sight  of  the  Major's 
judicial  dignity,  only  remembered  the  trouble 
likely  to  attend  the  recovery  of  her  cow,  and  gave 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  IL    IMPROVEMENTS  AT  HONG-KOXG.  23 

it  him  with  the  ability  and  heartiness  of  all  old 
women  of  every  country,  when  they  are  inclined 
to  vituperate.  We  did  not  visit  the  elders  this 
time,  but  passed  on  to  the  bed  of  a  mountain  tor- 
rent, well  shaded  with  trees,  where  we  found  a  sub- 
stantial breakfast  ready  prepared. 

After  a  siesta  for  a  couple  of  hours,  our  portion 

of  the  party  shook  hands  with  Major  C  , 

and  followed  a  guide  on  our  return  home.  We 
ascended  a  sufficiently  steep  hill  to  the  summit, 
and  here  the  north  side  presented  a  bank  of  brush- 
wood descending  to  a  level,  called  the  "  Happy 
Valley,"  spread  over  with  paddy  fields,  except 
at  certain  spots  where  there  were  cottages  sur- 
rounded by  indifferent  gardens.  A  good  road  is 
in  progress  of  construction  along  the  shore,  and  a 
cut  of  some  depth  through  an  intervening  hill  is 
nearly  completed.  We  were  surprised  to  see 
wharfs  and  foundations  for  extensive  storehouses 
laid  with  a  fine  grey  granite,  and  wrought  with  a 
finish  that  would  reflect  credit  upon  a  London 
mason.    They  were  private  property. 

It  is  the  general  opinion  that  when  the  mer- 
chants make  Hong-Kong  their  place  of  residence, 
it  will,  being  a  free  port,  attract  the  shipping  of 
all  nations,  and  consequently  transfer  the  prin- 
cipal trade  from  Macao,  and  the  Chinese  will 
then  become  the  carriers  to  and  from  Canton. 


Digitized  by  Google 


24  CHINE8E  BOAT-WOMEN.         chap.  n. 

Early  on  the  3d,  I  made  one  of  a  party  that 
went  in  the  H.  C.  S.  Hoogly  to  Macao.  Our 
course  lay  between  islands  and  past  headlands 
not  differing  in  feature  from  the  Lema  islands. 
Upon  almost  every  projecting  promontory,  fisher- 
men's huts  were  built,  and  a  bamboo  windlass 
fastened  to  heave  up  large  square  nets  spread 
upon  stretchers  or  beams.  They  were  worked 
much  upon  the  principle  of  a  drawbridge;  the 
inner  ends  moored  by  anchors,  the  outer  fastened 
to  the  ropes  round  the  windlass,  which  lowered 
them  down  or  hove  them  up  at  pleasure. 

After  a  longer  passage  than  we  expected,  we 
sighted  Macao  and  the  shipping  in  the  outer 
roadstead.  Our  small  draught  of  water  enabled 
us  to  anchor  close  to  the  shore,  when  we  were  in 
an  instant  surrounded  by  squat,  oval-bottomed 
punts,  pulled  by  specimens  of  the  fair  sex.  The 
Chinese  woman  utters  a  clacking  sound  peculiar 
to  herself,  and  employs  her  tongue  with  a  volu- 
bility and  a  perseverance  impossible  to  surpass. 
These  jays — these  unplumed  paroquets — lauded 
the  qualities  of  their  respective  barks,  and  de- 
preciated those  of  their  companions,  until  we  were 
but  too  glad  to  stop  their  clamour  by  becoming 
their  customers. 

The  bay  opposite  the  town  forms  a  crescent ; 
a  handsome  causeway  girds  the  shore,  and  protects 


Digitized  by  Google 


MERCENARY  CHARACTER  OF  THE  CHINESE.  25 

the  old  Hongs,  governor's  house,  forts,  stores, 
and  public  buildings,  facing  the  sea :  a  hill  rises 
at  the  back,  on  which  are  several  churches  and 
monasteries.  The  Chinese  dwellings  cover  its 
southern  flank. 

The  aspect  of  Macao  strongly  impresses  the 
beholder  with  the  idea  of  power  departed, — the 
feeling  so  constantly  associated  with  the  appearance 
of  all  Portuguese  colonies.  The  Chinese  exercise 
a  surveillance  over  the  Portuguese  highly  de- 
grading, and  restrict  their  force  to  300  indifferent 
troops. 

The  lower  orders  were  better  dressed  and 
cleaner  than  I  expected  to  find  them,  and  withal 
civil  enough.  I  was  disappointed  in  the  shops ; 
they  were  small,  and  built  of  wood;  the  lower 
rooms  open  to,  and  on  a  level  with,  the  streets ; 
the  upper  are  low  dens,  badly  constructed  and 
very  dirty. 

We  saw  them  painting  representations  of  some 
of  the  late  actions,  and  tracing  charts  of  Chusan 
and  the  river  Yang-tze-kiang  from  some  of  our 
recent  surveys,  which  will  enable  the  Fan-kweis 
to  sail  with  safety  "  in  their  inner  waters."  What 
will  not  the  Chinese  do  for  money  ?  They  are 
curious  beings:  with  an  outward  placidity  of 
temper,  and  the  good  humour  of  amiable  people, 
they  possess  the  hardness  of  heart  and  unforgiving 

c 


Digitized  by  Google 


26 


KIDNAPPING. 


chap.  n. 


nature  of  the  Moor.  From  all  that  I  hear,  as  a 
nation  they  are  without  virtue,  deep  feeling,  or 
dignity  of  character.  Sir  Thomas  Herbert  told 
me,  that  after  battering  down  forts  and  houses, 
and  killing  hundreds  at  Amoy,  the  boats  of  the 
Chinese  were  alongside  his  ship  with  supplies, 
before  the  guns  were  secured,  to  obtain  what  they 
prize  before  any  good  sentiment  or  moral  obliga- 
tion— profit  and  gain. 

It  is  this  greed  for  money  which  induces  them, 
for  so  small  a  bribe  as  three  quarters  of  a  dollar 
per  head,  during  a  truce  or  amnesty,  to  kidnap 
every  straggler,  and  murder  every  poor  sailor  or 
soldier  whom  they  can  entice  away  from  camp  by 
fair  words  or  deceitful  promises.  I  grieve  to  say 
that  many  atrocities  have  been  lately  perpetrated 
worthy  of  the  savage  cruelty  of  the  robber  Pro- 
crustes. At  Ningpo  a  marine  was  kidnapped, 
and  for  some  time  was  treated  with  apparent 
kindness.  In  a  letter  he  wrote  to  a  comrade,  he 
expressed  his  gratitude  and  surprise  at  their  good 
nature;  the  next  day  his  mangled  body  floated 
down  the  river,  the  sinews  torn  from  the  flesh, 
and  the  ears  and  the  eyelids  cut  off.  About  the 
same  time  a  sentinel  at  one  of  the  gates  stopped 
two  Chinamen  carrying  a  heavy  bundle  slung 
between  them  on  a  stick ;  notwithstanding  their 
remonstrances,  he  stopped  them,  and  discovered  a 


Digitized 


chap.  n.  PORTUGUESE  SETTLERS.  27 


fellow  soldier  bound  and  gagged.  The  culprits  were 
seized,  and  sent  to  Hong-Kong  to  work  in  chains. 

We  may  say  that  the  town  of  Macao  was  first 
founded  in  1537,  by  the  Portuguese,  when  they 
erected  sheds  to  dry  some  goods  destined  for 
tribute,  which  had  been  damaged  in  a  storm. 
These  sheds  very  soon  grew  into  substantial 
buildings,  and  albeit  such  audacious  presumption 
at  first  drew  from  the  mandarins  menaces  and 
threats  of  extermination,  a  well-applied  bribe 
soothed  their  ire;  fortifications  were  raised,  and 
fear  connived  at  further  encroachment.  They 
however  have  never  been  independent  of  the 
Chinese  government;  a  rent  paid  annually  con- 
firmed their  vassalage,  and  a  resident  mandarin 
inquisitor,  beside  ruling  the  Chinese  settlers,  takes 
cognizance  of,  and  reports  the  proceedings  of  the 
Portuguese. 

In  1612  they  were  prohibited  from  building 
new  houses  or  repairing  old — a  corrupt  enactment 
which  emanated  from  the  viceroy  of  Canton  for 
the  purpose  of  exacting  an  additional  revenue  by 
the  sale  of  special  permits,  and  also  as  a  warning 
to  the  insolent  and  rapacious  barbarians  that  they 
must  only  depend  upon  the  compassion  of  the 
"  Son  of  Heaven  n  for  their  support  and  existence. 

In  1580  Macao  was  declared  a  republic  by  its 
inhabitants.    In  1582,  by  invitation,  they  ac- 

C  2 


Digitized  by  Google 


28 


DECLIKE  OP  MACAO. 


chap.  n. 


knowledged  themselves  subjects  of  the  Spanish 
monarch,  and  continued  to  submit  to  the  Spanish 
rule  until  1641. 

In  1622,  and  again  in  1627,  the  Dutch  at- 
tacked the  town,  and  were  each  time  repulsed 
with  severe  loss. 

When  the  Manchow  Tartars  captured  Canton  in 
1650,  the  Portuguese  again  degraded  their  country 
for  the  sake  of  gain,  by  bending  the  knee  of  vas- 
salage to  the  Tartar  viceroy. 

The  Emperor  twice  offered  to  make  Macao  the 
general  emporium  of  foreign  commerce,  and  the 
offer  was  twice  refused  by  its  short-sighted  and 
narrow-minded  rulers,  who  were  afraid  of  facili- 
tating the  progress  of  other  nations  to  wealth 
from  the  Chinese  trade  through  their  port.  Macao 
was  then  rich  and  prosperous;  it  began  to  de- 
cline from  that  period. 

Macao  declared  in  favour  of  Don  Miguel,  and 
on  his  accession  sent  him  a  considerable  sum  of 
money. 

This  colony  has  never  been  an  incumbrance  to 
the  mother  country;  it  has  always  maintained 
itself,  and  has  in  several  instances  been  able  to 
send  presents  and  remittances  to  its  kings. 

The  glory  of  Portugal  in  India  and  in  China 
has  departed.  Her  flag  is  now  rarely  seen  in  her 
few  remaining  ports;  her  languishing  trade  is 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  n.         RETURN  TO  HONG-KONG. 


29 


carried  on  in  foreign  ships;  the  best  houses  in 
Macao  are  occupied  by  foreign  merchants ;  her 
very  existence  in  China  is  now  upheld  and  sup- 
ported by  the  commerce  she  was  formerly  so 
anxious  to  suppress. 

Our  settlement  of  Hong-Kong  will  withdraw 
the  greater  portion  of  that  countenance;  and 
Macao,  if  the  great  merchants  leave  it,  will  cease 
to  be  a  place  of  importance.  From  us  they 
deserve  no  compassion;  —  we  who  have  always 
regarded  them  with  kindness  as  subjects  of  our 
ancient  ally,  and  who  have  always  offered  them 
our  powerful  protection  in  the  hour  of  need,  have 
met  with  in  return  contumely,  falsehood,  and 
broken  faith.  Macao  is  a  true  shoot  from  the  old 
stem. 

Saturday,  4th  of  June. — We  took  our  depar- 
ture a  little  before  noon  (the  gallant  Hoogly  not 
being  one  of  the  fastest)  to  ensure  our  return  to 
Hong-Kong  by  sunset.  By  visits  to  China  ware 
stores  and  repositories  of  curiosities  our  purses 
were  more  than  sufficiently  lightened.  The  first 
cursory  glance  at  the  former  disappointed  me: 
with  the  exception  of  a  few  large  bowls  and 
garden  seats,  the  shop  displayed  nothing  but 
flaunting  patterns,  upon  indifferent  china,  visibly 
made  to  order  for  foreign  exportation.  But  when 
the  crafty  old  proprietor  saw  that  we  perti- 

c  3 


Digitized  by  Google 


30  DEPARTURE  OF  THE  FLEET.      CHAP.  IT. 

naciously  grasped  some  few  samples  of  old  Nankin 
porcelain  which  we  had  ferreted  out  from  behind 
a  pile  of  trumpery,  and  refused  with  great  con- 
tempt even  to  look  at  his  gaudy  collection,  he 
reluctantly  produced  specimens  worthy  of  his 
country's  reputation. 

Immediately  upon  our  arrival  at  Hong-Kong, 
I  accompanied  Keppel  on  board  the  Blenheim, 
where  we  found  the  Plenipotentiary  and  Lord 
Saltoun  at  dinner.  Keppel  received  orders  to 
sail  with  his  convoy  at  daylight  next  morning. 
The  Major-General  in  the  Belleisle,  and  Sir 
Henry  Pottinger  by  steam,  take  their  departure 
two  or  three  days  after ;  so  we  may  expect  instant 
work. 

As  day  broke  on  the  5th,  the  gun  was  fired 
and  signal  hoisted  by  the  senior  officer,  and  re- 
peated by  us,  for  the  convoy  to  weigh.  Eleven 
ships  spread,  or  rather  ought  to  have  spread, 
their  topsails  to  the  breeze:  however,  they  did 
so  sooner  than  I  expected,  and  we  were  on  our 
way  with  the  whole  of  them  by  7  o'clock,  attended 
by  H.  M.  brig  Serpent. 

At  first  the  monsoon  was  fresh  and  steady, 
until,  on  the  afternoon  of  the  fourth  day,  the 
wind  chopped  round  against  us,  accompanied  by 
thick  rain,  which  has  lasted  to  the  present  day, 
the  13th  of  June.    We  anchored  off  the  Kwesan 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  IL 


PROGRESS  OF  THE  FLEET. 


31 


Islands  the  night  of  the  11th.  Yesterday  we 
made  our  number  to  H.  M.  S.  Endymion,  Capt. 
the  Hon.  Frederick  Grey.  He  left  Hong-Kong 
a  week  before  us,  but  had  been  detained  by  con- 
trary winds  and  the  dull  sailing  of  some  of  his 
transports.    He  was  waiting  for  two  stray  ships. 

All  the  afternoon  of  yesterday  the  weather  was 
so  thick  we  could  scarcely  see  300  yards  before 
us.  A  light  air  blew  in  fitful  puffs  from  the 
North,  and  the  tide  ran  strong  against  us.  The 
atmosphere  was  still  and  oppressive,  and  nothing 
was  heard  but  the  sound  of  the  heavy  surf  on  the 
distant  beach  and  the  strokes  of  the  ropes  against 
the  masts,  as  the  ship  rolled  to  the  seaward  swell. 
In  such  weather  duty  is  a  labour,  and  the  tired 
officer  of  the  watch  was  looking  with  a  wistful 
eye  at  the  steam  rising  from  the  good  things  on 
the  table  of  his  mess  below,  when  his  attention 
was  aroused  by  a  booming  sound  from  the  N.  W., 
resembling  the  irregular  fire  of  heavy  artillery. 
It  came  from  the  direction  of  Chusan,  where  a 
mere  handful  of  men  was  left  to  garrison  the 
large  fortified  town  of  Ting  Hai,  full  of  inveterate 
and  vindictive  enemies.  At  intervals  throughout 
the  afternoon,  until  nightfall,  we  fancied  that  the 
same  sound  was  repeated. 

To-day  the  remainder  of  our  convoy  arrived 
led  by  the  indefatigable  little  Serpent.  The 

c  4 


Digitized  by  Google 


32 


FROGRESS  OP  TIIE  FLEET. 


chap.  n. 


thick  bank  of  mist  rose  for  a  period,  and  the  fleet 
tripped  anchors.  We  anchored  again  in  the  even- 
ing, the  fog  as  thick  as  ever.  On  the  14th  the 
weather  cleared,  and  we  weighed  with  the  tide 
and  wind  both  in  our  favour.  The  frigate  led 
the  van,  while  the  Dido  whipped  up  the  rear 
under  topsails.  We  passed  Buffaloe's  Nose  on 
our  left,  and  traversed  a  winding  channel  between 
high  verdant  islands,  cultivated  to  their  summits. 
Embankments  faced  with  stone  were  thrown 
across  every  shallow  inlet  to  collect  the  alluvial 
deposit  for  paddy-fields,  and  up  the  slopes  rising 
from  these  there  were  a  number  of  neat  villages 
and  farm-houses,  shaded  by  fruit  trees  and  sur- 
rounded by  their  little  compounds.  The  only 
vestige  of  timber  I  saw  were  a  few  firs  and 
groves  of  bamboos  lining  the  narrow  watercourses. 
We  observed  labourers  in  the  fields,  who  hardly 
ceased  their  work  to  gaze  upon  us,  nor  did  the 
fishermen  in  the  boats  we  passed  evince  either 
fear  or  curiosity.  Every  object  to  us  was  full  of 
interest,  and  I  fear  I  may  be  in  consequence  in- 
duced to  commit  the  unpardonable  sin  of  pro- 
lixity. 

We  left  the  southern  shore  of  Chusan  on  our 
right;  saw  a  large  French  frigate  at  anchor  at 
Spithead,  the  name  that  has  been  given  to  the 
outer  roadstead,  and  anchored  off  "  Just  in  the 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  IL 


THUNDER  STORM. 


way,"  a  small  islet  in  about  the  centre  of  the 
North- Western  Channel,  and  fronting  the  harbour 
of  Tihg-Hai, — distance  ten  miles.  Captain  Grey 
took  the  Vixen  steamer  in  to  get  letters,  orders, 
and  gain  intelligence.  In  two  hours  he  returned, 
and  the  commanding  officers  of  the  troops  and 
masters  of  transports  repaired  on  board  the  En- 
dymion  to  learn  their  final  destination. 

During  the  interim  a  heavy  thunder-storm 
accompanied  with  squalls  sprung  up,  and  two  of 
the  transports'  boats  drifted  to  leeward  of  their 
ships,  and  would  have  been  driven  on  shore,  if 
one  of  ours  had  not  rendered  them  timely  assist- 
ance. They  were  close  to  the  reef  when  she 
reached  them,  without  anchors  or  arms,  and  the 
crews  completely  exhausted.  The  night  had  set 
in,  and  they  could  distinctly  hear  the  people 
speaking  on  shore.  The  Chinese  had  seen  the 
perilous  position  of  our  countrymen  before  it  was 
dark,  and  doubtless  anticipated  their  capture. 
However,  our  cutter's  cable  proved  good,  and  the 
three  boats  rode  by  it  until  the  tide  slackened,  — 
the  loss  of  supper  their  only  distress. 

The  steamer  brought  me  letters  from  some 
friends  in  the  fleet.  They  write  in  high  spirits : 
they  speak  of  the  small  but  gallant  force,  and  of 
the  glorious  spirit  of  enterprise  which  unites  both 
arms  of  the  service.    They  mention  their  onward 

c  5 


34 


BEAUTIFUL  SCENERY. 


chap.  n. 


movement  to  Woo-sung,  at  the  entrance  of  the 
Yang-tze-kiang,  a  place  which  is  said  to  be 
strongly  fortified;  that  is,  after  the  Chinese 
fashion,  with  their  flanks  uncovered  and  rear 
open. 

The  next  day  we  weighed  with  eight  ships; 
the  Endymion  with  the  remainder  entered  the 
harbour  of  Ting-hai.  The  islands  on  onr  right 
were  beautiful ;  the  little  bays,  receding  in  grace- 
ful curves,  were  full  of  junks ;  villages  round 
their  shores  nestling  in  bright  foliage,  and  terraced 
fields  rising  above  them,  interspersed  with  nume- 
rous lanes  and  hedge-row  trees. 

We  passed  Chin-hai  to  our  left,  and  saw  two 
men-of-war  at  anchor  behind  the  island.  The 
Union  Jack  waved  from  the  fort  that  crowned 
its  summit. 

We  anchored  for  the  night.  The  next  day 
we  sailed  between  thousands  of  nets  fastened  to 
stakes  driven  in  six  and  seven  fathoms'  water. 
As  we  almost  rubbed  our  sides  against  them,  we 
could  see  their  bags  full  of  fine  fish. 

At  noon  we  were  within  five-and-forty  miles 
of  Woo-sung,  with  a  fresh  and  favourable  breeze, 
and  fair  expectation  of  seeing  the  admiral  before 
nightfall,  and  fully  anticipated  being  in  time  for 
the  coming  event,  when  all  our  hopes  were  dis- 
]>elled  by  the  distinctly  heard  sound  of  heavy 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  IL  AWKWARD  DISASTER. 


ordnance  from  the  north-west.  Our  anxiety  now 
increased  beyond  endurance,  and  although  it  could 
not  make  the  ship  sail  faster,  it  stuck  her  on  the 
ground,  and  as  in  duty  bound,  some  of  our  convoy 
kept  us  in  countenance.  The  tide,  however,  was 
on  the  rise,  so  we  soon  floated  and  pushed  on  up 
the  river. 

At  five  P.  M.  we  saw  the  admiral's  flag  con- 
spicuous above  the  masts  of  the  smaller  men-of- 
war  around  it.  The  transports  and  store-ships 
were  riding  in  the  offing,  and  the  occasional 
explosion  of  a  magazine  was  the  only  evidence  of 
the  recent  destruction. 


C  G 


Digitized  by  Google 


36  PREPARATIONS  FOR  ACTION.     chap.  in. 


CHAP.  III. 

DISMANTLING    OP  THE   WOO-SUNO    FORTS.  CHINESE  GAL- 
LANTRY. CONDUCT   OP   THE   PEASANTRY.  SIR  HUGH 

GOUGH.         CHINESE    CANNON    AND    THEIR  INSCRIPTIONS. 

TOWN  OF  POU8HUNG   ADVANCE   INLAND.  —  TAKING  OP 

CHAN-HAI.  CHINESE  TEA-GARDENS.  DWARFING  PRO- 
CESS.  PAWNBROKING  DEPOSITORIES.  COMMUNICATION 

FROM  ELIPOO.         VI8IT8  TO  THE    ARSENAL    AND  OTHER 

PUBLIC  BUILDINGS.  DISAFFECTION  OF  THE  POPULATION 

TOWARDS    THE    MANDARINS.           EXPLORATION    OF  THE 

RIVER  WOO-8UNG. 

\6th  June.  —  When  we  anchored,  a  pursy  good- 
natured  officer  came  on  board  bursting  with  news, 
which  we  were  as  eager  to  receive  as  he  to 
detail. 

The  night  before  the  shallow  and  winding 
channel  was  buoyed  by  Commanders  Kellett  and 
Collin8on,  but  not  without  being  perceived  by  the 
Chinese,  who  were  so  confident  of  their  power  to 
repel  us,  that  when  they  were  under  their  strong- 
est battery  they  gave  three  derisive  cheers,  but 
did  not  fire  a  shot. 

This  morning  the  sloops  Columbine,  Clio,  and 
Modcste,  and  the  well-known  Blonde,  were  towed 
into  position  by  steamers,  and  the  admiral  followed 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  in.  CHINESE  GALLANTRY. 


37 


in  his  line-of-battle  ship,  where,  in  fact,  many 
would  have  thought  it  imprudent  for  a  frigate 
to  venture. 

The  Chinese  opened  the  ball,  and  with  more 
spirit  and  skill  than  they  had  hitherto  evinced. 
A  brisk  fire  was  maintained  on  both  sides  for 
two  hours  and  a  half.  At  one  battery,  after  the 
embrasures  were  in  ruins  and  almost  every  gun 
dismounted,  a  Chinese  stood  upon  the  ramparts 
waving  a  flag  in  the  midst  of  the  Blonde's  mag- 
nificent fire. 

Many  instances  of  personal  bravery  have  lately 
been  observed,  particularly  among  the  mandarins. 
At  Chapoo  one  fine  old  officer  gallantly  led  his 
men  twice  to  the  very  points  of  our  bayonets, 
manfully  rallying  them  after  each  repulse,  until 
he  fell  shot  through  the  loins.  When  he  was 
carried  to  the  rear,  an  interpreter,  seeing  tears 
streaming  down  his  cheeks,  told  him  not  to  fear — 
that  mercy  and  every  kindness  would  be  shown 
him  —  "  Mercy,"  he  said,  *  I  want  no  mercy.  I 
came  here  to  fight  for  my  Emperor,  and  neither 
to  give  nor  to  accept  mercy ;  but  if  you  wish  to 
gain  my  gratitude,  and  can  be  generous,  write  to 
my  revered  sovereign,  and  say  I  fell  in  the  front, 
fighting  to  the  last." 

We  repaired  on  board  the  flag-ship,  and  found 
the  adniiral  in  high  feather,  while  half  his  offi- 


Digitized  by  Google 


38 


FORTS  OF  WOO-SUNG. 


chap.  in. 


cers  were  in  a  state  of  happy  oblivion,  trumpet- 
ing in  longitudinal  postures,  in  their  cabins  and 
upon  lockers,  after  their  clay's  fatigue. 

The  forts  of  Woo-sung  guarded  the  entrance 
of  the  river  of  the  same  name.  The  mud  ram- 
parts topped  the  sea-wall,  which  is  built  to  protect 
the  vast  alluvial  plains  from  the  inundations  of 
the  river.  They  do  not  exceed  the  height  from 
the  water  of  a  line-of-battle  ship's  main-deck 
guns.  They  flank  every  winding  turn  of  the 
narrow  channel,  and  could  be  made,  in  the  hands 
of  experienced  engineers,  works  as  formidable  as 
those  of  Cronstadt. 

The  river  conducts  to  Chan-hai,  and  I  have 
little  doubt  to  the  lake  of  Tai-hou,  and  conse- 
quently is  the  channel  of  communication  through 
this  province  of  Kieng-su  from  the  two  great 
emporiums,  the  cities  of  Sou-tchou-foo  and  Hou- 
tchou-foo. 

On  the  17th  I  attended  the  admiral  on  a  tour 
of  inspection  round  the  eastern  battery  and  a 
short  distance  inland.  This  was  the  side  furthest 
from  the  shipping,  and  consequently  the  least 
damaged,  but  still  the  crown  fort  on  the  point, 
cased  round  with  piles,  and  with  two  and  a  half 
feet  of  mud  and  stones  jammed  between,  was 
riddled  like  a  sieve,  and  the  guard-rooms  and 
small  magazine  in  the  centre  smothered  in  ruins. 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  in.     CONDUCT  OF  THE  PEASANTRY.  39 

Broken  gingalls,  dismounted  and  spiked  guns, 
arrows,  spears,  matchlocks,  shot,  and  loose  powder, 
besides  hats  and  other  articles  of  dress,  were 
strewed  about  in  every  direction.  The  carriages 
of  the  guns  were  generally  of  the  rudest  de- 
scription, but  there  were  a  few  new  ones  upon  an 
improved  principle.  The  gun  was  fastened  on 
a  bed  which  traversed  upon  a  fixed  pivot  in  the 
centre  of  the  carriage;  the  breech  supported, 
when  trained  either  to  the  right  or  to  the  left, 
upon  a  stool. 

At  first  the  peasantry  kept  aloof ;  but  when  we 
sat  down  to  luncheon  they  approached  without 
fear,  at  the  same  time  intimating  that  the  soldiers 
had  all  run  away,  and  that  they  had  no  connection 
with  them.  We  returned  on  board,  leaving  them 
peacefully  occupied  in  their  ordinary  pursuits. 

The  next  day  I  landed  on  the  other  shore,  and 
accompanied  the  General-in-Chief  on  a  tour  of 
inspection.  He  had  quartered  troops  along  the 
lines,  and  in  the  two  towns  at  their  extremes, — 
Poushung,  facing  the  Yang-tze-kiang,  and  Woo- 
sung,  at  an  angle  formed  by  a  stream  running 
due  west  from  the  river  Woo-sung,  comprising 
at  least  five  miles  of  fortified  lines.  These  the 
General  intended  to  inspect  on  foot ;  all  say,  who 
know  him  best,  that  few  young  officers  in  his 
army  can  support  what  he  frequently  endures. 


Digitized  by  Google 


40 


CHINESE  CANNON. 


chap.  in. 


It  must  be  remembered  that  a  march  of  ten 
miles  with  the  thermometer  88°  in  the  shade,  and 
the  air  dense  and  oppressive  from  recent  humidity, 
is  not  the  light  exercise  that  a  ramble  of  twenty 
miles  over  our  own  heathy  hills  would  be  to  a 
sportsman.  I  remarked,  however,  that,  although 
so  prodigal  of  his  own  strength,  he  was  anxiously 
careful  of  that  of  the  soldiers.  Every  sentry  we 
passed  was  directed  to  keep  in  the  shade,  and 
cautioned  if  found  unnecessarily  exposing  him- 
self  to  the  sun. 

The  scattered  fragments  of  the  recent  work 
were  here  much  more  considerable  than  on  the 
eastern  side;  several  of  the  embrasures  were  liter- 
ally knocked  into  one  large  gap.  Parties  from 
the  ships  were  employed  embarking  the  brass 
guns,  some  of  which  were  of  great  length,  and 
had  more  metal  in  them  than  European  cannon 
of  the  same  calibre ;  but  as  they  are  cast  muzzle 
downwards,  the  feculence  necessarily  accumulates 
at  the  breech,  where  the  strength  is  most  required ; 
so  that  I  apprehend  the  risk  is  greater  to  the 
gunner  than  to  the  foe.  They  adopt  the  custom 
common  among  many  Eastern  nations  of  naming 
their  guns.  Some  of  these  were  stamped  with 
Chinese  characters  signifying  "  The  robber's 
judgment,"  "  The  tamer  and  subduer  of  Bar- 
barians ;  "  and  one  tremendous  fellow,  upwards  of 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  in.  TOWN  OF  POUSHUNG. 


41 


twelve  feet  long,  was  designated  by  the  single 
title  of  "  Barbarian." 

The  sea-wall,  along  which  we  walked,  is  a 
solid  structure  of  wrought  granite,  with  a  brick, 
and  occasionally  a  mud,  parapet  We  passed 
several  dead  bodies,  and  a  wounded  man,  who  had 
managed  to  drag  himself  to  the  edge  of  a  canal. 
A  grape  shot  had  struck  him  above  the  knee  and 
passed  out  at  his  hip  ;  the  poor  fellow,  forgetting 
we  were  enemies,  implored  our  aid  (a  fruitless 
request  in  his  condition  to  one  of  his  own  country- 
men). He  was  carried  to  a  station,  and  every 
attention  shown  him. 

The  town  of  Poushung  is  a  square  in  shape, 
with  streets  running  at  right  angles ;  those  ema- 
nating from  the  centre  front  the  four  gates  of  the 
surrounding  wall.  The  houses  are  mean  hovels  of 
wood ;  some  of  the  large  Jos  temples  are  striking, 
but  built  of  the  same  material  to  the  roofs,  which 
are  handsomely  ornamented  with  glazed  tiles  of 
different  colours.  The  habitations  were  entirely 
deserted ;  and  those  we  gained  access  to  presented 
nothing  sufficiently  tempting  to  induce  the  plun- 
derer to  run  the  risk  of  flagellation. 

On  our  return  we  met  Mr.  Gutzlaff  the  inter- 
preter, who  told  the  General  he  had  received  un- 
doubted intelligence  that  the  people  of  Chan-hai 
were  actively  employed  removing  their  valuables, 


Digitized  by  Google 


42  ADVANCE  INLAND.  chap.  m. 

and  that  we  should,  he  feared,  be  a  day  too  late  to 
secure  a  ransom. 

We  passed  the  smouldering  ashes  of  a  line  of 
tents,  and  to  our  horror  saw  the  roasting  remains 
of  their  former  occupants,  probably  some  of  the 
wounded  unable  to  escape  from  the  rapid  con- 
flagration. We  visited  the  town  of  Wo-sung,  em- 
barked, and  returned  on  board  the  Cornwallis. 

It  was  arranged  by  the  Commanders-in-Chief 
that  the  force  destined  to  advance  upon  the  city 
should  be  divided  ;  one  half,  including  seamen  and 
marines,  to  proceed  by  water ;  the  other,  under 
the  command  of  Colonel  Montgomery,  by  land. 
I  determined  to  accompany  the  latter. 

On  the  19th,  at  four  o'  clock  in  the  morning,  I 
landed  on  the  banks  of  the  rivulet  before  men- 
tioned, just  as  the  18th  Royal  Irish  were  in  the 
act  of  crossing.  The  49th,  Madras  Native  Rifle- 
men, Horse  and  Foot  Artillery,  and  Sappers  and 
Miners,  composed  our  force.  The  sky  was  clear, 
and  the  air  full  of  that  delightful  fragrance  pecu- 
liar to  early  morning,  and  the  men  were  in  high 
spirits  in  anticipation  of  an  inland  march,  —  rather 
a  novelty  to  them  of  late. 

We  were  en  route  by  six  o'clock,  and  an  im- 
posing sight  these  2000  hardy  fellows  marching 
in  single  files  along  the  narrow  path-ways  must 
have  offered  to  the  gaping  Celestials.  The  country, 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  nr. 


GENERAL  SCENERY. 


43 


flat  as  Kent  and  Essex  by  the  banks  of  the  Thames, 
is  completely  cultivated,  and  as  beautiful  as  its 
sameness  of  features  will  allow  fertility  to  make 
it.  The  flattened  tops  of  earthen  dykes  between 
the  fields  are  the  only  roads,  and  these  are  flanked, 
and  here  and  there  crossed  by  deep  ditches,  which 
we  passed  on  granite  slabs,  generally  too  narrow 
for  the  Horse  Artillery.  This  provoking  but  not 
unforeseen  hindrance  caused  some  trouble  and 
much  delay,  the  Sappers  having  frequently  to  fill 
the  ditches  for  the  passage  of  the  guns.  We  trod 
drier  ground  as  we  receded  from  the  river ;  and, 
besides  the  perpetual  rice,  saw  fields  of  beans, 
corn,  cotton,  and  other  plants.  Farms,  surrounded 
by  high  shrub  hedges,  neatly  interlaced  with 
platted  bamboo,  were  thickly  scattered  over  the 
country.  Nothing  could  be  more  rural  than  the 
appearance  of  the  houses,  some  in  clusters,  others 
by  themselves,  all  half  hid  by  umbrageous  in- 
closures,  delightful  lanes  of  fruit-trees,  and  abun- 
dance of  wild  honeysuckle  and  roses.  Affluence 
and  industry  were  every  where  apparent,  and  a 
love  of  neatness  conspicuous  from  the  arrangement 
of  the  house  to  the  tilling  of  the  ground. 

We  saw  crowds  of  peasantry  in  every  direction ; 
they  climbed  the  trees  and  little  knolls  to  obtain 
a  good  view  of  us  from  a  distance ;  but  when  a 
long  survey  convinced  them  that  we  were  not 


44 


SCARCITY  OF  QUADRUPEDS.      CHAP.  m. 


u  frantically"  disposed,  they  approached  with  con- 
fidence. Our  handful  of  men  would  not  have  been 
a  mouthful  a-piece  to  the  multitudes  around  us. 

We  passed  two  wounded  men  lying  on  a  bank 
dying  without  assistance  in  sight  of  thousands. 
Unfortunately  we  could  not  afford  them  aid,  ad- 
vancing as  we  were  through  a  hostile  country. 

We  went  through  two  villages ;  the  shops  were 
open,  and  the  people  remained  in  them  ;  the  first 
time  such  confidence  had  been  shown  towards  us  in 
China.  Strict  orders  were  issued  to  touch  nothing, 
and  to  the  credit  of  the  thirsty  troops  be  it  spoken, 
they  were  obeyed.  Almost  every  house  has  its 
little  garden  shaded  by  trees ;  among  them  I  re- 
marked the  tulip,  the  tallow,  and  the  mulberry. 
We  flushed  a  pheasant  or  two,  and  I  heard  some 
partridges,  during  our  march.  The  former  bird  is 
very  plentiful  throughout  all  Central  China;  at 
Chusan  the  officers  in  winter  quarters  had  excel- 
lent sport. 

Graves  were  in  every  field — mounds  of  earth, 
some  hollowed  into  vaults,  others  solid  with  the 
coffin  resting  on  the  top,  and  covered  with  matting. 

There  appeared  to  be  a  great  paucity  of  quad- 
rupeds, although  I  venture  to  say  every  man  in  our 
little  army  kept  as  sharp  a  look  out  for  beasts  of 
the  field  and  of  the  sty  as  for  the  enemy ;  as  the 
wherewithal  for  dinner,  to  the  best  of  our  belief, 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  m.       APPROACH  TO  CHAN-HAI.  45 

still  enjoyed  the  breath  of  Heaven.  Two  raffish 
ponies  and  a  water  buffalo  were  the  only  animals 
we  saw. 

At  last,  after  a  march  of  eleven  miles,  we  ap- 
proached a  river,  and  had  to  skirt  its  banks  for 
some  distance  to  the  westward,  when  we  came  to 
a  bridge  of  five  piers  —  single  slabs  of  granite 
spanning  a  space  of  twenty  feet  at  least  from  the 
shore  to  the  first  pier.  These  were  flapped  over 
by  others  of  the  same  length  to  the  second,  and 
so  on  to  the  last,  the  upper  slabs  being  in  the 
centre.  When  we  had  crossed  the  bridge,  we 
were  in  the  suburbs  of  Chan-hai.    The  way  to 

•I 

the  city  gates  inclined  to  the  left ;  the  shops  along 

it  were  partially  shut,  and  the  people  in  a  state  of 

great  excitement,  sometimes  coming  in  our  line 

of  march  with  basins  of  samstchu,  which  they 

offered  to  the  men  as  an  irresistible  bribe,  and  for  !; 

which  they  got  well  drubbed;  but  the  greater 

proportion  clustered  together  in  stupid  terror 

round  the  tea-shops,  and  at  the  entrances  of  the 

narrow  streets.    Merchants'  stores,  warehouses, 

builders'  yards,  and  what  I  took  to  be  distilleries, 

indicated  our  approach  to  a  large  and  wealthy 

city. 

A  soldier  of  the  advanced  guard  fell  back  to  in- 
form us  that  we  were  close  to  the  walls  —  formed 
in  close  order,  the  advanced  guard  fell  back, 


Digitized  by  Google 


46 


TAKING  OF  CHAN-HAI.  chap.  hi. 


and  on  we  went  double  quick  to  the  closed  gates. 
We  saw  through  a  crevice  two  small  guns  pointed 
to  sweep  the  causeway,  but  not  a  sound  was 
heard.  We  scaled  the  wall  by  an  old  house,  ap- 
propriately placed ;  found  the  ramparts  deserted, 
and  saw  the  townspeople  flying.  The  gates  were 
opened;  the  bugles  struck  up;  and  the  troops 
marched  through. 

After  taking  formal  possession,  we  proceeded 
along  the  ramparts  to  a  Jos  house,  erected  on  a 
bastion,  and  commanding  a  view  of  the  river. 
We  saw  our  steamers  coming  up  with  the  North 
Star,  Modeste,  and  Columbine  in  tow.  When 
within  two  miles  of  us,  a  small  battery,  which  we 
had  unavoidably  passed  far  to  our  left,  opened 
fire  upon  them.    It  was  silenced  in  five  minutes. 

The  appearance  of  the  town,  considering  its 
rank  as  a  second  "  chop  "  city,  disappointed  me. 
Certainly  the  shops  were  shut  and  the  streets 
deserted,  but  yet  the  houses  were  generally 
shabby  and  insignificant,  built  of  wood,  the  upper 
stories  projecting  over  the  narrow  streets. 

The  General  took  up  his  quarters  in  a  pavilion 
built  on  the  edge  of  a  sheet  of  water  in  the  public 
gardens  of  the  Ching-hwang-mian.  To  convey 
an  adequate  notion  of  these  shall  be  my  endeavour, 
as  they  are  so  completely  Chinese  in  taste,  idea, 
and  execution. 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  m.         CHINESE  TEA-GARDENS. 


In  the  centre  of  a  serpentine  sheet  of  water, 
there  is  a  rocky  island,  and  on  it  a  large  temple 
of  two  stories,  fitted  up  for  the  accommodation  of 
the  wealthy  public.  Pillars  of  carved  wood  sup- 
port the  roof ;  fretted  groups  of  uncouth  figures 
fill  up  the  narrow  spaces ;  while  moveable  latticed 
blinds  screen  the  occupants  from  the  warmth  of 
the  noonday  sun.  Nothing  can  surpass  the  beauty 
and  truth  to  nature  of  the  most  minutely  carved 
flowers  and  insects  prodigally  scattered  over  every 
screen  and  cornice.  This  is  the  central  and 
largest  temple.  A  number  of  other  light  aerial- 
looking  structures  of  the  same  form  are  perched 
upon  the  corners  of  artificial  rocky  precipices,  and 
upon  odd  little  islands.  Light  and  fanciful 
wooden  bridges  connect  most  of  these  islands,  and 
are  thrown  across  the  arms  of  the  serpentine 
water,  so  that  each  sequestered  spot  can  be  visited 
in  turn.  At  a  certain  passage  of  the  sun,  the 
main  temple  is  shaded  in  front  by  a  rocky  emi- 
nence, the  large  masses  of  which  are  connected 
with  great  art  and  propriety  of  taste,  but  in  shape 
and  adjustment  most  studiously  grotesque.  Trees 
and  flowers  and  tufts  of  grass  are  sown  and 
planted,  where  art  must  have  been  taxed  to  the 
utmost  to  procure  them  lodgment. 

In  another  part  of  the  gardens  there  is  a  mi- 
niature wood  of  dwarf  trees,  with  a  dell  and  water- 


Digitized  by  Google 


48 


DWARFING  PROCESS.  chap.  m. 


fall ;  the  leaves,  fruit,  and  blossoms  of  the  trees 
are  in  proportion  to  their  size.  This  ingenious 
science  (if  science  it  can  be  called),  to  bring  it  to 
perfection,  requires  the  most  assiduous  care  and 
patient  watching.*  A  small  branch  of  a  forest 
tree  is  deprived  of  a  ring  of  bark,  and  the  bare 
place  covered  round  with  prepared  unctuous 
earth ;  this  is  kept  moist,  and  when  the  radicals 
have  pushed  into  the  loam,  the  branch  is  separated 
from  the  tree,  and  planted  in  a  trough  or  porcelain 
flower-pot.  The  pot  is  then  filled  with  bog  earth 
manure  and  clay,  and  water  is  applied  according 
to  the  necessity  of  the  plant.  The  branches  are 
repressed  by  cutting  and  burning,  and  bent  into 
shapes  resembling  an  old  forest  tree;  and  even 
to  the  roughness  of  the  bark  and  hollow  knots  of 
pruned  and  decayed  branches,  they  are  complete 
in  resemblance.  The  roughness  is  produced  by 
ants,  attracted  by  smearing  the  bark  with  sweet 
substances. 

Tortuous  pathways  lead  to  the  top  of  the  ar- 
tificial mountain,  each  turning  formed  with  studied 
art  to  surprise  and  charm,  by  offering  at  every 
point  fresh  views  and  objects.  Flowers  and 
creepers  sprout  out  from  crevices  ;  trees  hang  over 
the  jutting  crags;  small  pavilions  crested  with 

*  Davis's  China,  p.  331. 


Digitized 


chap.  m.     PAWNBROKING  DEPOSITORIES.  49 


the  white  stork,  their  emblem  of  purity,  are  seen 
from  almost  every  vista,  while  grottos  and  rocky 
recesses,  shady  bowers  and  labyrinths,  are  placed 
to  entrap  the  unwary,  each  with  an  appropriate 
motto,  one  inviting  the  wanderer  to  repose,  another 
offering  quiet  and  seclusion  to  the  contemplative 
philosopher. 

Three  regiments  were  quartered  in  these  gar- 
dens, and  the  rooms  formed  for  the  enjoyments 
of  the  wealthiest  were  occupied  by  the  private 
soldier,  and  many  of  the  most  exquisite  ornaments 
were  torn  down  and  burnt  to  cook  their  numerous 
messes.  Nor  could  this  be  well  avoided:  they 
had  just  entered  quarters  after  a  long  march ;  no 
wood  was  at  hand,  and  there  was  no  time  to  send 
parties  to  search  for  it,  and  fuel  it  was  of  course 
necessary  the  men  should  have.  Round  these 
fires  the  soldiers  might  be  seen  sitting  enveloped 
in  silk  and  satin  cloaks  lined  with  rich  furs,  ex- 
citing a  blaze  with  embroidered  fans,  lawful  pro* 
perty  taken  from  the  Chinese  caught  with  these 
pilfered  articles  about  them.  Such  loot  was 
easily  obtained  in  a  large  Chinese  town,  owing  to 
the  general  practice  of  placing  things  in  pawn. 
These  depositories  are  numerous,  always  well 
stocked,  and  consequently  the  first  places  to  be 
broken  into  by  the  rabble  preparatory  to  our 


d 


Digitized  by  Google 


50 


CHINESE  ROBBERS.  chap.  m. 


assaults,  and  after  the  respectable  inhabitants  had 
left  the  town. 

The  first  thing  that  strikes  one  upon  entering 
a  captured  city  is  Chinese  robbers,  passing,  like 
a  string  of  busy  ants,  in  a  continuous  line,  from 
some  large  house  to  the  city  gates,  heavily  laden. 
In  this  pursuit  the  Fokiens  are  the  bravest  of 
the  brave.  They  will  bear  thumping,  kicking,  and 
maltreating  in  every  way,  but  will  most  pertina- 
ciously hold  to  their  bundles. 

I  quartered  upon  my  kind  friend  Colonel 
Montgomery  and  the  artillery.  Their  locale  was 
a  pawnbroker's  house ;  the  lower  rooms  and  courts, 
which  we  occupied,  were  spacious  and  empty,  but 
the  upper  suite  of  apartments  was  filled  with 
shelves  and  stands  laden  with  rich  stuffs.  A 
smaller  room,  set  apart  for  the  reception  of  gold 
and  silver  ornaments,  had  been  partially  ransacked 
of  its  contents.  Broomsticks  were  in  requisition 
to  clear  our  future  premises  of  the  rabble,  but  not 
before  the  goods  of  greatest  value  had  been  ab- 
stracted. 

The  Coolies  proved  themselves  of  keener  sight 
than  their  masters,  by  the  capitally  supplied 
board  we  sat  down  to,  —  principally  the  result  of 
the  day's  forage. 

When  the  merry  laugh  and  hearty  tone  of  good 
fellowship  were  changed  by  my  tired  companions 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  ra.   COMMUNICATION  FROM  ELEPOO.  51 

to  a  nasal  trumpet  note,  I  endeavoured  to  excite 
a  proper  feeling  of  romantic  enthusiasm  worthy 
my  novel  position ; — under  a  Chinaman's  roof,  in  a 
city  of  a  central  province  of  the  Celestial  Empire, 
honoured  for  the  first  time  by  the  presence  of 
English  masters ; — but  it  was  of  no  avail ;  pagodas 
and  mandarins,  ships  and  soldiers,  feasting  and 
fighting,  images  of  dead  and  dying,  and,  lastly, 
happy  peaceful  England,  flitted  past  my  drowsy 
vision,  until  the  comforter  of  the  wretched,  and 
friend  of  the  weary — sleep,  overpowered  me. 

The  next  morning  I  sallied  out  to  see  the  town, 
and  call  upon  the  General-in-chief.  He  was  in 
conference  with  the  Admiral  about  a  letter  which 
a  well-known  character,  designated  by  the  ap- 
pellation of  Corporal  White,  had  brought  from 
Elepoo.  This  petty  mandarin  (Corporal  White) 
was  first  known  to  the  expedition  when  up  the 
gulf  of  Petchelee,  off  the  Pei-ho.  He  was  then 
the  medium  of  communication  between  Admiral 
Elliot  and  Keshen. 

We  examined  numerous  Jos  houses,  some 
covering  a  greater  extent  of  ground  than  West- 
minster Abbey.  None  possessed  beauty  of  archi- 
tectural design ;  all  were  elaborately  ornamented, 
and  contained  rows  of  gilded  wooden  deities  of 
the  Budha  faith,  three  times  the  size  of  life. 

D  2 


Digitized  by  Google 


52 


VISIT  TO  THE  ARSENAL. 


chap,  ni 


We  visited  a  public  hospital  under  the  charge  of 
some  priests  of  Budha;  the  wards,  surrounding 
an  enclosed  court,  were  full  of  spectres  dying  from 
disease  and  recent  neglect.  The  medical  staff  did 
all  that  humane  and  clever  men  could  do  to 
alleviate  their  sufferings,  but  they  had  neither 
time  nor  remedies  at  hand  to  amend  their  con- 
dition. 

Hence  we  went  to  the  Arsenal,  where  we  found 
ten  pieces  of  flying  artillery  mounted  on  wheel- 
barrows. In  fact,  the  carriage  was  precisely  like 
a  large  garden  barrow,  with  a  locker  before  for 
the  shot,  and  a  drawer  between  the  handles  con- 
taining loose  powder  and  a  small  shovel  to  load 
with.  Besides  iron  guns  of  various  calibre,  we 
discovered  some  new  brass  12-pound  carronades, 
modelled  from  one  lying  by  their  side,  having  on 
it  the  crown  and  "G.  R.  1826."  With  the 
difference  of  the  crown,  in  the  place  of  which 
there  was  a  Chinese  character,  they  were  exact 
copies.  Close  to  them  was  a  new  circular  slide 
for  a  Paixhan  gun;  probably  the  design  was 
made  from  drawings  taken  by  some  of  the  Chinese 
occasionally  detained  on  board  our  steamers. 

This  is  not  the  first  instance  of  their  talent  and 
expertness  as  copyists,  and  satisfies  me  that  this 
war  will  do  them  (in  some  respects)  more  good 
than  harm,  by  sharpening  their  wits,  and  will 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  m.    DISAFFECTION  OF  THE  PEOPLE.  53 


render  a  second,  at  any  future  period,  a  much 
more  difficult  undertaking. 

Upon  the  approach  of  our  fleet  to  Woo-sung, 
the  Chinese  governor  issued  notices  assuring  the 
people  that  our  final  destruction  was  at  hand — 
that  they  might  rest  in  confident  security,  and 
prepare  festivities  to  welcome  the  glorious  day  on 
which  the  "barbarian  eyes"  taken  in  the  battle 
would  be  sacrificed.  Shortly  before  our  arrival,  it 
appears  that  the  mandarins  had  nearly  "squeezed" 
all  the  patience  out  of  their  long-enduring  infe- 
riors, and  that  in  consequence  the  sufferers  had  the 
audacity  to  complain  of  oppression.  Our  onward 
movement  naturally  alarmed  their  masters,  and  pro- 
duced these  proclamations.  The  consequence  was, 
that  after  the  forts  of  Woo-sung  fell,  the  people 
retaliated,  and  denounced  the  mandarins  as  traitors 
and  cowards  for  running  away  on  the  first  ap- 
proach of  danger,  and  vowed  they  would  never 
permit  them  to  return.  My  informant  was  Mr. 
Gutzlaff,  who  seemed  to  consider  this  unusual 
independence  of  sentiment  a  favourable  omen. 

We  have  reason  to  believe,  from  information 
collected  since  our  arrival,  that  the  Woo-sung  is 
the  principal  river  of  communication  to  the  central 
country,  through  which  the  great  canal  passes,  and 
into,  by  various  branches,  its  largest  reservoir,  the 
lake  of  Tai-hou;  that  instead  of  the  coasting  produce 

D  3 


Digitized  by  Google 


EXPLORATION  OF 


CHAP.  III. 


passing  directly  up  the  Yang-tze-kiang  to  the 
canal  for  distribution  through  the  empire,  the 
portion  destined  for  the  inland  provinces  to  the 
southward  is  transported  by  this  tributary.  This 
belief  was  further  confirmed  by  an  examination  of 
an  old  map  by  a  French  Jesuit,  procured  by 
Major  Anstruther,  and  which  he  had  most  inge- 
niously and  satisfactorily  compared  with  a  Chinese 
book  of  maps  found  in  our  quarters. 

21  st  of  June, — I  was  one  of  those  who  ac- 
companied the  Admiral  up  the  Woo-sung  in  the 
Nemesis.  We  were  attended  by  two  other 
steamers  with  400  marines  on  board.  From 
Chan-hai  the  river  leads  in  a  southerly  direction 
for  twenty  miles,  retaining  the  same  breadth 
(which  is  equal  to  the  Thames  off  Gravesend)  and 
extraordinary  depth  of  from  six  to  eight  fathoms. 
Passed  two  large  streams  on  our  right  leading  to 
the  towns  of  Sing-kong  and  Song-king.  Their 
position  is  marked  by  two  pagodas  of  seven  stories, 
conspicuous  above  the  trees.  As  it  wound  to  the 
S.  W.,  distance  thirty  miles  from  the  town, 
we  passed  some  forts  destroyed  the  day  before 
by  Captain  Boucher.  Opposite  these,  another 
large  river  entering  from  the  eastward  (the  name 
of  which  we  could  not  ascertain  from  our  pressed 
informants)  communicates  with  the  town  of 
Sing-te,  which  is  situated  on  its  banks ;  thirty- 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  in.         THE  RIVER  WOO-SUNG. 


55 


three  miles,  estimated  distance,  the  river  swept 
round  from  the  N.  W.,  with  a  depth  of  water 
sufficient  to  float  a  three-decker ;  forty-five  miles, 
the  river  divided  into  two  great  streams,  one  ex- 
tending towards  the  N.  W.,  the  other  to  the  north- 
ward. Three  Chinese  we  took  from  separate 
junks  agreed  that  the  northern  is  the  right  one  to 
take  to  enter  the  lake,  and  that  it  is  deeper  than 
the  other  ;  both  of  which  assertions  I  am  inclined 
to  doubt.  As  we  proceeded,  armlets  became 
numerous  entering  our  main  stream  in  every 
direction  through  low  swampy  ground.  Unfor- 
tunately we  could  not  ascertain  our  latitude  by 
the  sun's  altitude. 

We  embarked  on  board  the  Medusa,  a  flat- 
bottomed  iron  steamer,  and  pushed  up  the  river, 
now  scarcely  double  the  vessel's  breadth.  After 
proceeding  two  miles  we  became  convinced  that 
we  had  entered  a  subordinate  channel,  which  was 
soon  proved,  by  information  obtained  from  a 
hardy,  intelligent-looking  boatman  we  caught  for 
the  purpose.  We  retraced  our  steps  out  of  this 
creek,  and  for  about  three  miles  down  the  con- 
tinuation of  this  delta  of  armlets,  when  he  pointed 
out  a  branch  to  the  N.  N.  E.,  which  he  positively 
asserted  led  into  a  great  lake ;  so  we  conjectured 
that  we  had  mistaken  the  main  branch,  which  pro- 
bably enters  the  lake  at  its  eastern  extremity, 

D  4 


Digitized  by  Google 


56 


EXPLORATION  OF  chap.  m. 


and  had  passed  into  a  minor  river  that  must  run 
Slong  a  portion  of  the  N.  E.  shore,  and  is  drained 
by  the  low  swampy  ground  of  the  greater  part  of 
its  waters. 

Unfortunately  the  Admiral  could  not  afford 
time,  or  we  might  have  extended  our  research  up 
the  N.W.  artery,  which,  if  it  leads  to  the  lake 
(and  there  can  be  little  doubt  of  it),  places  at  our 
mercy  Sou-tchou-foo,  the  richest  manufacturing 
city  in  the  empire  after  Canton,  and  round  which 
we  know  coal  and  iron  of  excellent  quality 
abounds.  We  boarded  three  junks  laden  with 
the  former  most  useful  article. 

The  country  retained  its  level  surface  as  far  as 
we  went ;  the  same  alluvial  soil  throughout ;  the 
whole  apparently  under  cultivation  of  rice,  the 
staple  produce  of  the  southern  half  of  China. 
The  only  relief  the  eye  experienced  from  the 
sameness  of  prospect  were  three  conical  hills, 
rising  abruptly  from  the  plain  to  the  height  of 
about  400  feet.  As  these  were  in  a  parallel  lati- 
tude with  the  division  of  the  river,  we  were  at  one 
time  inclined  to  think  the  lake  washed  their 
base ;  but  our  upward  course  proved  this  conjec- 
ture extremely  improbable.  It  strikes  me  that 
the  whole  of  this  great  flat  was  originally  the  bed 
of  the  estuary  of  the  Yang-tze-kiang,  and  that 
these  islands  of  the  plain  may  be  the  apices  of 


chap.  m. 


TIIE  RIVER  WOO-SUNG. 


57 


hard  strata  remaining  prominent  after  the  loose 
parts  had  been  washed  to  a  leveL 

The  weather  was,  unfortunately,  extremely 
unfavourable.  It  rained  in  torrents  the  greater 
part  of  the  day,  and  a  lowering  vapour  obscured 
the  distant  prospect.  The  population  appeared 
to  be  as  dense  here  as  elsewhere.  Numbers  of 
men  and  some  few  children  approached  with 
great  confidence  and  more  curiosity  than  I  had 
hitherto  observed  them  evince.  During  the  rain, 
those  working  in  the  fields  wore  large  capes  of 
leaves  fastened  together  like  thatch,  and  hats 
made  of  the  same  material,  with  a  rim  as  broad  as 
an  umbrella, 

I  boarded  a  punt  with  Captain  Troubridge ;  it 
contained  a  woman  and  two  men,  beside  being 
laden  with  bundles  of  rice-grass  ready  for  re- 
planting.* They  seemed  very  glad  to  see  us, 
and  appeared  much  amused  at  my  companion 
showing  them  how  to  plant  rice,  uttering  "  Iah 
ah!"  after  each  bundle  as  it  was  flung  into  an 
adjoining  swamp  until  they  were  all  expended, 
when  their  countenances  elongated  considerably. 
We  thought  we  had  been  doing  them  a  favour : 

*  They  pull  up  and  replant  their  rice  after  it  has  at- 
tained a  certain  growth. 

D  5 


Digitized  by  Google 


58  RETURN  TO  CHAN-HAI.         chap.  hi. 

unfortunately,  it  was  not  the  place  designed  for 
the  reception  of  their  crop. 

At  4  a.  M.  we  were  again  at  anchor  off  Chan- 
hai,  and  embarked  the  troops  before  eight  o'clock 
to  return  down  the  river  to  the  shipping.  The 
same  day  we  were  at  anchor  off  Woo-sung. 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  IV. 


OBSERVATIONS. 


59 


CHAP.  IV. 


OBSERVATIONS.  THE  YANG-TZE-KIANG.  ISLAND  OF 

SUNG-MING. 

All  our  reinforcements  have  arrived:  73  sail  are 
now  at  anchor  around  us ;  the  surveyors  are  forty 
or  fifty  miles  to  the  westward  buoying  the  pas- 
sage; and  we  only  wait  their  return  to  proceed 
up  the  Yang-tze-kiang  to  Nanking,  the  old 
capital  of  the  Chinese  empire. 

I  believe  it  is  thought  by  some  in  England 
that  time  is  wasted  while  the  operations  of  the 
expedition  are  confined  to  the  southward,  and 
that  the  final  blow  must  be  struck  at  Pekin, 
against  which  city  we  ought  in  the  first  instance 
to  have  proceeded.  But,  in  considering  the 
chances  of  success  of  the  mode  of  operations  that 
has  been  adopted,  it  should  be  remembered  that 
the.  capital  rose  from  being  an  obscure  village  in 
a  comparatively  unfruitful  country  to  its  present 
vast  size  and  opulence  only  through  the  fostering 
care  of  an  arbitrary  government,  and  aided  by 
the  advantage  of  its  being  chosen  for  the  seat  of 
the  Imperial  residence ;  the  crowds  which  flocked 


d  6 


Digitized  by  Google 


GO 


OBSERVATIONS. 


CHAP.  IV. 


to  it  in  consequence  were  soon  more  numerous 
than  the  entire  population  of  Petchelee  besides. 
The  capital  thus  became  necessarily  dependent  on 
distant  sources  for  its  support,  and  the  great 
canal  was  cut  to  convey  the  absolute  necessaries 
of  life  from  the  southern  provinces  to  its  numerous 
inhabitants. 

Such  being  the  position  of  the  capital,  it  is 
certainly  reasonable  to  hope  that  all  the  practical 
objects  of  the  war  will  be  most  quickly  attained, 
and  that  an  equally  impressive  moral  effect  will 
be  produced,  by  selecting  that  course  of  action  in 
which  we  are  now  engaged,  rather  than  by 
making  a  more  direct  attempt  on  Pekin. 

By  striking  into  the  heart  of  China  by  the 
Yang-tze-Kiang  through  Keang-soo,  Gan-hwuy, 
and  even  to  Ho-nan  —  with  Nanking  in  our 
hands,  the  Woo-sung  and,  above  all,  the  Im- 
perial canal  under  our  control;  having  Sou- 
chou-foo,  with  its  riches,  its  iron  and  its  coal 
dependent  on  us,  by  our  possession  of  Chap-pu 
and  Chan-hai,  and  with  the  power  our  position 
on  the  great  lines  of  water  communication  will 
give  us  over  the  important  branches  of  national 
industry,  the  manufacture  of  silk  at  Hang- 
tchou-foo,  and  the  porcelain  trade,  of  which 
King-te-tching  is  the  emporium  —  we  shall 
effectually  have  Pekin  at  our  mercy.    The  go- 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  IV. 


TIIE  YANG-TZE-KIANG. 


61 


vernment  cannot  then  continue  any  prolonged  re- 
sistance to  our  just  demands,  without  incurring 
the  risk  of  disaffection  through  all  its  territories, 
caused  by  such  an  interruption  to  trade  and 
industry,  while  it  will  be  still  more  coerced  by 
the  immediate  inconvenience  to  which  all  classes 
in  the  capital  will  be  subjected  by  the  deprivation 
of  the  means  of  subsistence. 

I  therefore  anticipate  that  such  a  mode  of 
making  war  will  prove  much  more  effectual  than 
would  a  barren  conquest  of  Pekin,  deserted  as  we 
should  probably  find  it  by  the  court  and  the 
wealthier  classes. 

All  geographical  surveys  of  China  are  neces- 
sarily very  imperfect,  as  is  exemplified  by  the 
great  inaccuracies  as  to  the  coast  line  upon  the 
maps  of  our  most  eminent  geographers,  Wyld  and 
Arrowsmith,  both  of  whom,  I  presume,  have  de- 
rived the  greater  portion  of  their  information  from 
maps  made  by  the  Jesuits.  It  is  in  the  position 
of  places  that  they  are  mostly  incorrect,  but  the 
general  features  of  the  country,  towns,  ranges  of 
mountains,  the  source  and  size  of  rivers,  and 
extent  of  plains,  seem,  as  far  as  our  observations 
have  extended,  wonderfully  accurate. 

The  Yang-tze-kiang,  one  of  the  finest  and 
most  navigable  rivers  in  the  world,  strictly 
speaking,  takes  its  rise  from  the  northern  moun- 


Digitized  by  Google 


62 


ISLAND  OF  SUNG-MING. 


CHAP.  IV. 


tains  of  Upper  Thibet,  traversing  a  course 
through  that  country  and  China  Proper  of  3237 
miles.  It  runs  to  the  southward  through  Thibet 
under  the  name  of  Petchou;  through  a  small 
portion  of  Sze-chuen  under  that  of  Muh-loo-soo 
and  of  Kinsha  ("  golden  sanded  ") ;  through  the 
remaining  portion,  as  also  in  its  course  through 
Yun-nan,  and  where  it  again  traverses  parts  of 
Sze-chuen  to  the  northward,  which  are  inhabited 
by  the  tribe  of  Meaou-tsze ;  thence  it  takes  the 
name  of  Yang-tze-Kiang  at  the  distance  of 
2800  miles  from  the  sea,  which  length  is  given 
in  consequence  by  many  authorities  as  that  of  the 
whole  river.  It  flows  through  Thibet,  Sze-chuen, 
Hoo-pih,  a  portion  of  Keang-se,  Gan-hwuy,  and 
Keang-see  to  the  ocean. 

This  noble  river  is  supposed  to  be  navigable  to 
the  borders  of  the  empire.  It  is  broad,  deep,  and 
sometimes  very  rapid;  islands  rise  from  its  ex- 
tensive bed,  and  are  amongst  the  most  fertile  and 
densely  populated  portions  of  the  empire.  Nu- 
merous tributary  streams  are  fed  by  its  floods,  and 
these  are  connected  by  canals  forming  a  network 
of  water  communication. 

Our  present  anchorage  off  Woo-sung  is  opposite 
the  great  alluvial  island  of  Sung-ming,  said  to 
have  risen  above  the  water  since  the  thirteenth 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  IV. 


BLOCKADE  OF  CANAL. 


63 


century,  and  now  containing  a  population  of 
nearly  two  millions. 

At  this  season  of  the  year  all  the  grain  and 
treasure  are  transported  by  the  canal  to  the 
northern  provinces ;  so  our  chiefs  are  most  anxious 
to  establish  a  blockade  of  that  main  artery  as  soon 
as  possible,  and  the  viceroy  of  Kiang-see,  being 
well  aware  of  our  intention,  is,  they  say,  using 
every  exertion  to  get  these  all-important  supplies 
across  the  river  before  our  arrival. 


«  So  let's  away  ; 
Advantage  feeds  him  fat  while  men  delay. 


Digitized  by  Google 


I 


64  SURVEYORS'  RETURN.  chap.  v. 


CHAP.  V. 

SURVEYORS'  RETURN.  SAILING  OF  THE  FLEET.   DE- 
STRUCTION OF  A  FORT.  PAOODA  OF  TONG-SHOU.  —  CHI- 
NESE PROCLAMATION.  DESTRUCTION   OF   THE  SE-SHAN 

FORTS.— CAPTURE  OF  A  FUGITIVE.  ASCENT  TO  A  PAGODA 

BY  MOONLIGHT.  —  CHINESE  FISHING  TACKLE. 

The  5th  of  July  was  a  day  of  eager  excitement. 
The  steamers  that  had  been  absent  with  Captains 
Kellett  and  Collinson  (our  two  active  surveyors) 
had  returned  with  the  gratifying  intelligence  that 
the  channel,  although  in  some  parts  intricate  and 
narrow,  was  very  deep  and  sufficiently  clear  for 
the  largest  ships  to  traverse. 

The  signal  was  made  to  prepare  for  sea  for  the 
following  day,  and  the  order  of  sailing  was  issued 
by  the  Admiral. 

The  army  was  divided  into  four  brigades  under 
the  command  of  Major-Generals  Lord  Saltoun, 
Berkeley,  Schoedde,  and  Brigadier  Montgomery 
of  the  Artillery.  These  were  distributed  in  five 
divisions,  each  division  led  and  under  the  entire 
charge  of  a  man-of-war:  Captains  Boucher  of 
the  Blonde,  Hon.  F.  Grey  of  Endymion,  Hon.  H. 
Keppel,  Dido,  Kingcome,  Belleisle,  and  Kuper, 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  v.        SAILING  OF  THE  FLEET.  65 

Calliope,  were  the  officers  appointed  by  the 
Admiral. 

It  is  not  easy  to  describe  the  feeling  of  exulta- 
tion which  more  or  less  animated  all  at  the 
prospect  of  entering  as  invaders  into  the  heart  of 
an  immense  empire,  where  we  are  looked  upon  as 
"  barbarians  from  beyond  the  civilised  world." 

The  Admiral  weighed  on  the  6th,  at  day-light, 
with  a  fair  wind,  the  first  and  fourth  divisions 
following.  The  General-in-chief  at  the  head  of 
the  first,  Lord  Saltoun  in  the  Belleisle,  Captain 
Kingcome  leading  the  fourth.  A  distance  of  two 
miles  separated  each  division.  We  in  Dido 
were  last  —  a  most  tantalizing  position. 

Grey's  division  passed  at  noon,  when  the  wind 
grew  very  light,  and  the  tide  began  to  ebb  before 
our  turn  arrived  to  weigh ;  so  we  found  we  could 
hardly  stem  it.  The  headmost  ships  were  by  this 
time  out  of  sight,  when  we,  scarcely  a  league 
from  our  former  berth,  were  obliged  to  anchor; 
the  Blonde,  in  charge  of  the  second  division,  on 
shore,  six  miles  ahead;  one  of  Captain  Grey's 
and  one  of  our  own  convoy  in  the  same  condition : 
heavy  rain  commenced;  the  light  air  entirely 
abated,  and  we  became  most  anxious. 

7  th  of  July.  —  The  wind  was  fresh  and  foul,  but 
the  weather  very  fine ;  the  dark  thick  vapoury 
clouds  had  rolled  way,  and  a  clear,  bright,  dry, 


Digitized  by  Google 


66 


NATIVE  TRAFFIC. 


CHAP.  V. 


blue,  speckled  sky,  with  knotty  dappled  clouds  high 
up,  appeared. 

Keppel  gave  me  his  gig  to  pull  up  to  the  Ad- 
miral. On  my  way,  eight  miles  from  the  Dido,  I 
boarded  the  Columbine;  she  had  just  anchored 
off  a  creek  supposed  to  communicate  with  the 
river  Woo-sung,  which  poor  despairing  Morshead 
was  ordered  to  blockade.  He  was  very  sorry  for 
himself,  and  could  not  bear  to  look  at  the  ships 
passing.  However,  all  cannot  win  lottery  prizes, 
and  withal  it  was  of  the  utmost  importance  that 
the  outlet  should  be  guarded.  I  condoled  with 
and  really  felt  for  him,  and  after  devouring  a  great 
portion  of  a  Chinese  ham,  in  which  he  could  not 
keep  me  company,  I  shoved  off  and  stretched  over 
towards  Sung-ming,  and  ran  along  its  shore  until 
the  tide  changed,  when  I  bore  up  for  the  H.  C.  S. 
Auckland  at  anchor  in  the  centre  of  the  stream. 

Mr.  Lay  the  interpreter  was  on  board,  acting 
the  part  of  a  good  commissary  for  the  benefit  of 
the  combined  forces.  When  I  arrived  the  ship 
was  surrounded  by  junks,  each  containing  from  two 
to  three  water  buffaloes,  besides  pigs  and  baskets 
of  poultry.  It  was  difficult  to  determine  which 
were  the  noisiest,  the  pigs  or  their  masters. 

The  natives  of  the  island  had  been  compelled 
by  threats  to  give  up  about  eighty  buffaloes  —  a 
forced  but  not  an  unjust  exaction,  as  they  received 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  V. 


HARVEY  POINT. 


in  payment  from  eight  to  ten  dollars  per  head, 
besides  the  benefit  of  our  future  protection.  At 
the  same  time  I  have  no  doubt  that  this  necessary 
demand  on  our  part  caused  them  a  temporary  in- 
convenience, as,  from  the  evident  marks  of  the 
yoke  the  animals  bore,  they  must  have  been  used 
for  agricultural  purposes. 

At  half  past  eight  P.  M.  the  tide  slackened,  and 
I  proceeded  up  the  river  in  my  boat.  I  plainly 
saw  the  Cornwallis  at  sunset  at  anchor  about 
seven  miles  ahead  off  Harvey  Point  — the  western 
extremity  of  the  island,  named  after  poor  Harvey, 
a  midshipman  of  Captain  Bethune's  ship  the  Con- 
way. He  was  killed  two  years  before,  while 
employed  upon  a  survey. 

A  sharp  pull  placed  me  by  eleven  o'clock  on 
the  flag-ship's  quarter-deck,  much  to  the  surprise 
of  the  officer  of  the  watch,  who  for  some  time 
was  at  a  loss  to  account  for  my  nocturnal  ap- 
pearance. 

8  th  of  July,  —  I  was  up  early,  and  found  the 
Admiral  already  on  deck  ;  he  welcomed  me  most 
kindly.  Weighed  with  a  fair  breeze  at  seven 
o'clock,  all  the  divisions  in  sight  coming  up  in 
famous  style.  Under  the  pilotage  of  Captain 
Kellet  we  ran  up  five-and-twenty  miles  without  a 
stoppage,  generally  keeping  the  northern  shore  on 
board.    Where  the  river  shoaled  much  towards 


Digitized  by  Google 


G8 


PAGODA  OF  TONG-SHOU. 


CHAP.  V. 


the  centre,  or  where  the  course  was  winding  and 
irregular,  the  surveyors  had  moored  Chinese 
sanpans  for  beacons.  Some  of  these  had  been 
swept  away  by  the  stream,  or  cut  adrift ;  but  they 
knew  the  various  bearings,  and  we  passed  on 
without  detention  or  mishap. 

The  country  continues  a  low  and  level  flat, 
with  occasional  exceptions,  at  long  intervals,  of  a 
few  cone-shaped  hills,  jutting  up  without  the  pre- 
lude of  undulating  ground  or  change  of  feature. 
We  anchored  opposite  one  of  these,  on  the  south 
bank  close  to  the  shore,  and  sent  an  armed  party 
under  the  command  of  the  first  lieutenant,  accom- 
panied by  Mr.  Gutzlaff,  to  destroy  a  small  fort 
even  with  the  water  and  backed  by  the  rising 
ground.  The  garrison  of  the  fort  absconded 
before  our  men  entered,  leaving  behind  them  a 
few  old  iron  guns,  besides  some  brass  ones  of  more 
modern  construction.  The  former  were  destroyed 
and  the  latter  shipped. 

We  saw  between  the  trees  the  ancient  and  pic- 
turesque pagoda  of  the  third-class  city  of  Tong- 
shou ;  the  town  itself  lies  in  a  hollow  surrounded 
by  some  fine  old  timber;  the  dilapidated  tower 
marks  its  site  from  the  river  view. 

9th  of  July.  — We  weighed  about  one  P.  M.,  the 
channel  irregular  and  difficult,  but  had  the  satis- 
faction of  seeing  our  magnificent  line  of  ships 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  v.       PROGRESS  OP  THE  FLEET 


69 


wind  through  in  safety.  It  must  have  been 
a  grand,  and  to  use  a  Chinese  term,  "  awe- 
inspiring  "  sight  to  the  dense  crowds  everywhere 
lining  the  banks  —  this  gallant  fleet  stretching 
along  their  fertile  shores  as  far  as  the  eye  could 
reach,  their  light  upper  sails  reflecting  the  bright 
sun  over  the  tops  of  the  tallest  trees,  and  thread- 
ing their  way  past  dangers  for  the  first  time 
without  a  stoppage,  sometimes  within  a  stone's 
throw  of  the  shore,  at  others  in  the  centre  of  the 
stream,  where  the  current  runs  the  strongest. 

This  struck  them  with  astonishment.  At  the 
commencement  of  the  floods  (the  present  period) 
they  do  not  think  the  upward  passage  in  their 
largest  junks  practicable;  so  generally  transfer 
their  cargoes  to  smaller  vessels,  able  from  their 
lesser  draught  to  skirt  the  shore  and  take  advan- 
tage of  the  eddies. 

10th  of  July.  —  We  remained  at  anchor  the 
greater  portion  of  the  day,  waiting  the  return  of 
our  indefatigable  pilot-fish,  the  two  small  steamers. 
In  the  evening  we  weighed,  and  ran  on  till 
sunset. 

llth  of  July. — We  were  under  all  sail  before 
breakfast.  After  a  few  miles  ascent  the  south 
shore  varied  from  the  hitherto  tame  unchanging 
prospect  to  a  diversity  of  abrupt  hills.  On  the  sum- 
mit of  one  which  we  passed  we  observed  a  square 


70 


THE  PAGODA  IIILLS. 


CHAP.  V. 


tower  with  a  peaked  roof,  resembling  much  our 
copies  from  those  of  the  Flemings.  I  fancy  it 
must  be  intended  for  a  watch-tower,  a  structure 
in  common  use ;  but  as  far  as  my  observation 
has  extended,  this  stands  single  in  originality. 

In  a  valley  behind  the  hill  we  saw  a  pagoda  of 
seven  stories ;  opposite  to  it  on  the  northern  bank 
are  two  remarkable  hillocks,  on  which  there  are 
towers.  These  we  named  the  Pagoda  Hills.  They 
offer  excellent  landmarks  to  assist  the  navigation 
of  the  river.  We  passed  them  rapidly,  and  an- 
chored in  the  evening. 

The  river  here  is  five  miles  broad  at  least,  the 
channel  from  nine  to  twelve  fathoms  deep,  in 
some  spots  even  upwards  of  twenty  fathoms. 
The  country  continues  verdant  and  abundantly 
populous;  creeks  and  canals  numerous,  that 
have  their  entrances  concealed  by  water-flags, 
which  bind  miles  of  shore,  and  protect  the 
embankments  from  the  rush  of  the  passing 
current. 

12th.  —  Weighed  in  the  forenoon,  and  with  the 
wind  N.  E.  ran  up  a  portion  of  the  river.  Our 
calculation,  made  from  our  uncertain  chart,  placed 
us  only  fifteen  miles  from  the  great  canal ;  the 
information  gleaned  from  the  peasantry,  forty 
miles. 

lZth. —  The  current  here  is  much  more  rapid, 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  v.    FEIENDLINESS  OF  THE  NATIVES.       7 1 

still  varying  slightly  at  the  periods  of  rise  and 
fall  of  tide ;  but  even  at  the  slowest,  rolling  on- 
wards four  miles  an  hour. 

The  river  has  narrowed  to  about  4000  feet ; 
the  reaches  are  also  shorter,  and  in  one  or  two 
spots,  the  spits  and  shoals  off  the  convex  shore  jut 
out  with  steep  sides  into  the  deep  water,  sometimes 
shoaling  in  a  ship's  breadth  from  seven  fathoms  to 
a  few  feet. 

Two  small  steamers  were  always  kept  about 
four  points  upon  the  bows  of  the  flag-ship,  and  the 
Modeste,  Captain  Watson,  half  a  mile  a-head,  to 
lead  the  way  and  signalise  the  soundings.  She 
upon  one  occasion  shoaled  her  water  in  about 
her  own  length,  from,  I  think,  eight  fathoms  to 
fifteen  feet,  and  had  to  throw  all  aback  to  save 
herself  (which  she  did  in  admirable  style),  drop- 
ping a  buoy  to  mark  the  spot  as  she  again  made 

The  steamers  are  up  the  river  surveying,  so  we 
remain  at  anchor.  Sent  boats  on  shore  for  vege- 
tables. They  found  the  people  very  friendly; 
willing  to  supply  our  few  wants,  and  anxious  to 
show  every  civility.  Sanpans  came  off  with  some 
fish  caught  in  suspension-nets,  seen  at  almost 
every  league  along  the  river's  banks.  They 
averaged  about  six  pounds  in  weight,  were  some- 
thing of  the  shape  of  the  salmon,  but  had  yellow 


72 


CHINESE  PROCLAMATION. 


CHAP.  v. 


tails,  and  were  covered  with  larger  scales  than  our 
northern  fish. 

The  party  returned  on  board  loaded  with  sup- 
plies. They  had  read  a  proclamation  stuck  against 
the  principal  house  of  the  village.  It  mentioned 
our  victories,  and  hinted  at  the  possibility  of  our 
ascent  up  their  great  river;  in  the  event  of  which 
occurring,  the  people  were  implored  to  remain  in 
their  houses,  and  not  to  leave  the  country  exposed 
to  the  inroads  of  banditti ;  it  stated  that  we  (the 
English)  had  always  shown  ourselves  anxious  to 
conciliate  the  peasantry,  and  consequently  would 
not  injure  them,  nor  allow  the  robbers  to  commit 
depredations,  if  they  remained.  This  single  docu- 
ment is  of  itself,  I  think,  evidence  sufficient  to 
lead  to  the  conclusion  that  the  Emperor  will  never 
again  have  the  inclination  to  command,  allowing 
he  may  have  the  power  to  compel,  his  subjects  to 
retire  inland,  and  thus  meet  an  invading  enemy 
by  passive  resistance.  It  would  expose  his  richest 
provinces  to  be  plundered  by  native  robbers,  — 
the  evil,  above  all  others,  he  has  the  greatest 
reason  to  dread. 

On  the  14th  the  steamers  returned.  They  had 
seen  the  pagoda  of  Chin-kiang-foo,  the  wealthy 
city  and  Tartar  stronghold,  situated  off  the  south 
mouth  of  the  great  canal.  They  had  been  fired 
at  from  a  fort  upon  the  hill  of  Se-shan,  a  high  and 


Digitized  by 


> 


chap.  v.      DESTRUCTION  OF  THE  FORTS.  73 

bold  eminence,  which  we  could  just  see  seven 
miles  before  us. 

Weighed  at  nine,  A.  M.,  and  with  a  commanding 
breeze  stemmed  the  current  rapidly;  the  water  deep, 
the  river  wide,  and  the  scenery  rich  and  smiling. 

The  winding  of  the  river  kept  the  approach  to 
Se-shan  from  being  very  apparent  for  some  time ; 
but  when  we  rounded  the  last  elbow,  we  saw  it  in 
full  view  descending  precipitously  into  the  river. 

The  Admiral  summoned  us  to  an  early  dinner, 
to  be  in  readiness  for  work  by  the  time  it  was 
finished.  At  four  o'clock  we  were  close  to  the 
hill,  which  in  shape  is  rather  peculiar.  It  rises 
abruptly  400  feet  from  the  plain  on  one  side,  and 
from  the  river  on  the  other,  sloping  to  a  valley 
which  divides  its  centre.  At  the  bottom,  and  on 
the  face  of  this  hollow,  two  batteries  were  erected ; 
a  partial  fire  commenced  from  each  of  these  upon 
the  steamers  and  leading  sloops.  The  Modeste  was 
ordered  to  commence  action,  which  she  no  sooner 
did  than  away  the  garrison  scampered,  throwing 
their  uniforms  off  as  the  ascent  up  the  hill  grew 
pressing,  their  movements  occasionally  accele- 
rated by  a  few  32-pounders  making  ricochets 
after  them. 

I  landed  with  the  storming  party  sent  to  take 
possession,  blow  up  the  powder,  disable  the  guns, 
and  destroy  the  forts.    We  found  a  great  deal  of 


Digitized  by  Google 


74 


VIEW  FROM  THE  HILL. 


CHAP.  V. 


loose  powder  lying  about  covered  by  temporary 
sheds  and  in  boxes  half  buried  at  the  rear  of  the 
batteries,  besides  shot,  gingals,  matchlocks,  bows 
and  arrows,  and  other  munitions  of  war.  In  the 
houses  we  found  some  hot  messes  of  rice  and 
vegetables,  and  several  ponies,  which  the  soldiers 
had  left  in  their  haste  to  effect  their  escape. 

Leaving  the  work  of  destruction  to  proceed,  I 
ascended  a  narrow  ridge  leading  to  the  top  of  the 
hill,  — a  desperate  fag,  considering  the  great  heat, 
and  one  I  had  not  anticipated  while  looking  up  at 
the  winding  path  from  below ;  but  the  extensive 
prospect  seen  from  the  summit  spread  out  around 
would  have  amply  repaid  me  a  much  greater  ex- 
ertion. Inland,  towards  the  S.  E.,  this  detached 
cluster  of  hills  broke  into  undulating  country 
clothed  with  verdure,  and  fir  plantations  bordered 
small  lakes  confined  in  natural  basins.  Extending 
my  view  beyond,  I  saw  the  windings  of  the 
vast  river  we  had  ascended ;  our  ships  were  still 
scattered  over  its  broad  surface,  the  sternmost 
divisions  of  the  fleet  coming  up  under  all  sail.  To 
the  other  side  I  turned  with  yet  greater  interest ; 
there  the  land  in  the  foreground  continued  a  low 
and  swampy  flat,  leaving  it  difficult  at  a  little 
distance  to  determine  which  of  the  several  broad 
waters,  winding  in  serpentine  channels  through  the 
country,  was  the  main  branch.    I  looked  down 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  v.        CAPTURE  OF  A  FUGITIVE. 


75 


upon  innumerable  square  sheets  of  water,  separated 
from  each  other  by  narrow  mounds  of  earth ;  they 
covered  the  surface  of  what  we  knew  to  be  arable 
land,  but  which  more  closely  resembled  a  vast  lake, 
intersected  by  many  causeways.  Willow  trees 
grew  along  their  sides,  and  here  and  there  small 
patches,  somewhat  higher  than  the  common  sur- 
face, supported  cottages  and  farm  sheds.  Beyond 
this  again,  towards  the  west,  the  pagoda  of  Chin- 
kiang-foo  was  observable ;  it  is  built  on  a  slight 
eminence  eight  or  ten  miles  in  advance,  by  the 
river's  course,  from  where  I  stood.  The  sun  had 
set  some  time ;  the  mists  rose  from  the  marshes, 
until  it  became  the  only  object  in  the  distant 
view. 

I  was  not  alone.  Lieut.  James  Fitzjames  had 
gained  the  summit  before  me,  and  I  found  him, 
when  I  arrived,  sitting  upon  a  granite  rock, 
quite  out  of  breath  after  his  ascent  His  cox- 
swain, who  had  followed  him  at  a  slower  pace, 
descried  a  martial  hero  under  a  bush,  whom  he 
captured  and  dragged  up  by  his  pig-tail.  I  verily 
believe  the  poor  wretch  thought  we  were  going  to 
eat  him,  which  supposition  said  little  for  his  esti- 
mation of  our  good  taste.  Had  he  been  a  firm, 
sleek,  clean,  and  portly  gentleman,  it  would  have 
been  another  thing;  but  this  was  a  poor  devil 

E  2 


76         EXPLOSION  AT  THE  BARRACKS.     chap.  v. 

whose  flesh  had  left  the  bones  from  the  constant 
use  of  opium. 

Our  further  admiration  of  the  prospect  was 
interrupted  by  an  explosion:  the  barracks  and 
houses  were  all  on  fire,  and  our  party  in  the  boats 
waving  to  us  to  return ;  so  we  had  to  descend  at  a 
pace  which  did  not  suit  our  companion  the  prisoner, 
who  fell  upon  his  back  and  resigned  himself  to 
despair.  Fortunately  the  descent  was  steep,  al- 
though perhaps  somewhat  rough ;  so  down  he  went 
in  a  sitting  posture  between  Fitzjames  and  his 
coxswain,  and  reached  the  bottom  in  safety  ;  but, 
I  shrewdly  suspect,  with  the  loss  of  more  than  a 
tailor  could  replace. 

\bth  of  July,  —  We  remained  at  anchor  all  day, 
waiting  for  the  surveying  officers,  who  were  up 
the  river.  We  heard  the  sound  of  cannon ;  the 
steamers  returned  in  the  evening,  and  informed 
us  that  they  had  been  fired  upon  from  a  masked 
battery  placed  to  guard  the  passage,  between  the 
island  of  Seung-shan  and  the  S.W.  shore.  The 
Phlegethon  silenced  their  fire  without  loss  on  her 
part,  and  dismounted  some  guns;  but  did  not 
destroy  them,  as  it  was  contrary  to  the  Admiral's 
orders  to  land. 

\Qth.  —  The  wind,  which  had  from  the  com- 
mencement of  our  ascent  up  to  the  present  time 
blown  steadily  in  our  favour,  changed  during  the 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  V. 


ASCENT  TO  A  PAGODA. 


night  to  light  variable  airs ;  so  that,  within  ten 
miles  of  the  imperial  canal,  we  were  doomed  to  be 
tantalized  by  detention.  In  the  evening  I  went 
on  shore  with  Captain  Watson  for  a  walk ;  the 
sun  was  setting  when  we  landed,  and  the  evening 
was  so  cool  and  delightful  that  we  determined  to 
visit  a  pagoda  on  the  summit  of  a  hill  two  miles 
inland.  We  passed  round  the  base  of  Battery 
Hill  and  through  a  prettily  secluded  village  of 
farm-houses,  with  their  offices  attached.  We 
found  the  inhabitants  sitting  upon  stools  before 
their  doors,  eating  their  evening  meal  of  rice  and 
fish  ;  they  received  us  with  good  humour  and  ap- 
parent confidence ;  —  (not  that  they  had  great  cause 
to  be  afraid  of  two  unarmed  gentlemen  in  white 
jackets,  attended  only  by  a  guard  of  two  men 
with  muskets,  and  with  a  peasant  for  a  guide 
whom  we  had  pressed  for  the  occasion.) 

We  commenced  our  ascent  by  moonlight;  it 
was  a  rough  walk,  but  the  exercise  and  freshness 
of  the  night  dew  was  a  delightful  change  after 
the  heat  of  the  day  and  our  recent  confinement. 
Our  path  led  across  two  valleys,  over  the  breast 
of  a  steep,  and  round  the  ridge  of  a  stony  cres- 
cent forming  one  side  to  a  basin,  at  the  foot  of  the 
eminence  upon  which  the  pagoda  stood.  As  we 
fagged  up  a  flight  of  broken  steps,  hewn  from  the 
solid  rock,  and  of  most  penitential  length,  the 

E  3 


Digitized  by  Google 


78  ARRIVAL  AT  THE  JOS  HOUSE.       chap.  v.  * 


old  grey  tower  fronted  us  in  imposing  grandeur, 
thrown  out  in  prominent  relief  from  the  dark  sky 
by  the  clear  moonlight.  The  stillness  of  night, 
unbroken  except  by  the  sound  of  our  own  foot- 
steps, might  cause  a  superstitious  imagination  to 
endow  it  with  vitality,  and  make  it  appear  to 
swell  in  bulk  and  rock  to  and  fro  as  the  passing 
shadows  of  the  flying  clouds  obscured  its  surface, 
like  a  huge  giant  menacing  the  approach  of  his 
pigmy  disturbers.  Then,  in  the  eleventh  hour, 
we  began  to  think  that  our  excursion  was  not  the 
most  prudent  thing  we  could  have  undertaken; 
particularly  as  we  remembered  that  the  Jos  houses 
attached  to  pagodas  are  frequently  used  for  tem- 
porary barracks,  and  for  the  accommodation  of 
public  officers  and  their  retinues  when  upon  a 
journey.  However,  it  was  too  late  to  recede,  so 
we  passed  through  the  tower,  which  we  found 
partly  in  ruins,  to  the  Jos  house  at  its  other  side, 
and  knocked  at  the  principal  door.  Some  time 
elapsed  before  our  summons  was  answered;  at 
last  we  heard  whispering,  and  then  a  demand  of 
(I  suppose)  what  we  wanted,  which  our  guide 
answered ;  but  from  fear  that  he  would  tell  them 
who  we  really  were,  and  thereby  effectually  pre- 
vent our  entrance,  we  always  stopped  his  mouth 
after  he  uttered  the  first  syllable;  trusting  to 
Chinese  curiosity  for  accomplishing  the  rest.  We 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  V. 


CHINESE  HOSPITALITY. 


79 


were  not  mistaken  ;  after  repeated  questions,  and 
of  course  most  unsatisfactory  replies,  the  door 
was  opened,  and  to  the  great  surprise  and  terror 
of  the  priests  we  walked  in.  The  poor  padres  were 
all  alone,  and  had  been  some  time  in  bed  before 
we  made  their  acquaintance.  They,  however,  had 
the  hospitality  to  offer  us  a  mess  of  rice  and  flour, 
sinimering  on  a  slow  fire,  and  which  they  gave  us 
to  understand  was  constantly  kept  ready,  day  and 
night,  for  strangers  and  passers  by. 

From  the  elevated  and  isolated  position  of 
their  hill,  the  view  must  be  commanding ;  we  of 
course  could  see  but  little  through  the  hazy 
moonshine.  We  gave  them  two  dollars  and  de- 
parted. 

On  the  1 7th  light  and  variable  puffs  flew  round 
the  hill  of  Se-shan,  and  made  it  perfectly  im- 
possible for  the  fleet  to  weigh,  as  no  ship  could 
pass  this  rapid  portion  of  the  river  without  a 
steady  breeze,  owing  to  the  bottom  being  very 
irregular,  and  the  eddies  in  consequence  numerous 
and  strong.  Captain  Napier  and  I  went  on  board 
the  little  steamer  Medusa,  generally  denominated 
the  Cornwallis's  child,  in  consequence  of  her  size 
and  constant  attendance  upon  the  flag-ship.  She 
was  ordered  to  tow  the  Starling  up  to  continue 
the  survey ;  we  accordingly  weighed,  but  had  not 
proceeded  far  when  the  latter  vessel  grounded, 

E  4 


Digitized  by  Google 


80  CHINESE  FISHING-TACKLE.        chap.  v. 

and  the  day  was  lost  in  attempts  to  get  her  off. 
During  the  interim  we  (Napier  and  myself)  ex- 
plored sundry  creeks  among  the  bulrushes,  and 
discovered  some  old  trap-nets  of  peculiar  con- 
struction :  they  were  formed  (round  several  strong 
bamboo  supports)  of  rushes  growing  from  the 
bottom,  plaited  into  various  recesses,  with  pas- 
sages between  each,  and  ending  in  a  chamber, 
like  that  of  our  stake-nets.  We  also  surprised  a 
fisherman  and  his  boy  sculling  a  punt ;  they  were 
using  a  horse-hair  line  made  like  ours,  and  with 
hooks  snooded  at  short  distances  baited  with 
winkles,  the  barb  passing  through  holes  drilled  in 
their  shells  for  the  purpose. 

Our  little  vessel  floated  in  the  evening ;  a  severe 
day's  work  for  the  men  in  the  sun,  considering  the 
thermometer  was  92°  in  the  shade. 

18th  of  July.  —  At  4  a.  m.  we  weighed,  and, 
with  the  schooner  lashed  alongside,  proceeded  up 
the  river.  After  we  were  freed,  by  the  aid  of 
that  precious  vapour,  steam,  from  the  thraldom  of 
eddy  winds  and  chow-chow  water,  the  freshening 
breeze  from  the  old  quarter  induced  us  to  cast  off 
and  send  the  steamer  back.  Being  able,  from  our 
light  draught,  to  keep  close  to  the  shore,  out  of 
the  strength  of  the  current,  we  made  famous  way, 
and  in  a  short  time  saw  the  island  of  "  Seung- 
shan,"  at  the  lower  end  of  the  straight  reach  into 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  v.     APPEARANCE  OF  THE  COUNTRY.  81 

which  the  south  entrance  of  the  imperial  canal 
opens. 

As  we  passed  onwards,  the  features  of  the 
scenery  to  our  left  changed  from  the  dead  level 
to  an  undulating  country,  varied  by  a  series  of 
smooth  surfaced  hills,  inclosing  within  their  cir- 
cuit plains  and  broad  valleys.  The  greater  portion 
of  these  hills  was  clothed  with  long  rich  grass, 
and  had  the  appearance  of  being  eminently 
adapted  for  pasture  lands;  but  not  a  flock  nor 
herd  or  single  head  of  living  animal  could  we  see 
even  with  the  aid  of  our  glasses. 


E  5 


82 


SEUNG-SHAN. 


CHAP.  VI. 


CHAP.  VI. 

SEUNG-SHAN,  OR  "  SILVER  ISLAND."  CHINESE  RECLUSE.  

PHLEGETHON  BATTERY.  CHIN-KIANG-FOO.  —  KIN-SHAN, 

OR  e<  GOLDEN  ISLAND."  FIRE  RAFTS.  VI8IT8  OF  THE 

CHINESE.  INNER   CANAL.  TEMPLE   OF  THE  DRAGON 

KING.  PROCESS  OF  CRAMPING  THE  FEET.  REMAINS  OF 

ANCIENT  GARDENS  OF  KWA-CHOU.  CHINESE  BRIDGES.  

MESSAGE     FROM    ELIPOO.           PALACE    AND    TEMPLES  OF 

GOLDEN  ISLAND.  FIRE  RAFTS. 

The  island  of  Seung-shan  occupies  half  the 
width  of  the  river,  and,  by  obstructing  the  free 
passage  of  the  water,  doubles  the  rate  of  current 
passing  its  sides.  In  the  channel  to  the  left 
great  blows  force  themselves  up  from  deep  cavities, 
followed  by  powerful  whirlpools,  formed  from 
the  rush  of  water  into  the  empty  spaces.  These 
are  sometimes  of  sufficient  force  to  turn  a  frigate 
moving  under  the  power  and  weight  of  an  eight- 
knot  breeze.  The  right-hand  passage  is  broader, 
and  the  current  not  so  rapid;  but  then,  again,  the 
navigable  channel  is  narrower ;  and  if  the  wind, 
which  frequently  blows  in  puffs  round  the  island, 
lulls  at  the  critical  moment,  the  vessel  will  to  a 
certainty  be  swept  upon  a  large  flat  shoal  under 
her  lee. 

We  got  through  the  rapid  passage  after  four 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  VI. 


GOLDEN  ISLAND. 


83 


attempts,  —  the  Blonde,  Modeste,  and  Childers 
having  all  tried  it  in  vain.  Whirlpools  caught  them 
when  in  the  centre,  whirled  them  round,  and  sent 
them  down  the  stream  for  some  distance,  as  help- 
less as  boys,  toy-boats  in  a  running  brook. 

Seung-shan,  a  rocky  cone  with  a  surface  soil 
which  nurtures  luxuriant  groves  of  tropical  vege- 
tation, is,  like  its  sister,  Kin-shan,  or  "  golden 
island,"  imperial  property.  Priests  are  the  only 
occupants;  temples  and  palaces  the  principal 
buildings,  surrounded  by  gardens  and  bowers. 
As  we  passed  it  slowly,  we  had  time  to  observe 
the  massive  granite  terraces,  decorated  with  large 
stone  monsters,  and  having  convenient  and  hand- 
some flights  of  steps  descending  to  the  water ;  fine 
temples  placed  to  be  seen,  and  yet  shaded  by 
useful  and  ornamental  plants ;  open  pavilions  and 
secluded  summer-houses  embowered  amidst  the 
bright  arbutus,  which  was  enlivened  by  red- 
berries  and  paddy  birds  nestling  amidst  its  foliage, 
like  bunches  of  white  blossoms. 

Opposite  this  little  paradise  a  plain  honest  rock 
of  reddish  granite,  broken  into  an  upright  cliff, 
descends  precipitously  into  the  river;  in  the 
centre  of  its  face  a  round  hole  is  neatly  excavated 
with  a  slight  step  before  it,  and  some  Chinese 
characters  marked  above  it.  While  we  were 
conjecturing  what  this  singular  orifice  could  be 

E  6 


Digitized  by  Google 


FIILEGETHON  BATTERY.         CHAP.  VL 


for,  out  came  a  figure  dressed  in  a  rusty  brick- 
coloured  gown,  and  made  the  ko-tow  most  obse- 
quiously. We  concluded  him  to  be  a  recluse 
living  upon  charity, — a  sort  of  Fuckeer, — common 
characters  in  the  East,  not  less  so  in  China  than 
in  India,  but  in  this  country  a  wiser  sect,  living 
a  less  purgatorial  life  than  those  of  Hindostan. 

Close  to  his  abode,  on  the  low  land  at  the  foot 
of  the  rocky  promontory,  we  saw  the  remains  of 
Phlegethon  battery,  and  the  smouldering  ruins  of 
the  magazines.  A  party  having  been  landed 
from  the  Blonde  to  destroy  the  dismounted  guns, 
they  found  some  brass  pieces  among  the  number, 
which,  as  prize  property,  were  shipped.  After 
traversing  the  narrow  strait  we  entered  the  long 
reach  between  the  two  islands.  Over  the  sloping 
brows  of  some  low  hills,  across  two  valleys  and  a 
plain  beyond,  we  traced  the  high  and  well-built 
wall  of  Chin-kiang-foo,  with  its  square  and 
round  flanking  bastions.  High  above  a  con- 
spicuous gate,  a  red  and  yellow  flag  waved,  but 
not  a  man  was  to  be  seen  along  the  whole  range 
of  the  extensive  ramparts,  nor  in  the  suburbs, 
which  extended  to  the  river's  edge.  All  appeared 
to  us  as  deserted  and  lone  as  a  city  of  the  dead. 
Little  did  we  then  think  that  in  a  few  days 
this  large,  powerful,  and  wealthy  city  would  in 
reality  be  what  we  by  chance  compared  it  to. 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  VL 


KIN-SHAX. 


85 


The  Blonde's  masts  (which  ship  had  preceded 
us)  were  visible  above  the  flat  land  forming  the 
bend  to  the  N.  W.,  and  close  to  the  upper  mouth 
of  the  canal;  she  was  placed  there  to  stop  the 
traffic  until  the  fleet  could  ascend.  We  continued 
to  pass  up  at  a  rapid  rate,  and  were  soon  abreast 
of  the  island  Kin-shan,  bedecked  with  gay  and 
fantastic  buildings.  The  tall  golden-tipped  pa- 
goda, and  ranges  of  imperial  temples  and  palaces, 
roofed  with  yellow  and  green  glazed  porcelain 
tiles,  glittered  in  the  sun.  It  reminded  me  more 
of  some  of  those  fancy  pictures  of  enchanted 
islands,  than  anything  I  had  ever  before  seen. 
It  is  smaller  than  Seung-shan  (or,  as  we  have 
named  it,  "  Silver  Island  "),  and  is  a  more  perfect 
bijou  of  a  place,  although,  after  all,  to  our  English 
eyes  it  has  rather  a  toy-shop  appearance. 

When  we  closed  the  Blonde,  Captain  Boucher 
ordered  the  little  Starling  higher  up  to  blockade 
a  creek,  supposed  to  bend  round  by  the  base  of  the 
ridge  of  mountains  to  the  south,  and  communicate 
from  thence  with  the  canal  below  the  city,  and 
again  into  the  river  above  where  we  lay.  At  the 
mouth  of  this  creek  we  could  not  get  bottom  in 
the  centre  with  twenty  fathoms ;  so  anchored  in 
ten  fathoms,  almost  among  the  rushes. 

After  dark  a  large  fire  broke  out  in  the  direction 
of  the  town.   This  set  us  completely  on  the  alert, 


Digitized  by  Google 


86 


MUSQUITOES. 


CHAP.  VI. 


as  we  thought  it  might  arise  from  fire-rafts ;  but 
that  idea  was  soon  altered  by  its  stationary  po- 
sition, and  we  became  aware  that  the  suburbs  of 
the  city  extending  to  the  water  were  in  flames. 
Shortly  after  a  larger  conflagration  flared  up  to 
windward,  which  we  could  distinctly  see  by  the 
glare  that  arose  from  a  number  of  junks,  and  which 
we  afterwards  ascertained  had  been  fired  by  native 
robbers. 

Napier  and  I  boarded  two  junks  that  were  at 
anchor  just  above  us.  They  were  two  peaceful 
traders,  the  one  laden  with  rice,  the  other  piled 
up  like  a  floating  haystack  with  the  reeds  they 
use  for  repairing  the  canal  banks.  They  were,  ne- 
vertheless, towed  clear  of  our  hawse,  and  we  betook 
ourselves  to  rest,  which,  however,  was  frequently 
disturbed  by  the  incessant  attacks  of  the  most 
pertinacious  mosquitoes  I  had  ever  seen  or  felt. 
These  for  some  time  we  vigorously  encountered, 
but  at  last  we  were  vanquished  by  their  per- 
tinacity. In  several  instances,  these  disagreeable 
little  insects  have  proved  a  serious  evil,  the  wounds 
they  inflicted  having  turned  into  bad  sores  upon 
many  of  the  men  whose  constitutions  were  pro- 
bably affected  by  their  salt  diet. 

19th  of  July. —  I  took  up  my  quarters  for  a  day 
on  board  the  Modcstc ;  she  was  anchored  on  the 
northern  shore,  across  the  mouth  of  the  canal,  and 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  TO        VISITS  OF  THE  CHINESE. 


87 


upon  my  arrival  was  surrounded  by  punts  full 
of  men  and  vegetables,  fish,  bullocks,  and  all  the 
good  things  the  country  afforded.  These  were 
intended  as  cum-shaw  (presents)  to  bribe  the 
"  illustrious  eye"  (as  they  designated  Captain 
Watson)  to  allow  their  private  trade  to  continue ; 
and  I  was  much  amused  watching  their  faces  of  con- 
temptuous astonishment  when  they  were  desired 
to  charge  a  price  for  every  thing  they  brought, 
as  no  presents  of  the  sort  would  be  received. 

All  respectably  dressed  persons  were  allowed  to 
come  on  board,  and  to  wander  about  wherever  they  i; 
pleased.    They  seemed  particularly  struck  with  ! 
the  cleanliness  of  the  ship  and  fittings  of  the 
guns ;  they  were  timid  at  first,  but  soon  regained  • 
their  self-possession,  and  at  last  became  so  familiar  j 
that  they  bored  one,  and  had  to  be  corrected 
occasionally  by  a  slight  application  inflicted  by  ; 
the  master-at-arms. 

The  Admiral  arrived  in  the  afternoon  and 
anchored  off  the  town,  much  below  where  we 
were  lying.  In  the  evening  we  determined  to 
attempt  a  passage  to  his  ship  by  an  inland  canal, 
which  Captain  Watson  thought  communicated 
with  a  creek  entering  the  river  opposite  the 
Cornwallis. 

We  pulled  up  in  his  gig  past  a  temple  of  the 
Dragon  King,  or  genius  of  the  water  element,  and 


Digitize  by  Google 


88  TEMPLE  OP  THE  DBAGON  KING.    chap,  rt 

who,  Mr.  Davis  says,  is  supposed  to  have  the 
canal  in  his  special  keeping.  It  is  close  to  the 
right-hand  shore,  and  conveniently  situated  for 
the  crews  of  the  passage  boats  to  repair  to,  to 
offer  at  the  shrine  of  the  idol  propitiatory  sacrifices 
preparatory  to  crossing  the  river. 

After  we  had  pulled  a  mile  we  turned  down 
a  branch  to  the  right,  and  in  sight  of  a  bridge  of 
junks  which  Watson  had  constructed  to  block 
up  the  canal  above  this  entrance.  We  landed  and 
walked  some  distance  along  the  banks  ;  they  were 
skirted  by  willow  trees,  resembling  those  along 
the  borders  of  several  of  our  canals  in  England. 
Rows  of  old  dwellings,  densely  inhabited,  extended 
behind  them.  Although  the  dress  and  features  of 
the  people  are  the  same  as  those  we  meet  upon  the 
coast,  the  variations  in  construction  and  appear- 
ance of  the  houses,  boats,  the  mode  of  propelling 
them,  and  various  other  minute  differences,  are 
very  apparent  The  roofs  are  straighter,  and  the 
material  burnt  or  baked  brick  instead  of  wood, 
while  there  is  a  more  respectable  and  aged  cast 
about  the  public  buildings,  which  command  a 
certain  reverence  I  never  could  feel  for  the  gaudy 
flaunting  structures  of  Fo-kien  and  Quan-tong. 

Little  expecting  to  see  the  strangers  in  their 
remote  creek,  none  of  the  women  had  removed 
either  from  the  villages  or  junks,  which  they 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  vi.    PROCESS  OF  CRAMPING  THE  FEET.  89 


had  hitherto  invariably  done  previous  to  our  ap- 
proach ;  not  that  I  think  such  a  proceeding  was  ever 
voluntary  on  their  part,  nor,  in  fact,  is  it  in  the 
nature  of  the  charming  sex  to  possess  less  curi- 
osity in  China  than  in  Europe.  In  the  present 
case,  however,  though  many  fair  dames  rather 
put  us  out  of  countenance  by  their  stedfast  stare, 
others  were  really  frightened ;  and  I  sincerely 
pitied  the  poor  creatures  as  they  hobbled  away 
on  their  small  feet,  and  in  their  haste  stumbling 
at  every  step. 

God  knows  how  this  barbarous  habit  of  cramp- 
ing the  feet  first  arose :  whether  from  jealousy  on 
the  part  of  the  husbands,  or  merely  a  freak  of 
taste,  which  first  became  the  fashion  and  then  a 
universal  custom,  no  satisfactory  explanation  has 
yet  appeared,  nor  can  the  Chinese  themselves 
clearly  account  for  its  origin. 

Many  Chinese  reprobate  the  habit,  but  yet  will 
not  marry  a  woman  with  large  feet,  because  the  small 
ones  are  supposed  to  convey  the  idea  of  delicacy 
and  gentility  by  rendering  their  poor  owner  unfit 
for  labour ;  and  while  they  admit  the  process  of 
dwarfing  the  foot  to  be  cruel,  all  affirm  that  the 
result  is  a  decided  beauty.  I  must  confess  that  I 
began  to  think,  with  many  others,  that  a  Chinese  lady 
would  appear  to  want  some  peculiar  grace  without 
the  deformity  of  the  crippled  feet,  —  so  much  does 


Digitized  by  Google 


90 


THEORY  OF  BEAUTY 


CHAP.  VI. 


custom  guide  and  regulate  what  is  commonly  called 
taste.  How  true  it  is  that  a  fashion,  however 
absurd  in  itself,  when  once  generally  adopted, 
must  be  followed  by  the  most  sedate  and  sapient, 
or  they  lose  the  semblance  of  wisdom  and  appear 
ridiculous.  It  is  therefore  not  surprising  that  the 
Chinese  consider  us  in  the  latter  light,  as  all  our 
habits,  manners,  forms,  customs,  appearances,  and 
dress  are  so  diametrically  opposite  to  theirs. 

Habit  has  so  much  influence  over  that  inexpli- 
cable idea  beauty,  that  many  will  concur  in  the 
assumption  of  Sir  Joshua  Reynolds,  "  that  if  we 
were  more  used  to  deformity  than  beauty,  de- 
formity would  then  lose  the  idea  that  is  annexed 
to  it,  and  take  that  of  beauty." 

Perhaps  his  theory  would  be  more  applicable 
if  confined  to  the  easy  adaptation  of  a  preposte- 
rous habit,  without  the  assumption  that  habit  will 
subvert  the  taste  to  an  opposite  extreme;  because, 
I  think  few  associations  that  were  distasteful  when 
first  impressed  upon  the  imagination  could  alter  so 
materially,  as  subsequently  to  convey  the  exquisite 
sense  of  beauty.  Custom  may  reconcile  and  sup- 
press a  disgust,  but  cannot  exact  a  pleasurable 
sensation  without  adding  some  other  agreeable 
attribute  under  the  wing  of  which  the  original 
distaste  may  find  cover  and  protection. 

For  instance,  after  years  of  absence  in  tropical 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  VI. 


EFFECTS  OF  HABIT. 


91 


climes,  where  the  bright  sun  is  rarely  obscured  by 
stationary  clouds,  and  where  exuberant  verdure 
presents  beauties  unknown  elsewhere,  and  where 
the  very  softness  of  nature  is  almost  in  itself  a 
charm  sufficient  to  render  life  happy ;  we  may  ap- 
proach the  shores  of  Old  England,  and  enter  the 
dense  belt  of  atmosphere  that  sometimes  surrounds 
our  country,  and  derive  actual  pleasure  from  the 
first  saturation  received  from  a  heavy  fog ;  by  it 
the  depths  of  memory  are  awakened,  and  the  in- 
convenience is  absorbed  by  the  charm  of  the  re- 
membrance, which,  while  it  lasts,  will  force  all  who 
ever  felt  the  power  I  speak  of  to  acknowledge 
that  they  would  not  exchange  the  inconvenience 
for  the  bluest  sky,  —  so  intimately  are  our  emo- 
tions connected  with  and  governed  through  the 
agency  of  our  former  sensibilities. 

The  means  taken  to  effect  the  alteration  of  the 
women's  feet  in  China  are  decidedly  prejudicial 
to  the  health,  and  frequently  attended  with  fatal 
consequences. 

This  fact  was  ascertained  by  a  clever  young 
naval  surgeon  who  was  for  some  time  stationed 
at  Chusan.  It  happened  that  during  an  excursion 
into  the  country,  he  one  day  entered  a  house  where 
he  found  a  child  about  eight  years  old  very  ill, 
and  suffering  under  severe  hectic  fever;  on  ex- 
amination he  discovered  that  her  feet  were  under- 


Digitized  by  Google 


92 


CHINESE  OBSTINACY.  CHAP.  VL 


going  the  process  of  distortion ;  he  was  informed 
that  she  had  been  a  year  under  this  treatment. 
Moved  by  pity  for  the  little  sufferer,  he  proceeded 
to  remove  the  bindings,  and  fomented  the  feet, 
which  were  covered  with  ulcers  and  inflammation. 
The  change  in  shape  had  already  commenced  by 
the  depression  of  the  toes.  The  child  was  much 
relieved  by,  and  evidently  grateful  for  his  treat- 
ment. On  taking  his  leave  he  warned  the  mother 
that  she  would  certainly  lose  her  child  if  the  bands 
were  replaced ;  but  his  remonstrances  were  of  no 
avail.  Whenever  he  returned  (and  this  happened 
frequently),  he  always  found  them  on  again,  the 
woman  urging  as  an  excuse  that  her  daughter  had 
better  die  than  remain  unmarried,  and  that  with- 
out improved  feet  such  a  calamity  would  be  her 
inevitable  lot.  As  might  be  expected,  the  child  grew 
worse  and  worse.  After  a  longer  interval  than 
usual,  he  once  again  revisited  the  house,  but  found 
it  untenanted,  and  a  little  coffin  lying  at  the  door, 
in  which  he  discovered  the  body  of  his  poor  young 
.patient.  Being  a  scientific  man,  he  seized  the  op- 
portunity of  adding  the  feet  to  a  collection  already 
commenced. 

It  is  not  customary  to  commence  the  treatment 
necessary  for  the  distortion  of  the  feet  until  the 
girl  has  reached  the  age  of  seven  or  eight ;  were 
it  begun  sooner,  it  is  believed  that  the  feet 


Digitized  by  Googl^ 


chap.  vi.        GARDENS  OF  KWA-CHOU. 


93 


would  be  deprived  by  it  of  all  vitality,  and  thus 
be  lost  entirely.  The  operation  generally  requires 
from  eighteen  months  to  two  years  for  its  com- 
pletion. Of  course  the  leg  below  the  knee  shrinks 
to  the  bone  and  loses  all  shape. 

We  walked  along  the  banks  for  some  distance 
until  we  came  to  the  old  wall  of  the  ancient  town 
of  Kwa-chou,  which  we  could  distinctly  trace 
running  at  right  angles  from  the  canal  towards  the 
north,  until  hid  by  a  wild  of  rank  shrubbery  and 
old  fruit  trees,  probably  the  neglected  remains  of 
the  five  famous  gardens  of  Woo-yeun,  many 
years  ago  the  temporary  residence  of  the  Emperor 
Kien-loong.  * 

The  wall  had  originally  crossed  the  canal  by 
means  of  an  arch,  for  on  both  sides  portions  of 
it  were  entire,  with  rough  extremities  to  the 
water's  edge. 

This  is  probably  the  canal  mentioned  by  (I 
think)  Lord  Macartney,  which  was  cut  by  the 
Emperor  Kien-loong  to  secure  a  private  route  to 
Golden  Island  without  having  to  pass  by  Kwa- 
chou. 

We  were  obliged  to  get  into  the  boat  to  pass 
the  wall,  and  shortly  after  entered  the  suburbs  of 
another  village,  going  close  by  some  Jos  house 

•  Davis's  Sketches  in  China,  vol.  ii.  p. «. 


Digitized  by  Google 


94 


CHINESE  BRIDGES. 


CHAP.  YI. 


and  under  three  bridges,  each  of  a  single  arch, 
which  were  very  fairly  constructed;  they  were 
supported  by  wedged  stones,  but  without  a  centre 
key-stone. 

Many  of  the  junks  were  full  of  children;  I  fancy, 
belonging  principally  to  single  families.  In  these 
boats,  the  lady,  we  could  plainly  perceive,  monopo- 
lised the  duties  of  captain  of  the  vessel,  as  well  as 
mistress  of  the  household,  even  to  the  management 
of  the  sails  and  skulls.  The  little  urchins  all  ap- 
peared happy,  good-humoured,  and  old-fashioned. 

As  we  advanced  towards  the  river  our  view 
became  circumscribed  by  the  flags  on  either  hand 
rising  above  the  banks. 

The  country  through  which  we  this  evening 
passed  is  pleasing  and  picturesque, — more  so,  in- 
deed, than  any  I  had  hitherto  seen ;  yet  my  walk 
did  not  convey  the  enjoyment,  the  pleasant  satis- 
faction, that,  after  some  slight  confinement,  one 
over  a  more  indifferent  country  has  frequently 
before  excited  in  me. 

Heaven  knows  I  have  no  prejudice  against  this 
umbrella  race ;  but,  in  regarding  the  Chinese,  I 
can  never  get  rid  of  the  association  of  clock-work 
figures  which  are  moved  round  their  allotted 
surface  by  machinery. 

China  is  a  rich  and  fertile  empire,  and  crowded 
with  a  most  persevering  and  industrious  people ; 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  vi.         MESSAGE  FROM  ELIPOO. 


95 


but  it  has  not  the  splendour  and  romance  of  the 
Indies,  the  noble  energy  and  science  of  the  north 
of  Europe,  nor  does  it  possess  the  refinement 
nor  the  luxurious  climate  of  the  south  of  our 
Continent,  where  the  cold  is  modified  by  the  in- 
tervention of  mountains. 

"  Know'st  thou  the  land  where  the  lemon- trees  bloom, 
Where  the  gold  orange  glows  'mid  the  deep  thicket's 
gloom, 

Where  a  wind  ever  soft  from  the  blue  heaven  blows, 
And  the  groves  are  of  laurel,  and  myrtle,  and  rose  ?  " 

Goethe's  Wilhelm  Meister. 

We  found  the  notorious  Corporal  White*  on 
board  the  Cornwallis,  charged  with  a  message 
and  letters  from  Elipoo,  who  expressed  himself 
very  anxious  to  meet  our  high  authorities,  to 
ascertain  what  our  demands  were,  and  to  enter 
upon  negotiations,  which  he  affirmed  he  had 
ample  powers  to  do.  Sir  Henry  referred  him  to 
his  proclamation,  which  most  fully  explained  all 
he  pretended  ignorance  of,  and  informed  him  that 
when  the  necessary  commission  from  the  Emperor 
was  produced  he  would  instantly  receive  the  au- 
thorities intrusted  with  it. 

On  our  way  back  to  the  Modeste  we  had  to  pass 
close  to  "  Golden  Island ; "  and  as  the  moon  was 
up,  we  landed  on  a  marble  terrace,  overgrown 
with  weeds.    It  was  no  ordinary  event  to  contem- 

*  The  mandarin  before  referred  to. 


r 


Digitized  by  Google 


96 


TEMPLES  OF  GOLDEN  ISLAND.     chap,  vl 


plate  a  spot  where  no  tradition  told  of  western 
strangers'  visit ;  where  the  brows  of  generations  of 
priests  had  furrowed  and  withered,  — their  e very- 
thought,  but  those  for  their  private  interests,  cen- 
tred in  their  ruler  and  deity,  the  sovereign. 

A  terrace  surrounds  the  W.  and  N.  W.  sides 
of  the  island,  and  extends  along  the  front  of  two 
large  temples,  three  pavilions,  and  the  imperial 
palace,  now  in  great  decay.  We  knocked  at  the 
gate  of  the  principal  Jos  house,  and  were  admitted 
by  a  priest  of  Fo,  who,  to  judge  from  his  ap- 
pearance, had  just  risen  from  his  slumbers ;  his 
dull  and  sleepy  eye,  heavy  frame,  and  lazy  step, 
as  he  guided  us  through  the  building  by  the 
feeble  glimmer  of  a  candle,  made  from  the  tallow 
tree,  denoted  his  inactive  and  unintellectual  mode 
of  life.  The  light  he  held  partially  revealed  the 
huge  gilded  images,  twenty  and  thirty  feet  in 
height,  and  of  every  form  and  shape  that  the 
fertile  idolatry  of  Budhism  has  invented,  ranged 
round  the  walls  with  their  faces  to  the  centre 
of  the  building,  while  the  two  grim  war  idols 
guarding  the  aisle  of  the  principal  entrance,  iden- 
tified the  temple  as  imperial  property. 

We  discovered  this  to  be  the  church  of  a  large 
monastery,  controlled  by  a  prior  and  brotherhood, 
who  have  charge  of  all  the  sacerdotal  duties  of 
the  island,  and  are  also  responsible  for  the  clean- 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  VI. 


JOS  HOUSES. 


liness  and  order  of  the  walks  and  gardens.  The 
back  entrance  is  concealed  from  the  front  by  an 
elaborately  carved  screen  reaching  to  the  roof,  and 
supporting  the  image  of  their  supreme  deity.  By 
this  door  we  passed  into  a  larged  paved  court, 
in  which  a  handsome  bronze  vase  or  censer  stood 
upon  a  marble  base ;  a  flight  of  granite  steps 
led  from  this  court  to  a  smaller  temple  con- 
taining a  single  shrine,  and  surrounded  by  private 
dwellings  and  cloisters. 

The  priest  took  us  in  succession  over  shrines 
and  Jos  houses,  scattered  up  the  face  of  the  island 
to  the  top.  They  were  connected  by  terraces 
decorated  with  flowers  and  shrubs.  At  last  we 
descended  by  a  wooded  and  serpentine  pathway 
to  the  ruinous  palace,  and  were  shown  the  chair 
of  ebony  inlaid  with  mother-of-pearl  (the  only 
vestige  of  furniture  remaining)  in  which  Kien- 
loong  used  to  sit  and  enjoy  the  balmy  breezes, 
"  fanned  by  the  happy  spirits."  The  marble  steps 
and  slabs  were  dislodged  and  broken  by  intruding 
shrubs ;  and  the  almost  obliterated  carving  upon 
the  decayed  wood-work  indicated  neglect  and  the 
lapse  of  time  since  the  departure  of  its  last  royal 
occupant 

The  fairy  palace  and  charming  retreat  of  the 
morning,  like  youth's  first  aspirations,  melted,  as 

F 


Digitized  by  Google 


98 


FIRE  RAFTS. 


CHAP.  VI. 


many  of  those  illusions  do,  upon  the  hard  touch  of 
cold  reality. 

The  three  pavilions  at  the  angles  of  the  palace 
and  Jos  house  each  contained  a  she-pae, —  the 
name  of  tablets  erected  by  emperors  to  com- 
memorate great  events,  or  to  honour  the  memory 
of  illustrious  men.  These  marble  slabs,  twelve 
feet  in  height  and  two  in  breadth,  supported 
perpendicularly  upon  the  backs  of  marble  tor- 
toises, and  covered  with  inscriptions,  recorded 
the  visit  of  his  Imperial  Majesty,  Kien-loong, 
and  his  present  of  them  to  the  island. 

This  diminutive  spot  has  been  the  temporary 
residence  of  two  emperors  and  three  empresses ; 
but  since  the  Manchow  dynasty  ascended  the 
throne,  the  visits  of  the  sovereigns  to  their  fertile 
and  more  genial  provinces  of  the  centre  and  the 
south  have  ceased,  with  the  above  mentioned  ex- 
ception; so  this,  with  other  royal  abodes,  has 
been  greatly  neglected,  and  suffered  to  decay. 

Early  on  the  20th,  I  went  with  Captain 
Watson  up  the  river  to  destroy  some  fire  rafts 
which  we  saw  smoking  to  windward.  They  had 
all  been  fired  too  soon;  a  few  had  burnt  even 
with  the  water's  edge,  and  others  we  found 
aground  on  shoals  close  to  the  rushes.  Junks 
that  had  been  abandoned  by  their  crews  came 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  VI. 


CARGO  FOUND  IN  JUNKS 


99 


floating  down  in  great  numbers,  and  were 
emptied  as  they  passsed  along,  by  bands  of  river 
robbers.  Those  at  anchor,  and  in  our  track,  we 
boarded,  and  turned  the  plunderers  out,  while 
Watson  dispersed  his  squadron  of  boats  to  collect 
others  at  a  greater  distance,  and  conveyed  them 
to  a  creek  under  the  safe  protection  of  our  guns. 
Many  were  full  of  rice;  each  different  quality 
separately  stowed  in  hanging  bins,  which  were 
fastened  to  the  beams,  and  rested  upon  a  plat- 
form above  the  kelson.  The  most  precious  grain 
was  pressed  firmly  down,  and  the  surface  stamped 
in  several  places  with  the  impression  of  a  large  seal, 
the  mark  of  the  owner,  to  guard  against  fraud 
or  theft.  Others  were  laden  with  oil,  varnish, 
dried  fish,  samshu,  oil-cake,  dried  sea-weed 
(like  our  dulse),  sugar,  lime,  bales  of  common 
nankin  cloth,  besides  wares  and  furniture  of 
various  description.  Salt,  a  royal  monopoly,  we 
found  in  great  abundance  on  board  the  largest 
and  better  finished  junks:  these  appear  to 
average  about  100  tons  burden,  and  are  built 
in  the  shape  of  a  crescent.  They  float  upon 
the  water  like  a  willow  leaf  reversed,  their  high 
projecting  sterns  rising  forty  feet  above  the 
surface.  They  are  built  of  pine,  neatly  put 
together  and  smoothly  planed,  and  their  sides  are 

F  2 


Digitized  by  Google 


100 


JUNK  MAST. 


CHAP.  VI. 


covered  with  bright  varnish,  which  the  Chinese 
take  great  pride  in  keeping  highly  polished.  The 
solitary  mast  of  ninety  feet  and  upwards,  without 
a  shroud  or  stay,  steps  in  the  centre,  and  is 
frequently  a  single  spar. 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  vii.     RECONNOISSANCE  OF  ENEMY. 


101 


CHAP.  VII. 

RECONNOISSANCE  OP  ENEMY'S  POSITION.  —  8IEOE  OP  CHIN- 

KTANG-FOO.   BLOWING   IN  OP  THE  GATE.  RALLY  OP 

TARTAR  TROOPS  INSIDE  THE  TOWN.  SUICIDE  OP  TOWNS- 
PEOPLE.  CHINESE  INTERPRETER.         WE  EXPLORE  THE 

CITY.  RETURN   ON  BOARD.  UNIFORMS  AND  ARMS  OP 

TARTARS  AND  CHINESE. 

After  we  returned  to  the  ship,  I  accompanied 
the  General  to  the  top  of  the  pagoda  on  "  Golden 
Island,"  to  take  a  reconnoissance  preparatory  to 
the  morrow's  landing.  We  had  a  fine  command- 
ing view  of  the  whole  country  over  which  por- 
tions of  our  operations  were  likely  to  be  carried 
on.  The  undulating  country  to  the  southward 
and  westward  of  the  city  rises  to  a  range  of  hills 
seen  running  almost  parallel  with  the  river,  until 
intercepted  and  excluded  from  view  by  another 
chain  crossing  its  western  extremity,  and  ter- 
minating in  a  slope  towards  the  N.  E.,  thus 
forming  the  entrance  of  an  extensive  valley. 
Upon  these  latter  heights  we  counted  seventy-five 
tents,  pitched  in  two  divisions,  each  division  com- 
manding an  ascent,  and  within  a  mile  and  a  half  of 
the  S.W.  angle  of  the  city  wall. 

A  great  portion  of  Chin-kiang-foo  was  ex- 

F  3 


Digitized  by  Google 


102  SIEGE  OF  CH1N-KIANG-FOO.     chap,  m 

eluded  from  our  view  by  a  bluff  upon  the  main- 
land opposite  Golden  Island.  The  suburbs  over 
the  low  ground  to  the  west,  and  along  the  borders 
of  the  canal  for  upwards  of  a  mile,  prettily 
diversified  by  trees  and  gardens  attached  to  the 
houses,  lay  between  the  wall  and  us. 

21  st  of  July.  —  The  morning  of  this  eventful 
day  on  which  it  was  destined  that  the  proud 
spirit  of  the  Chinese  government  should  be 
humbled  by  the  total  destruction  of  their  most 
important  Tartar  stronghold,  dawned  with  un- 
clouded serenity,  and  before  the  sun  rose,  the 
General  Commander-in-chief,  his  staff,  and  the 
right  brigade,  had  landed  and  occupied  the  bluff 
hill,  above  mentioned,  to  the  westward  of  the 
city,  from  the  summit  of  which  we  had,  while 
the  remainder  of  the  troops  were  forming,  ample 
time  to  contemplate  the  magnificent  panoramic 
view  of  the  city  on  our  left,  and  the  ground  and 
heights  to  the  southward,  on  which  the  encamped 
enemy  were  drawn  up  in  a  line  behind  entrench- 
ments. From  an  eminence,  we  saw  that  they 
were  in  greater  force  than  either  our  previous 
reconnoissance  or  the  information  gained  by  the 
interpreter  led  us  to  anticipate.  Looking  at 
their  extended  line,  I  began  to  suspect  that  the 
greater  portion,  if  not  the  whole,  of  the  garrison 
had,  during  the  night,  joined  the  camp,  anxious 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  vn.       SIEGE  OF  CHIN-KIANG-FOO.  103 

to  bear  the  brunt  of  our  attack,  and,  by  offering 
a  stronger  resistance  without,  perhaps  save  the 
city  from  injury.  I,  however,  soon  found  this 
to  be  a  mistaken  supposition. 

My  kind  friend,  Sir  Hugh  Gough,  allowed  me 
to  make  myself  useful  as  an  extra  aide-de-camp. 
I  landed,  and  was  with  him  throughout  the  day  in 
that  capacity. 

It  would  be  unnecessary  in  me  to  recapitulate 
the  tactics  and  events  of  an  action  which  has 
been  recorded  and  read  in  every  public  paper ; 
so  I  shall  confine  my  description  to  the  move- 
ments I  saw  occurring  round  the  person  of  the 
Chief. 

By  the  time  the  troops  were  all  landed  the  sun 
was  high,  and  its  unclouded  force  was  felt  by 
many  a  poor  fellow  destined  to  succumb  to  its 
power. 

The  first  brigade,  under  Lord  Saltoun,  began 
to  move  up  the  valley  leading  to  the  heights, 
followed  by  a  portion  of  the  artillery.  The 
column  of  our  men  and  guns  presented  a  fine 
sight  as  they  marched  up  the  winding  valley, 
at  times  partially  hid,  at  times  emerging  from 
behind  the  slight  acclivities  connected  with  the 
heights  where  the  Chinese  were  drawn  up  in 
line,  cresting  their  strong  position,  their  tents 
struck,  and  banners  flying.    The  latter  com- 

f  4 


Digitized  by  Google 


104 


SIEGE  OF  CHIX-KIANG-FOO.     chap.  vn. 


menced  a  distant  fire  until  the  Bengal  volunteers, 
sent  to  turn  their  right  flank,  charged  them  up 
the  hill,  when  they  gave  way  within  twenty  yards 
of  our  bayonets. 

I  accompanied  the  volunteers,  and  had  an 
opportunity  of  remarking  a  peculiar  feature  in 
the  character  of  the  Chinese.  We  had  to  cross  a 
paddy  field  and  occupy  a  small  village  under  a 
close  and  smart  fire  from  the  enemy.  The 
village  had  not  been  deserted:  some  of  the 
houses  were  closed,  while  the  inhabitants  of 
others  were  standing  in  the  streets,  staring  at  us 
in  stupid  wonder ;  and,  although  they  were 
viewing  a  contest  between  foreigners  and  their 
fellow-countrymen,  and  in  danger  themselves, 
from  their  position,  of  being  shot,  were  coolly 
employed  eating  their  bowls  of  rice. 

The  sun  was  too  hot  for  a  race,  and,  as  the 
Chinese  ran  well,  I  returned  to  the  Commander- 
in-chief  on  a  mandarin's  horse  which  I  had  caught. 
I  found  the  Admiral  and  the  General  sitting  under 
the  shade  of  some  fine  palms  upon  a  hill,  the  top 
of  which  was  crowned  by  several  spacious  build- 
ings. They  were  waiting  for  the  centre  brigade 
to  come  up  to  storm  the  town. 

Our  position  overlooked  the  city  wall  within 
fair  gingal  range.  "We  plainly  saw  the  Tartar 
soldiers  on  the  ramparts,  two  or  more  to  every 
embrasure  and  loop-hole,  anxiously  watching  our 


chap.  vn.     BLOWING  IN  OP  THE  GATE. 


105 


movements,  and  waiting  for  an  onset  to  open  fire, 
which  they  soon  did  with  spirit  as  we  moved 
along  a  high  embankment  level  with  the  wall. 
Along  this  we  continued  a  considerable  distance 
until  we  reached  the  enclosed  suburbs,  through 
which  we  passed  in  security  to  within  a  short 
distance  of  the  western  gate,  connected  with  our 
side  by  a  bridge  over  the  canal  in  front  of  it. 

A  gun  was  sent  forward,  with  an  advance  party, 
to  cover  Captain  Pears  and  his  Sappers,  while  he 
blew  the  gate  open.  This  gallant  service  was 
performed  in  admirable  style  under  a  cross  fire 
from  flanking  bastions.  The  heavy,  massive  gates, 
bound  and  studded  with  iron  and  propped  on  the 
inside  by  many  sand  bags,  flew  in  like  chips,  car- 
ried before  a  sudden  blast  of  wind,  and  were  hurried 
along  the  street  to  a  considerable  distance,  but 
without  one  stone  or  brick  of  the  gateway  arch 
being  displaced,  the  calculation  was  so  admirable. 

Our  gallant  fellows  dashed  through  with  a 
cheer  in  the  midst  of  smoke,  dust,  and  flying  rafters. 
Their  impetuous  charge  would  have  driven  back 
five  times  their  number,  but  no  such  opposition 
was  met  with :  we  found  instead,  the  ramparts  in 
the  possession,  at  one  point,  of  General  Schoedde ; 
at  another,  of  our  seamen  and  marines,  under  the 
command  of  Captain  Peter  Richards,  who  had 
landed  to  recover  some  boats  and  guns  disabled  in 

F  5 


Digitized  by  Google 


106  RALLY  OF  TARTAR  TROOPS,    chap.  vn. 


their  ascent  up  the  canal  by  an  unexpected  and 
destructive  fire  from  an  angle  of  the  wall :  at  this 
angle  Captain  Richards  escaladed  and  repaid  the 
former  loss  with  interest. 

It  was  about  mid-day  when  the  centre  brigade 
joined  the  left  upon  the  ramparts.  Soldiers  were 
dropping  at  every  step  from  exhaustion  and  ex- 
cessive heat,  so  the  General  ordered  a  halt  for  a 
few  hours,  where  we  then  were,  round  the  west 
gate  guard-house,  merely  sending  a  large  detach- 
ment along  the  ramparts  to  the  right  to  occupy 
the  southern  gate.  This  party  had  not  proceeded 
half  a  mile  when  they  encountered  a  sharp  and 
sudden  resistance  from  a  large  body  of  Tartars, 
drawn  up  on  an  open  space  before  some  houses, 
and  flanked  by  a  hedge,  a  ditch,  and  pond  of 
water.  They  planted  their  gingals  before  them ; 
formed  with  order  and  steadiness,  and  commenced 
a  rapid  and  well  directed  fire,  which  brought 
down  officers  and  men  in  quick  succession.  Our 
men,  though  taken  somewhat  by  surprise,  and  not 
one  to  three,  fired  a  volley  and  charged  down  the 
bank,  driving  all  before  them,  but  not  without 
obstinate  resistance. 

As  the  enemy  retreated  through  the  compounds 
and  narrow  streets,  our  men  were  called  off ;  a 
guard  placed  over  the  dead  and  wounded,  and  the 
rest  sent  forward  to  their  destination. 


« 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  vii.     SUICIDE  OF  TOWNSPEOPLE,  107 

* 

The  firing  brought  the  General  up,  who  re- 
solved, when  the  sun  became  less  powerful,  to 
sweep  the  town  from  house  to  house. 

As  we  marched  along  the  walls  I  saw,  what  as 
a  novice  in  this  description  of  warfare  shocked  me 
much,  old  men,  women,  and  children,  cutting 
each  other's  throats,  and  drowning  themselves  by 
the  dozen  ;  and  no  one  either  attempting  or  appa- 
rently showing  any  inclination  to  save  the  poor 
wretches,  nor  in  fact  regarding  them  with  more 
notice  than  they  would  a  dead  horse  carried  through 
the  streets  of  London  to  the  kennel. 

While  we  were  resting  in  the  south  guard-house, 
a  Chinese  Canton  interpreter,  who  had  frequently 
before  been  the  medium  of  communication  between 
the  authorities  of  both  nations,  was  introduced 
under  the  escort  of  two  soldiers:  he  was  the 
bearer  of  letters  to  our  chief  from  the  Viceroy : 
they  were  to  the  old  purport,  requesting  them  to 
send  the  ships  down  the  river,  and  arrange  a  meet- 
ing with  him  on  shore  to  settle  differences.  Such 
a  modest  request  at  such  a  time  was  exceedingly 
mal-a-propos,  and  very  nearly  cost  the  stupid  old 
interpreter  his  life ;  who,  fancying  himself  secure 
in  his  knowledge  of  our  language,  passed  through 
the  gate,  and  was  nearly  shot  by  the  sentinel  for 
advancing,  towards  the  General's  quarters,  after 
having  failed  in  his  endeavours  to  make  himself 

F  6 


Digitized  by  Google 


108    CHINESE  CANTON  INTERPRETER,    chap.  vii. 

understood.  Sir  Hugh  was  in  no  humour  to  re- 
ceive him,  which  he,  having  lost  but  little  of  his 
self-confidence,  thought  exceedingly  incorrect.  He 
said  that  "  Elipoo  wished  very  much  to  have  a 
talkey  outside  river  —  no  inside — and  that  English 
very  bad  if  they  no  obey." 

Our  reply  was,  (I  mean  that  given  by  our  in- 
dividual selves,  who  had  nothing  to  do  with  the 
matter,)  that  *  Englishman  may  talkey  a  very, 
very  leettle,  if  Chinamen  pay  20,000,000,  and 
afterwards  pay  more,  talkey  more,"  and  then  the  re- 
spectable old  gentleman  was  shown  the  way  out. 

Towards  evening  an  advance  was  sounded,  and 
the  Commander-in-chief  marched  with  two  regi- 
ments towards  the  Tartar  quarter  of  the  town, 
guided  by  some  Chinese  and  Mr.  GutzlafF.  We 
broke  into  many  houses  where  we  imagined  sol- 
diers were  concealed,  but  met  with  no  resistance, 
nor  saw  any  armed  Tartars.  Quiet  and  peace 
seemed  to  reign  paramount  in  the  still  evening, 
while  the  fragrance  of  the  flowers  surrounding 
almost  every  house  calmed  the  strong  excitement 
that  had  possessed  us  throughout  the  day.  It  was 
the  prettiest  Chinese  town  I  had  seen :  the  houses 
were  all  well  kept,  and  the  interiors  of  many  mag- 
nificent; the  streets  well  paved  and  clean;  and 
open  grassy  spaces  and  gardens  gave  a.  grace  and 
airiness  not  usually  met  with  in  walled  cities. 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  vn.   .       EXPLORE  THE  CITY.  109 

We  were  guided  to  a  large  building  said  to  be 
the  governor's  palace.  We  saw  that  it  belonged  to 
government  by  the  flying  dragon  painted  upon  the 
wall  opposite  the  great  entrance ;  but  the  gates 
had  apparently  been  closed  for  some  considerable 
time :  weeds  were  growing  before  them,  and  the 
only  sign  of  life  was  a  wounded  Tartar  of  great 
size  and  strength  lying  under  the  shade  of  the 
portico;  he  was  dressed  in  the  blue  over  shirt 
with  yellow  trimmings,  said  to  be  the  uniform  of 
the  imperial  guard.  When  we  forced  the  house 
we  found  it  equally  deserted,  but  completely  fur- 
nished, and  of  great  extent.  We  set  fire  to  it  and 
marched  on. 

I  went  with  two  soldiers  of  the  18th  down 
a  street  to  the  right,  to  a  large  house,  which  I 
concluded  belonged  to  a  Tartar  of  consequence  : 
we  burst  the  door  and  entered.  Never  shall  I 
forget  the  sight  of  misery  that  there  met  our  view. 

After  we  had  forced  our  way  over  piles  of 
furniture,  placed  to  barricade  the  door,  we  entered 
an  open  court  strewed  with  rich  stuffs  and  covered 
with  clotted  blood  ;  and  upon  the  steps  leading  to 
the  "  hall  of  ancestors  "  there  were  two  bodies  of 
youthful  Tartars,  cold  and  stiff,  much  alike,  ap- 
parently brothers.  Having  gained  the  threshold 
of  their  abode,  they  had  died  where  they  had 
fallen,  from  the  loss  of  blood.     Stepping  over 


Digitized  by  Google 


110 


SCENE  OF  HORROR. 


CHAP.  VII. 


these  bodies,  we  entered  the  hall,  and  met,  face  to 
face,  three  women  seated,  a  mother  and  two 
daughters ;  and  at  their  feet  lay  two  bodies  of 
elderly  men,  with  their  throats  cut  from  ear  to  ear, 
their  senseless  heads  resting  upon  the  feet  of  their 
relations.  To  the  right  were  two  young  girls, 
beautiful  and  delicate,  crouching  over,  and  en- 
deavouring to  conceal,  a  living  soldier. 

In  the  heat  of  action,  when  the  blood  is  up  and 
the  struggle  is  for  life  between  man  and  man, 
the  anguish  of  the  wounded,  and  the  sight  of 
misery  and  pain,  is  unheeded ;  humanity  is  par- 
tially obscured  by  danger;  but  when  excitement 
subsides  with  victory,  and  the  individual  circum- 
stances are  recalled  to  mind  which  led  to  the 
result,  a  heart  would  be  hardly  human  that  could 
feel  unaffected  by  the  retrospection.  But  the 
hardest  heart  of  the  oldest  man  who  ever  lived  a 
life  of  rapine  and  slaughter  could  not  have  gazed 
on  this  scene  of  woe  unmoved. 

I  stopped,  horror-struck  at  what  I  saw.  I 
must  have  betrayed  my  feelings  by  my  counte- 
nance, as  I  stood  spell-bound  to  the  spot.  The 
expression  of  cold  unutterable  despair  depicted 
on  the  mother's  face  changed  to  the  violent 
workings  of  scorn  and  hate,  which  at  last  burst 
forth  in  a  paroxysm  of  invective,  afterwards  in 
floods  of  tears,  which  apparently,  if  any  thing  could, 


chap.  TO  SCENE  OF  HORROR.  1 1 1 

relieved  her.  She  came  close  to  me,  and  seized 
me  by  the  arm,  and  with  clenched  teeth  and 
deadly  frown  pointed  to  the  bodies  —  to  her 
daughters  —  to  her  yet  splendid  house,  and  to 
herself;  then  stepped  back  a  pace,  and  with  firmly 
closed  hands,  and  in  a  hoarse  and  husky  voice,  I 
could  see  by  her  gestures  spoke  of  her  misery  — 
of  her  hate,  and,  I  doubt  not,  of  revenge.  It  was 
a  scene  that  one  could  not  bear  long  ;  consolation 
was  useless ;  expostulation  from  me  vain.  I  at- 
tempted by  signs  to  explain,  offered  her  my 
services,  but  was  spurned.  I  endeavoured  to 
make  her  comprehend  that,  however  great  her 
present  misery,  it  might  be  in  her  unprotected 
state  a  hundred-fold  increased ;  that  if  she  would 
place  herself  under  my  guidance,  I  would  pass 
her  through  the  city  gates  in  safety  into  the  open 
country,  where,  doubtless,  she  would  meet  many 
of  the  fugitives ;  but  the  poor  woman  would  not 
listen  to  me ;  the  whole  family  were  by  this  time 
in  loud  lamentation ;  so  all  that  remained  for  me 
to  do  was  to  prevent  the  soldiers  bayoneting  the 
man  who,  since  our  entrance,  had  attempted  to 
escape. 

I  left  them,  to  return  to  the  Commander-in- 
chief. 

As  apparently  all  the  soldiers  had  either 
escaped,  or  thrown  off  their  uniforms,  and  mixed 


Digitized  by  Google 


112 


RETURN  ON  BOARD. 


chap.  vn. 


unknown  with  the  crowds  of  townspeople,  fur- 
ther search  was  useless.  The  evening  was  waning 
apace,  and  quarters  were  yet  unprovided ;  fas- 
tidiousness and  the  difficulty  of  choice  between 
the  many  spacious  houses  were  the  only  obstacles 
likely  to  delay  a  speedy  arrangement ;  at  length, 
these  important  embarrassments  were  removed  by 
the  discovery  of  a  treasury,  in  a  part  of  a  very 
extensive  public  building  surrounded  by  a  wall, 
and  enclosing  a  colonnade  sufficiently  large  to 
quarter  several  regiments. 

Stiff  and  weary,  and  without  a  change  of  clothes, 
I  determined,  as  there  was  no  occasion  for  my 
staying,  to  return  to  the  ship  with  Mr.  Gough,  a 
son  of  the  General,  who  happened  to  be  in  the 
same  plight  with  myself.  With  a  small  guard 
we  marched  along  the  ramparts  for  a  mile  to  the 
western  gate.  The  moon  was  up,  and  shone  with 
clear  and  tranquil  light  upon  the  silent  town, 
lying  like  an  amphitheatre  at  our  feet ;  so  still, 
so  smiling  in  the  placid  beauty  of  the  scene  and 
hour,  in  sad  mockery  of  the  misery  and  despair 
of  its  concealed  and  wretched  inhabitants.  From 
the  gate  we  took  charge  of  a  wounded  officer  to 
the  boat,  and  by  ten  o'clock  I  was  on  board  the 
Cornwallis. 

Throughout  the  day  both  the  Chinese  and 
Tartar   troops  evinced  a  determined  bravery, 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  vn.       ARMS  OP  THE  CHINESE. 


113 


which  commanded  our  respect;  and  I  believe  I 
may  safely  say,  that  the  upper  classes,  from  the 
first  to  the  last,  have  shown  by  their  conduct  that 
they  cannot  brook  defeat ;  for,  although  we  have 
captured  many  a  Mandarin,  we  were  never  able 
to  keep  them  prisoners  for  any  length  of  time, 
they  having  either  starved  themselves  by  refusing 
to  eat  food,  or  otherwise  committed  suicide. 

The  Chinese  have  shown  many  individual  in- 
stances of  conspicuous  gallantry  :  it  may  be  suf- 
ficient to  remark  one  in  particular  that  occurred  on 
the  ramparts  of  Chin-kiang-foo.  A  Mandarin  led 
a  small  party  of  about  thirty  men  against  a  com* 
pany  of  General  Schoedde's  advancing  column; 
a  volley  dispersed  his  soldiers,  but  he  marched 
up  to  the  points  of  the  bayonets ;  and,  after  firing 
his  matchlock,  succeeded  in  pulling  over  the 
ramparts  with  him  two  of  the  grenadiers. 

I  feel  persuaded  that,  if  drilled  under  English 
officers,  they  would  prove  equal,  if  not  superior, 
to  the  Sepoys ;  they  have  greater  physical  power, 
greater  obstinacy,  and,  consequently,  minds  that 
retain  impressions  with  greater  tenacity,  and 
would  be  slow  to  lose  confidence  after  it  was  once 
built  upon  the  foundation  of  their  vanity. 

Their  favourite  arms  are  the  gingal,  matchlock, 
and  bow  and  arrow ;  besides  these,  they  have  the 
spear,  a  halbert  resembling  that  formerly  used  by 


Digitized  by  Google 


114 


UNIFORMS  AND  ARMS  OF       chap.  vii. 


our  sergeants,  a  battle-axe,  and  an  instrument  not 
unlike  a  hedge  chopper,  fastened  on  a  long  pole  ; 
also  the  sword,  both  double  and  single  handed. 

A  gingal  resembles  our  wall-piece,  and  some 
carry  a  two-pound  ball:  it  is  supported  upon  a 
tripod,  and  requires  three  men  to  work  and  carry- 
it,  and  is  a  very  serviceable  weapon. 

The  matchlock-man  carries  the  charges  for  his 
piece  in  bamboo  tubes,  contained  in  a  cotton  belt 
fastened  round  his  waist.  He  loads  without  a 
ramrod  by  striking  the  butt  against  the  ground 
after  inserting  the  ball ;  the  consequence  is,  that 
he  can  charge  and  fire  faster  than  one  of  us  with 
a  common  musket. 

When  they  fire  from  walls  or  entrenched  camps, 
the  best  marksmen  are  stationed  in  front,  and  sup- 
plied with  matchlocks  by  people  whose  only  duty 
it  is  to  load  them. 

The  barrel  of  a  matchlock  is  about  the  length 
of  a  Greek  rifle,  and  is  generally  very  accurate. 
If  we  had  had  a  less  active  General,  our  loss 
during  the  war  would  have  been  very  considerable ; 
as  it  was,  the  Chinese  had  but  little  time  given 
them  for  ball  practice. 

Their  bows  possess  little  strength,  and  are  not 
equal  to  the  arrows,  which  are  strong  and  well 
made. 

Besides  these  arms,  they  have  rockets,  and  also 


Digitized  by  Google 


» 

chap.  vn.        TAKTARS  AND  CHINESE. 


115 


arrow-rockets,  which  I  believe  I  may  safely  say 
did  no  harm  throughout  the  war. 

The  dress  of  the  Tartar  and  Chinese  soldier 
is  the  same,  only  distinguished  by  the  colour  of 
the  trimming.  The  common  uniform  consists  of  a 
quilted  shirt,  hanging  down  outside  to  the  hips ; 
an  iron  head-piece,  and  long  boots,  covering  the 
thighs,  made  of  cotton  or  satin,  and  with  thick 
soles.  At  the  commencement  of  the  war,  many 
of  the  troops  used  chain-armour ;  latterly  it  was 
discontinued. 


Digitized  by  Google 


116  PROVISIONS  FOR  GARRISON,     chap.  vra. 


CHAP.  VIII. 

LANDING  OF  PROVISIONS  FOR  GARRISON.  APPEARANCE  OF 

A  CAPTURED  CITY.  ABSENCE  OF  BIRDS  AND  BEASTS  OF 

PREY. —  CAST-IRON  PAGODA.  CHINE8E  PLUNDERERS.  

JUNKS.  TARTAR  SECRETARY.  EMPEROR'S  LETTERS.  

HOLLOW    BASTION.  PROGRESS    TOWARDS  NANKING.   

CHINESE  DINNER.  FIRST  VIEW  OF  PORCELAIN  PA- 
GODA. GREAT  WALL  OF  NANKING. 

During  the  forenoon  of  the  22d,  the  boats  of 
the  fleet  were  employed  landing  provisions  and 
baggage  for  the  brigade  ordered  to  remain  behind. 
I  went  on  shore  with  Captain  Grey  to  walk  over 
the  scene  of  the  "  last  day's  slaughter."  Inside 
the  city  we  could  hardly  pass  along  the  streets 
for  plunder;  crates  of  beautiful  China,  bronze 
ornaments,  vases,  satins,  silks,  crape,  and  gold 
embroidery;  besides,  bales  of  meaner  articles 
were  strewed  about  in  every  direction.  The  best 
had  been  selected  and  carried  for  a  short  distance 
until  a  new  object  attracted  the  pilferer's  eye, 
when  the  old  was  cast  away  and  trodden  under 
foot.  The  Chinese  were  the  most  numerous  and 
systematic  plunderers. 

The  work  of  death  was  still  progressing. 
Captain  Grey  and  I  entered  a  house,  where  we 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  viil.  CAPTURED  CITY.  11V 

saw  twenty  bodies  of  women  and  young  girls, 
some  hanging,  others  extended  upon  the  floor ;  all 
had  either  committed  suicide,  or  been  destroyed 
by  their  relatives.  A  panic  had  seized  the  un- 
fortunate inhabitants,  and  every  second  house 
contained  self-immolated  victims.  We  saved 
several  lives,  but  they  were  to  the  destroyed  as 
drops  are  to  the  ocean. 

On  our  progress  to  the  General's  quarters,  we 
lost  our  way  by  leaving  the  ramparts,  and  entered 
a  portion  of  the  Chinese  town  hitherto  unvisited. 
Apparitions  from  the  lower  regions  could  not  have 
caused  greater  consternation  among  the  crowds  of 
unfortunate  people,  busily  collecting  their  goods, 
and  sending  their  wives  and  families  into  the 
country  by  a  postern  gate  that  had  escaped  our 
notice,  than  we  three  (including  a  middy  of  the 
Endymion)  produced  among  them,  particularly 
among  the  poor  women,  many  of  whom,  I  fancy, 
had  seldom,  if  ever  before,  left  the  precincts  of 
their  gardens.  Some  were  very  good-looking,  and 
all  had  a  grace  peculiarly  their  own.  Two 
poor  creatures,  evidently  belonging  to  the  higher 
class,  had  blackened  their  faces  to  conceal  their 
beauty — a  thin  disguise  to  the  prying  eyes  of 
licentiousness.  However,  it  is  my  belief  that 
less  villany  was  perpetrated  than  could  have 
been    reasonably  expected,    taking  into  con- 


Digitized  by  Google 


118     ABSENCE  OF  BEASTS  OF  PREY.     chap.  vm. 

sideration  the  anarchy  that  always  for  a  time 
prevails  in  a  captured  city.  Those  they  had 
cause  to  fear  most  were,  beyond  all  doubt,  their 
own  countrymen. 

The  absence  of  all  birds  and  beasts  of  prey 
struck  me  as  being  a  strong  evidence  of  the 
denseness  of  the  population,  and  of  the  highly 
cultivated  condition  of  the  country.  If  there 
had  been  many  in  the  country,  or  within  hun- 
dreds of  miles  of  us,  their  natural  instinct  would 
long  ago  have  drawn  them  to  the  proximity  of 
our  camp. 

Upon  our  arrival  at  the  Commmander-in- 
chief 's  we  found  the  prize  agents  packing  up  the 
treasure,  which,  however,  proved  inconsiderable — 
not  more  than  60,000  dollars  worth  of  Sycee 
silver.  In  the  same  room  with  the  silver  they 
discovered  a  quantity  of  opium  in  small  portions, 
hermetically  enclosed  in  wax,  each  separate  piece 
about  the  size  of  a  roulette  ball,  and  stamped  and 
numbered,  so  precious  do  they  consider  this  dan- 
gerous drug. 

On  the  24th,  at  about  5  A.  m.,  I  landed  with  the 
Admiral  at  the  base  of  the  bluff  brow  below  the 
city.  We  met  Sir  Hugh  Gough  upon  the  hill, 
who  was  there  to  meet  us.  He  took  us  round 
the  summit  to  show  a  small  cast-iron  pagoda, 
which  Gutzlaff  told  me  is,  from  the  inscription 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  vm.  CAST-IRON  PAGODA.  119 

and  characters,  marking  the  epoch  by  their  form, 
at  least  1200  years  old:  that  would  carry  its 
origin  back  to  the  Tang  dynasty. 

It  stands  between  thirty  and  forty  feet  high,  . 
at  the  base  about  eight  feet  in  diameter,  and  is 
filled  in  with  bricks  to  the  summit.  Each  of  the 
seven  stories  is  a  separate  cast :  groups  of  figures 
ornament  every  side  of  the  octagon ;  and  it  is  easy 
to  be  seen  were  cast  in  good  relief,  although  now 
much  time-worn. 

Anxious  to  know  something  of  the  use  or  tra- 
ditionary history  of  this  singular  tower,  I  went 
with  an  interpreter  into  the  adjoining  Jos  house 
to  demand  an  explanation  from  a  priest,  who  we 
found  had  just  risen  from  his  mosquito  curtained 
bed.  But  whether  our  sudden  appearance  had 
terrified  him,  or  whether  from  want  of  practice  he 
had  lost  the  use  of  speech,  I  cannot  affirm,  but  to 
all  my  questions  the  silly  old  man  did  nothing 
but  grin  and  laugh  until  the  tears  ran  down  his 
cheeks. 

The  emotion  of  fear  must  produce  a  different 
sensation  in  a  Chinese  from  what  it  does  in  other 
people,  for,  when  most  afraid,  they  invariably 
«  laugh  the  heartiest ;  rather  against  the  theory 
of  Mr.  Hobbes,  that  "  the  passion  of  laughter  is 
nothing  else  but  sudden  glory  arising  from  some 
sudden  conception  of  some  eminency  in  ourselves 


Digitized  by  Google 


120  WATER  SNAKE. 


CHAP.  VIII. 


by  comparison  with  the  infirmity  of  others,  or 
with  our  own  formerly." 

This  height  would  be  a  fine  military  post,  and 
.  is  to  be  occupied  by  Major-General  Schoedde's 
brigade  while  we  are  up  the  river.  It  not  only 
commands  the  town  in  a  military  point  of  view, 
but  an  agreeable  and  extensive  prospect,  and  is 
by  far  the  most  airy  spot  that  could  be  chosen. 

On  our  way  back  to  the  ship  we  destroyed  a 
water  snake  about  seven  feet  in  length.  They 
abound  in  these  waters ;  but  I  have  not  heard 
that  their  bite  is  so  fatal  as  that  of  those  which 
are  met  with  amongst  the  islands  of  the  Eastern  * 
Archipelago. 

25th  July.  —  Landed  with  the  Admiral  before 
5  a.m.    Ascended  the  hill,  whence  the  General  / 
reconnoitred  the  enemy  the  morning  of  the  attack.  / 
As  I  looked  upon  the  fields  and  numerous  roads  / 
of  communication  to  and  from  the  city,  I  ob-  / 
served  strings  of  Chinese  crowding  every  way,  a^ 
busy  and  systematic  as  ants,  going  empty  handed 
and  returning  laden.    As  well  as  I  could  see, 
they  carried  their  loads  some  distance  into  the 
country,  and  were  relieved  by  accomplices,  who, 
I  imagine,  had  small  boats  in  waiting  among  the 
rushes,  a  considerable  distance  from  any  creek 

Another  immense  gang — almost  an  army — was 
gradually  surrounding  a  great  public  building, 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  vra.        CHINESE  PLUNDERERS. 


121 


plainly  with  the  intention  of  committing  open 
burglary.  The  Admiral  saw  this,  and  questioned 
a  countryman,  who  said  it  was  a  depository  of 
some  government  monopoly.  General  Schoedde, 
who  happened  to  be  near,  was  informed  of  this, 
and  he  quickly  sent  some  artillery  to  disperse 
the  rascals. 

26tk.  — Major  Malcolm  came  to  the  Cornwallis 
by  times  this  morning,  to  entice  me  up  the  river 
to  inspect  about  three  hundred  junks,  for  the 
purpose  of  selecting  two  or  three  from  among 
them  to  carry  ponies.  They  were  collected  up  a 
branch,  or  rather  partition  of  the  river,  under 
charge  of  the  Blonde.  After  breakfast  we  went  to 
the  Blonde,  and  got  a  boat  from  her  to  the  junks. 
These  vessels  look  very  cumbersome,  but  are  ad- 
mirably adapted  for  the  canals  and  rivers  they 
have  to  navigate.  Their  draught  is  light,  capa- 
city for  stowage  great,  accommodation  above  the 
deck  excellent,  besides  their  high  sterns  giving 
the  facility  of  overlooking  the  tall  rushes  every 
where  bordering  the  river  and  creeks  of  the  low 
country. 

We  boarded  numbers,  some  in  shape  almost  a 
crescent,  others  more  like  a  shoe,  while  many 
were  straighter  in  their  sheer,  and  sufficiently 
spacious  to  carry  two  troops  of  cavalry ;  but  these 
were  too  large  and  clumsy  for  our  small  detach- 
er 


Digitized  by  Google 


122 


JUNKS. 


CHAP.  VIII. 


ment.  We  also  felt  some  commiseration  for  the 
owners  of  the  flax,  hemp,  rice,  sugar,  &c,  they 
were  laden  with,  much  of  which  it  would  have 
been  necessary  to  discharge,  to  render  them  avail- 
able for  our  purpose. 

We  sent  our  boat  back  for  the  men  to  get  their 
dinners,  trusting  to  the  pilotage  of  a  Chinaman 
nearly  blind  from  ophthalmia,  and  who  with  his 
sanpan  we  pressed  into  service.     Under  his 
guidance  we  went  a  mile  higher  up,  and  fortu- 
nately found  among  the  List  batch  two  craft  of 
the  required  dimensions,  the  one  empty  above  the 
deck,  on  which  were  built  the  cabins,  and  well  bal- 
lasted with  oil  jars.    The  sliding  panels  unshipped, 
and  left  a  clear  space  into  which  we  after  wards 
introduced  ten  horses.    The  other  was  a  smaller 
vessel,  somewhat  larger  than  a  line-of-battle  ship's 
launch,  and  apparently  built  for  conveying  pas- 
sengers.   The  two  cabins  and  galley  occupied  the 
entire  upper  space,  only  leaving  a  sufficiency  of 
room  before  all,  for  the  capstan.    Instead  of  pa- 
nellings, light  open  trellised  screens,  beautifully 
carved  and  polished,  surrounded  the  vessel,  ad- 
mitting a  free  circulation  of  air;  and  if  the 
weather  happened  to  be  cold  or  stormy,  these 
could  be  closed  by  shutters  made  of  pearl  oyster 
shells*,  sufficiently  clear  to  admit  the  light. 

*  They  have  little  or  no  glass  in  China. 


CHAP.  VIII. 


TARTAR  SECRETARY. 


123 


The  cabin  was  upwards  of  six  feet  high,  and  the 
deck  in  hatches  was  dry-rubbed,  as  also  the  fur- 
niture, to  a  polish  that  would  have  done  credit  to 
a  cabinet  maker. 

We  had  not  the  heart  to  turn  this  little  vessel 
into  a  stable,  so  she  eventually  became  our  yacht. 
We  kept  the  captain  and  crew  on  board  to  work 
her;  they  received  a  stipend  and  their  food,  and 
proved  good  and  zealous  servants. 

These  Chinese  are  curious  people.  They  evinced 
little  or  no  surprise  at  our  appearance ;  submitted 
with  the  greatest  apathy  to  our  unceremonious 
examination,  and  although  by  ourselves  in  a  na- 
tive punt,  obeyed  our  orders  to  weigh  without 
a  question. 

Two  days  after  the  action,  while  viewing  the 
ruins  of  the  Tartar  General's  house  —  his  funeral 
pile  —  where,  like  a  Roman  of  old,  he  sat  himself 
down  in  his  spacious  hall,  when  all  was  lost,  and 
desired  his  faithful  attendants  to  obey  his  last 
command  —  to  complete  their  last  service  by  firing 
the  building  —  Mr.  Morrison  discovered  a  man 
hid  among  the  bushes  in  the  garden :  he  proved 
to  be  the  civil  secretary  of  the  late  General,  and 
had  letters  and  papers  about  him  of  consequence. 
He  was  carried  off  as  a  prize,  with  the  budget  to 
be  examined  and  translated  on  board  the  Queen. 
He  spoke  of  his  lost  master  with  great  feeling,  and 

G  2 


Digitized  by  Google 


124 


emperor's  letters. 


chap.  vm. 


described  him  as  one  of  the  best  and  noblest  of 
men. 

Some  of  the  despatches  were  from  him  to  the 
Emperor,  others  from  the  Sovereign.  The  former 
gave  a  faithful  account  of  our  movements  from 
Woosung  to  the  day  of  our  anchoring  off  Chin- 
kiang-foo.  He  expressed  his  unalterable  fidelity 
and  determination  to  fight  to  the  last,  but  at  the 
same  time  conjured  his  master,  with  the  prophetic 
foresight  of  a  doomed  man,  to  end  this  war,  at 
least,  until  their  warlike  resources  were  more 
systematically  arranged,  and  the  troops  recruited 
and  concentrated.  He  alluded  to  our  science  and 
energy,  but  did  not  allow  that  the  barbarian's 
Queen  possessed  more  devoted,  or  braver  subjects 
than  his  august  master.  He  mentioned  all  his 
own  arrangements  and  readiness  to  await  the 
attack,  and,  if  joined  by  some  expected  reinforce- 
ments, his  expectations  of  success.  He  concluded 
by  saying,  that  his  walls  were  high  and  in  good 
repair,  and  that  the  city,  which  some  years  before 
beat  back  an  organised  banditti  amounting  to 
300,000  men,  might  be  able  to  repulse  a  few 
"  barbarians." 

The  Emperor's  letters  are  full  of  reproaches  for 
battles  lost,  accusations  of  cowardice  against  men 
who  had  died  bravely  while  he  was  writing  these 
bitter  letters,  and  threats  in  the  event  of  future 
failure. 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  vni.      LETTER  FROM  KE-YlNG.  125 

About  this  time,  Sir  Henry  received  a  letter 
from  Ke-ying,  who  introduces  himself  as  "  an 
unworthy  connection  of  the  imperial  house,"  and 
who  mentions  that  he  had  journeyed  from  the 
north  to  see  and  to  hear  realities  and  truths. 
"  Why  should  they  not,"  he  wrote,  "meet  to 
speak,  and  mutually  endeavour  to  level  the  moun- 
tains of  separation  and  unite  the  gaps  of  discord, 
before  they  widened  to  a  gulf,  over  which  there 
would  be  no  passing?" 

The  letter  itself  is  a  beautiful  appeal  to  the 
feelings  of  humanity  —  an  eloquent  remonstrance, 
cleverly  omitting  all  mention  of  the  points  at  issue. 

In  consequence  of  Ke-ying's  reputed  worth  and 
illustrious  birth,  Sir  Henry  Pottinger  thought  it 
right  to  answer  his  letter  officially.  Mutually 
with  him  he  regretted  the  war,  its  cause  and  long 
continuance.  Driven  at  last,  after  great  forbear- 
ance, to  avenge  insulted  honour,  nothing  could 
stay  our  indignation  but  ample  redress,  an  acknow- 
ledgment of  our  just,  our  unalterable  demands, 
which  are  stated  in  his  proclamation,  and  to 
which  Ke-ying  is  referred  ;  at  the  same  time  assur- 
ing him,  that  the  day  that  would  again  see  the 
two  nations  united  in  peace  would  be  the  happiest 
of  his  life.  He  concluded  by  saying,  that  he 
would  be  delighted  to  meet  so  illustrious  a  person 
as  accredited  plenipotentiary,  but  must  decline 

G  3 


Digitized  by  Google 


126  HOLLOW  BASTION.  chap.  vm. 


the  honour  of  an  interview  with  any  private  indi- 
vidual, however  high  his  station. 

27th.  —  Went  on  shore  with  Captain  Grey 
to  examine  a  hollow  bastion,  placed  to  flank  a 
straight  wall  on  either  side :  it  is  pierced  with 
numerous  loop-holes,  which  are  made  accessible  by 
a  spiral  staircase:  it  commands,  within  a  short 
distance,  the  spot  where  our  ladders  were  planted, 
but,  fortunately  for  our  troops,  the  enemy  were 
dislodged  by  the  Auckland's  fire  before  they  were 
within  matchlock  range. 

Sir  Henry  has  gleaned  most  important  intelli- 
gence from  papers  collected  on  shore. 

Some  despatches  from  the  provincial  powers  to 
the  government  do  any  thing  but  urge  peace, 
while  they  own  the  great  distress  our  ascent  and 
blockade  of  the  river  has  produced.  Others  ex- 
press a  fear  that  we  have  detached  a  squadron  to 
blockade  the  gulf  of  Petchelee,  which  the  letters 
say  would  cause,  in  addition  to  the  stoppage  of 
this  river,  utter  ruin.  While  the  former  con- 
tinues open,  hope  remains ;  for  with  the  S.  W. 
monsoon  all  supplies,  both  from  the  tributaries 
and  the  main,  can,  with  a  little  activity,  be  landed 
before  winter. 

In  the  evening  two  white  opaque  buttoned 
mandarins  came  on  board  the  Queen :  they  were 
bearers  of  letters  from  Elipoo,  and  were  handsome 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  VIII. 


CHINESE  RU1XS. 


- 

127 


intelligent  men,  under  five  and  twenty,  upwards 
of  six  feet  high,  and  stout  in  proportion. 

I  was  surprised  and  gratified  to  see  a  degree  of 
modesty,  blended  with  proper  independence  of 
demeanour,  both  in  their  carriage  and  conversa- 
tion, the  more  remarkable  in  these  individuals,  as 
they  must  be  among  the  exceptions  to  the  sway 
of  example. 

2d  of  August  —  I  went  with  a  companion  to 
see  our  horses  on  board  the  junk :  they  are  some 
that  the  artillery  (our  never-failing  friends)  caught 
running  about  the  town  and  compounds.  They 
are  hardy  animals,  about  the  size  of  a  Galloway, 
and  would  be,  I  doubt  not,  under  proper  manage- 
ment, very  acceptable  ponies  in  any  country. 
Indeed,  our  short  care  improved  them  vastly. 

In  the  afternoon  I  landed  on  the  north  shore 
with  Captain  Watson  to  see  some  ruined  walls. 
One  leaves  the  shore  at  right  angles,  and  extends 
inland  for  some  distance,  until  lost  amid  rubbish 
and  underwood,  the  other  runs  nearly  parallel 
with  the  river,  diverging  from  its  shores  at  an 
acute  angle.  In  some  places  it  is  entirely  hid  by 
accumulated  earth.  What  caught  my  attention 
was  its  structure  of  stone  —  a  durable  material 
not  usually  employed  in  this  part  of  China.  It 
may  be  a  portion  of  the  old  terrace  of  the  Koyal 
Gardens  of  Woo-yeun,  or,  perhaps,  the  facing  to 

G  4 


Digitized  by  Google 


128      PROGRESS  TOWARDS  NANKING,     chap,  vm. 

an  old  canal  now  no  more.  We  might  have 
arrived  at  more  certain  conclusions,  if  our  research 
had  not  been  suddenly  disturbed  by  a  drove  of 
ponies  galloping  past.  We  could  not  resist  the 
Yorkshireman's  propensity,  so,  converting  the 
galley's  main  sheet  into  a  lazo,  we  gave  chase. 
Watson  volunteered  to  be  the  gaucho,  while  I  offi- 
ciated as  haciendou  to  guide  the  direction  of  the 
drove.  After  several  throws,  which  displayed 
Watson's  skill  in  the  pampa  accomplishment,  he 
succeeded  in  catching  one  round  the  neck;  but 
the  little  brute  proved  so  restive,  that  the  gallant 
Captain  had  to  decide  between  certain  damage  to 
his  boat,  had  he  taken  it  on  board,  and  non-pos- 
session of  the  horse:  the  first  consideration 
gained  the  day,  and  the  pony  his — liberty. 

3d. — Cornwallis.  Recommenced  the  ascent" 
of  the  river,  for  the  purpose  of  proceeding  to 
Nanking.  The  Vixen  took  us  in  tow  early  in 
the  forenoon ;  but  the  chow-chow  water  retarded 
our  progress  considerably  until  we  entered  the 
south  arm  of  the  river,  which  wound  near  the 
base  of  the  chain  of  mountains  to  the  southward. 
A  powerful  sun  shone  without  the  intervention  of 
a  single  cloud  to  protect  our  craniums.  The 
masts  of  the  Dido,  the  upper  guard-ship,  soon 
hove  in  sight,  and  when  within  four  miles  of  her, 
Harry  Keppel  came  on  board.     He  had  the 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  vra.  CHINESE  DINNER.  129 

command  of  an  extensive  portion  of  the  river, 
with  two  or  three  small  craft  under  his  orders  to 
assist.  He  has  been  acting  as  a  commissary  as 
well  as  magistrate  in  his  proper  person,  and  has 
supplied  more  stock  than  all  the  fleet  together, 
besides  conciliating  the  good  will  of  the  people 
around  him.  He  told  me  of  the  market  he  had 
established  at  the  entrance  of  a  large  town  we 
saw  from  the  ship ;  of  the  fat  elder  who  sought 
protection  from  him,  and  of  a  most  laborious 
dinner  that  he  sat  down  to  with  the  officers  ol 
his  squadron:  it  consisted  of  bird's  nest  soup, 
shark's  fins,  and  all  the  other  luxuries  of  the 
season  and  country.  After  the  gastronomy  was 
over,  the  fat  gentleman  reclined  upon  a  couch 
properly  placed  to  show  the  strangers  how  to 
smoke  opium:  his  pipe  was  primed  by  a  lean 
attendant  seated  near  him. 

We  anchored  shortly  after  sunset  abreast  of  a 
hilly  ridge,  descending  abruptly  into  the  river. 

4th. — Weighed  at  daylight;  headed  a  tide  of 
four  knots  an  hour ;  saw  a  wretched  little  cata- 
maran with  a  mat  sail,  and  English  jack  flying, 
shove  off  from  a  junk  lying  in  shore,  with  the 
intention  of  intercepting  us;  she  failed,  and  the 

two  disconsolate  wights,  yclept  Major  M  and 

Lieut.  E  ,  fruitlessly  held  up  a  large  fish  as  a 

G  5 


Digitized  by  Google 


130  PORCELAIN  PAGODA.  chap.  vm. 


bribe  to  heave  to  —  certainly  a  strong  temptation 
to  resist  before  breakfast. 

About  five  miles  from  where  we  weighed,  our 
course  varied  by  degrees  from  W.  N.  W.  to  N.  W. 
by  N. ;  the  river  then  took  a  bend  W.  and 
W.S.W.,  the  waters  thrown  off  the  northern 
shore  by  the  first  high  land  we  have  met  with  on 
that  side.  Its  appearance  was  cheering;  a  well 
regulated  variety  of  hill  and  dale,  diversified 
by  plantations  and  pasture  land,  reminded  us  of 
our  own  country  and  prospects  familiar  to  us  all. 
Without  such  an  occasional  reminiscence,  it  is  im- 
posing a  tax  upon  one's  memory  to  compare  old 
scenes  with  the  changing  new. 

"  'Tis  folly  to  dream  of  a  bower  of  green, 
When  there  is  not  a  leaf  on  the  tree." 

Far  to  the  S.  W.,  about  eight  miles,  we  could 
sec  for  a  moment,  as  we  opened  a  valley  between 
two  intervening  hills,  the  famed  porcelain  pagoda 
of  Nanking,  and  shortly  after  the  wall,  extending, 
like  a  huge  snake,  over  hill  and  over  valley, 
topping  the  young  trees  on  either  side.  Three 
hills,  the  highest  of  which  I  fancy  must  be  800 
feet,  flank  the  eastern  wall,  outside  its  circuit, 
and  hide  a  portion  of  the  S.E.  angle  from  our 
view,  whilst  small  and  steep  eminences,  clothed 
with  bamboo  and  underwood,  rise  directly  on  the 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  VIII. 


WALL  OF  NANKING 


131 


inside  of  the  inner  front,  forming  positions  ad- 
mirably adapted  for  military  defence.  The  pros- 
pect, although  not  what  a  Westmoreland  or  Swiss 
tourist  would  think  deserving  his  romantic  regard, 
is,  nevertheless,  pleasing  and  fine,  and  worthy 
the  site  of  a  great  capital. 

The  immense  river  laves  its  very  walls ;  the 
considerable  and  graceful  mountains  and  extensive 
plain  at  their  base,  upon  which  the  city  stands, 
have  all  the  dignity  of  size  and  position  to  com- 
mand the  respect  of  the  beholder,  and  to  prepare 
him  for  the  grand  dimensions  of  a  great  city.  On 
the  northern  shore  is  seen  a  high  embattled  wall, 
vying  in  solidity  and  extent  with  that  of  Nan- 
king ;  this  is  said  to  be  the  wall  of  Pou-keou,  but 
I  rather  think  it  must  be  the  famous  breastwork 
behind  which  the  victorious  Tartar  army  lay  a 
year  encamped,  before  they  crossed  the  river  to 
attack  Nanking.  The  old  camp  was  afterwards 
converted  into  hunting  grounds  for  the  conqueror, 
and  still  exists,  a  royal  preserve. 


G  6 


Digitized  by  Google 


132 


ANCHOR  OFF  NANKING. 


CHAP.  IX. 


CHAP.  IX. 

ANCHOR      OFF      NANKING.    RECONNOISSANCE     OF  THE 

WESTERN  WALL  OF  THE  CITY.  REPORT  OF  THE  AP- 
POINTMENT OF  COMMISSIONERS.  —  OFFER  OF  RANSOM.— 

YAN-TSE-SHAN,     OR    SWALLOw's    NEST.           SICKNESS.  — 

INTERCEPTED    DESPATCH.  CORRESPONDENCE  BETWEEN 

THE     ENVOY     AND    KE-YINQ.    DISEMBARKATION  OF 

TROOPS.  —  RECONNOITRING  PARTY.  MAJOR  MALCOLm's 

JUNK.  NIGHT  ALARM. 

At  a  quarter  past  11a.  m.,  on  the  4th  of  August, 
1842,  the  first  European  vessel,  and  that  an 
English  74,  anchored  off  the  manned  walls  of  the 
ancient  capital  of  China. 

Triangular  flags  with  waving  pennants  of  the 
yack  ox  hair,  fluttering  above  the  ramparts,  iden- 
tified the  soldiers  as  Tartars,  while  their  uniforms 
of  bright  orange  and  red  denoted  them  guards 
from  the  northern  frontiers :  fine  men  they  were, 
and  we  could  see,  without  the  aid  of  our  glasses, 
three  to  every  embrasure,  and  all  armed  with 
matchlocks.  The  breastworks  had  been  newly 
repaired,  gingals  mounted  upon  them,  besides 
boxes  of  lime  piled  up  to  throw  upon  the  escalad- 
ing  party. 

The  portion  of  the  wall  we  see  is  upwards  of 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  IX. 


RECOXXOISSAXCE 


133 


thirty-five  feet  in  height,  built  of  brick  against 
the  escarped  sides  of  the  low  chain  of  hills,  and 
protected  to  the  north,  west,  and  south  by  a  deep 
canal,  serving  as  a  wet  ditch. 

I  embarked  in  the  forenoon  with  the  Admiral's 
party  on  board  one  of  the  small  steamers,  to  make 
a  reconnoissance  past  the  walls  of  Nanking.  The 
river  is  divided  by  a  large  alluvial  island,  doubtless 
formed  by  an  accumulated  deposit  stopped  by  the 
projection  upon  which  the  north-western  wall 
stands.  We  followed  the  inner  branch  for  about 
six  miles,  until  we  were  opposite  the  south-eastern 
angle.  Upon  the  high  and  broad  ramparts,  and 
slightly  screened  by  breast- works  recently  run  up, 
were  rows  of  tents  along  the  greater  portion  of 
the  line. 

From  our  position  we  saw  but  little  of  the 
town ;  but  an  impulse  was  given  to  our  curiosity 
to  explore  the  tempting  groves  surrounding  it 
by  the  occasional  glimmer  through  the  trees  of 
a  gilded  pinnacle,  or  glimpse  of  a  temple,  only 
partially  seen. 

On  our  ascent  we  entrapped  a  sanpan  con- 
taining four  men ;  the  elder  of  whom  we  brought 
on  board  to  interrogate,  and  to  prevent  stoppage, 
the  boat  was  towed  astern.  He  voluntarily  told 
us  that  the  broken  garrison  of  Chin-kiang-foo  had 
joined  this  in  a  most  pitiable  state;  that  nearly 


Digitized  by  Google 


]34  DESPATCH  FROM  ELIPOO.        chap.  ix. 

all  were  wounded ;  that  the  Chinese  inhabitants 
were  precluded  from  passing  either  in  or  out 
of  Nanking,  and  that  the  canal  skirting  the 
southern  face  was  blocked  up  by  sunken  junks 
full  of  stones.  The  truth  of  this  information 
was  confirmed  by  our  own  observation  from  the 
mast-head. 

While  he  was  undergoing  his  examination  his 
companions  managed  to  swamp  the  boat,  by  bad 
steering;  the  steamer  was  instantly  stopped; 
the  admiral's  barge  shoved  off,  saved  the  crew, 
righted  the  sanpan,  and  within  five  minutes  the 
dripping  Chinese  were  on  board  safe  and  sound ; 
but  the  old  man's  wailing  was  so  loud  and  in- 
consolable that  the  Admiral  was  but  too  glad  to 
send  him  away  without  further  questioning. 

Upon  our  arrival  at  the  ship  we  found  the  two 
white- buttoned  mandarins  our  acquaintances  of 
Chin-kiang  waiting  the  Admiral's  return:  they 
were  the  bearers  of  a  despatch  from  Elipoo, 
stating  that  a  high  dignitary,  a  relation  of  the 
Emperor,  in  conjunction  with  himself,  was  em- 
powered to  treat  for  peace.  He  regretted  our 
rapid  ascent  of  the  river,  as  he  had  proceeded 
some  portion  of  the  way  to  our  late  anchorage, 
where  he  anticipated  the  pleasure  of  meeting  the 
high  authorities  of  the  honourable  nation,  and  he 
was  now  retracing  his  steps,  which,  from  his 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  IX. 


OFFER  OF  RANSOM. 


135 


indifferent  health,  he  grieved  to  say,  would  occupy 
more  time  than  he  could  wish.  He  again,  with 
great  plausibility,  enlarged  upon  the  prospects  of 
a  long  war,  depicted  the  blessings  of  peace  to 
both  nations,  and  the  certain  misery  that  would 
inevitably  befall  both  conquerors  and  conquered 
if  hostilities  were  continued.  He  ended  by  en- 
treating we  would  wait  his  arrival. 

The  messengers  had  brought  presents  of  fresh  tea 
(very  neatly  packed  in  small  baskets),  sweetmeats, 
and  some  pieces  of  silk.  The  latter  articles  were 
returned  with  a  "  cumshaw"  equivalent  in  value 
to  the  things  retained. 

On  the  5th  two  brass-buttoned  mandarins 
came  with  a  chop  from  the  Governor-general, 
offering  us  300,000  dollars  if  we  would  move 
down  the  river.  I  believe  no  answer  was  re- 
turned to  this.  Shortly  after  they  came  back 
with  an  offer  to  double  the  sum,  upon  agreement 
to  the  same  conditions.  Again  the  same  officers 
came  on  board  with  a  letter  from  the  Tartar 
General,  proposing  an  interview  with  the  Com- 
mander-in-Chief exclusive  of  the  Plenipoten- 
tiary, knowing  it  was  useless  to  ask  him.  It  was 
refused. 

A  letter  delivered  at  the  same  time  informed 
Sir  Henry  that  Elipoo  had  arrived,  and  had 


Digitized  by  Google 


126 


THE  SWALLOW'S  NEST.  chap.  ix. 


made  anxious  inquiries  after  his  Excellency's 
health. 

This  forenoon  I  accompanied  the  Admiral  and 
party  in  a  steamer,  to  explore  a  creek  which  we 
ascertained  cut  off  the  corner  round  which  the 
great  river  bends.  It  skirts  within  a  few  hundred 
yards  the  site  of  the  old  eastern  wall  (portions 
of  which  we  could  occasionally  trace),  and  forms 
a  semicircular  bend  from  the  base  of  the  steep 
mountain  of  Chung-shan  (the  highest  of  the  three 
already  mentioned)  until  it  again  joins  the  main 
river.  We  discovered  two  good  landing-places ; 
the  one  about  half  way,  the  other  two  thirds 
down.  From  the  former  a  pathway  leads  from 
low  swampy  ground  to  a  wooded  valley  between 
the  hills,  and  the  latter  is  a  causeway  of  im- 
portance ;  a  place  of  traffic  directly  at  the  foot 
of  an  abrupt  and  singuarly  shaped  promontory 
called  Yen-tse-shan,  or  the  Swallow's  Nest.  A 
little  temple  crowns  the  summit,  almost  over- 
hanging the  perpendicular  cliff  jutting  into  the 
river.  When  we  passed  it,  it  was  crowded  inside 
and  out  with  wondering  people  gaping  at  the 
"  Demon  Ship."  A  neat  village  spreads  round 
its  base,  and  rises  up  the  inland  slope  to- 
wards several  jos-houses,  which  are  the  highest 
buildings. 

A  broad  paved  road  leads  from  the  shore,  and 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  IX. 


SICKNESS, 


137 


passes  under  an  arched  gateway  that  connects  two 
hills  naturally  divided  by  a  steep  ravine,  with  a 
continuous  breadth,  and  in  good  repair :  this  road 
traverses  a  bosky  country  to  within  500  yards  of 
the  walls,  and  then  over  paddy  and  corn  land  to 
the  Taiping  Gate  ;  from  thence  the  wall  extends 
to  the  southward  over  a  spur  of  Chung-shan,  and 
there  turns  off  to  the  west.  We  found  the  water 
in  the  creeks  sufficiently  deep  for  any  ship  of  the 
fleet,  free  from  obstructions,  and  the  current  in- 
considerable. 

6th.  —  We  are  anxiously  waiting  for  the 
portion  of  the  transports  detained  by  contrary 
winds. 

The  sickness  which  began  to  make  sad  havoc 
with  both  arms  of  the  force,  before  we  left  Ching- 
kiang-foo,  has  not  diminished  as  we  thought  it 
would  by  change  of  position.  The  flag-ship, 
hitherto  free,  is  now  under  the  ban :  every  pre- 
caution that  science  and  cleanliness  can  effect,  in 
addition  to  discipline  and  occupation,  has  been 
tried,  but  without  avail.  It  is  hard  to  reconcile 
the  fatal  progress  of  pestilence,  with  the  smiling 
beauty  of  so  luxuriant  a  country,  and  of  so  clear 
and  bright  a  climate. 

7  th.  —  A  day  or  two  ago  a  despatch  from  the 
Governor- General  to  the  Emperor  was  intercepted 
by  one  of  our  vessels  stationed  a  few  miles  above 


Digitized  by  Google 


138 


INTERCEPTED  DESPATCH.        chap.  ix. 


the  main  anchorage.  It  complained  to  his  majesty 
that  the  Supreme  General  had  withdrawn  the 
best  troops  500  ly  from  the  city ;  also  that  two 
parties  from  the  captured  town  of  Ching-kiang  had 
entered  Nanking,  accompanied  by  numbers  of 
the  houseless  inhabitants:  they  reported  having 
fought  their  way  out  of  the  town ;  that  the 
barbarians  had  lost  many  killed,  and  that  if  they 
had  been  joined  by  the  expected  reinforcements, 
they  would,  without  doubt,  have  inflicted  a  severe 
chastisement  upon  the  rapacious  invaders. 

8th.  —  Five  mandarins  went  on  board  the  en- 
voy's steamer  with  an  answer  to  the  letter,  in  which 
Sir  Henry  had  agreed  to  an  interview,  provided 
the  Chinese  commissioners  could  show  the  Em- 
peror's authority  to  enter  upon  negotiations.  It 
was  unsatisfactory ;  signed  by  Keying  and  Elipoo, 
not  as  accredited  ministers,  but  simple  commis- 
sioners limited  to  treat  upon  certain  subjects,  such 
as  future  commercial  arrangement,  and  the  pay- 
ment of  sums  to  conclude  the  war.  In  making 
mention  of  the  Queen  they  placed  her  rank  two 
grades  below  the  Emperor's. 

Sir  Henry  instantly  sent  the  letter  back,  point- 
ing out  the  insult,  which  he  concluded  must  be  a 
mistake  of  the  secretary  who  wrote  it:  he  de- 
manded an  instant  explanation  and  apology.  They 
must  be  aware,  he  wrote,  that  her  Majesty 





chap.  ix.     CORRESPONDENCE  WITH  ENVOY.  139 

was  second  to  no  sovereign  on  the  face  of  the 
globe. 

An  answer  full  of  apologies,  and  (catching  at 
Sir  Henry's  hint)  accusing  the  secretary  who 
wrote  the  letter  of  ignorance  and  neglect,  and  pro- 
testing no  such  error  should  occur  in  future,  was 
sent  back. 

The  plenipotentiary  declined  an  interview,  and 
warned  the  faithless  old  men  that  he  would  not 
stay  hostilities,  nor  interfere  for  a  single  second 
with  the  active  operations  of  the  Commanders-in- 
chief. 

9th.  —  Intelligence  that  the  u  all  spreading 
General"  has  entered  the  city  with  reinforce- 
ments has  been  communicated  through  the  me- 
dium of  one  of  the  brass  buttons.  Shortly  after 
this  they  sent  to  say  that  Nanking  was  a  poor 
town,  and  could  not  afford  to  pay  more  than 
300,000  dollars  ransom. 

10th.  —  War  upon  the  ascendant.  The  last 
ships  of  the  fleet  have  arrived. 

llth. — Disembarked  two  large  bodies  of  troops. 
Lord  Saltoun  marched  from  the  u  Swallow's  Nest " 
—  Sir  Hugh  landed  at  the  centre  pathway.  About 
two  hours  after  their  landing  a  chop  was  trans- 
lated, stating  that  Elipoo  and  his  colleague  had 
received  full  powers  to  treat  upon  every  subject, 
and  beseeching  a  suspension  of  operations.  Not 


Digitized  by  Google 


140 


FINE  PROSPECT. 


CHAP.  IX. 


to  be  thought  of ;  so  on  we  marched  up  the  valley 
and  over  the  low  ground,  extending  between  the 
river  and  the  S.E.  wall.  The  country  most 
lovely.  For  two  miles  and  a  half  we  traversed 
thickets  of  pomegranates,  Spanish  chestnuts,  plan- 
tations of  trembling  beech,  and  a  long  fibred  fir 
—  a  much  prized  wood  used  for  building  junks. 
An  occasional  open  space  displayed  fields  in  a  high 
state  of  cultivation,  producing  the  capsicum,  the 
pumpkin,  the  melon,  and  the  bringall,  also  the 
large  leafed  tobacco  plant ;  the  various  compounds 
and  divisions  bordered  by  the  stately  tassel  grass, 
waving  its  silky  plume  to  every  passing  breeze. 
At  intervals  we  could  see  the  walls,  and  some- 
times stopped  to  reconnoitre ;  but  until  we  as- 
cended a  conical  hill,  higher  than  the  rest,  and 
close  to  the  edge  of  the  level  lying  between  us 
and  the  city,  we  were  able  to  take  no  good 
survey. 

The  prospect  from  this  summit  was  very  fine, 
no  feature  grand,  but  altogether  very  picturesque 
and  striking.  To  the  right  of  where  we  stood, 
round  wooded  eminences  extended  in  detached 
hillocks,  rather  than  ridges,  to  the  river,  while  to 
the  left  in  the  same  way,  but  with  more  develope- 
ment  of  size  and  feature,  they  rose  towards  the 
last  and  highest  of  the  range,  Chung-shan.  In 
front  the  plain  sloped,  rich  in  produce,  to  the  vast 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  ix.         RECONNOITRING  PARTY. 


141 


Babylonian  wall ;  the  summit  of  which  preserved 
its  horizontal  level,  notwithstanding  the  great 
irregularity  of  ground,  which  is  so  considerable, 
that  in  some  places  the  rampart  must  be  ninety 
feet  in  height. 

We  could  discern  the  paved  causeway  leading 
from  the  pass  of  the  "  Swallow's  Nest,"  extending 
over  the  plain  to  the  Taiping  Gate,  which  is  at 
the  corner  of  an  angle  of  the  wall  nearly  opposite 
to  where  we  stood,  and  close  to  the  inner  wall 
surrounding  the  Tartar  portion  of  the  city.  Di- 
rectly in  front  of  us  a  projecting  bastion  flanked 
by  inner  works  seemed,  from  the  firmness  of  the 
ground  and  comparative  lowness  of  the  ramparts, 
a  likely  spot  to  escalade  ;  accordingly,  twenty  men 
and  an  officer  under  the  command  of  Captain 
Pears  of  the  Madras  Engineers,  were  sent  to 
reconnoitre,  and  Lieut.  Heatly,  Deputy- Assistant- 
Adjutant-General,  and  I,  went  with  them.  Brush- 
wood covered  our  progress  up  to  a  small  village 
which  extended  in  a  single  street  from  the  wall, 
and  lay  exposed  to  the  fire  of  the  garrison.  Pears 
left  the  men  under  cover  of  the  houses,  and  pro- 
ceeded in  company  with  Heatly  and  myself  down 
the  street  in  full  view  of  the  troops  upon  the  wall, 
who  no  sooner  observed  us  than  they  assembled 
in  great  numbers  from  the  extended  posts;  but 
seeing  that  we  were  unattended,  they  allowed  us 


Digitized  by  Google 


142 


RECONNOITRING  PARTY. 


CHAP.  IX, 


to  walk  all  round  the  bastion,  and  make  every 
observation  without  hinderance  or  molestation. 
We  addressed  them  in  the  few  words  of  Chinese 
we  knew,  but  could  not  elicit,  nor  in  fact  did  we 
wait  long  for  a  reply,  and  after  we  had  seen  all 
that  was  necessary,  we  left  them  standing  with 
their  matchlocks  and  bows  in  their  hands. 

In  the  mean  time  the  General  had  observed 
the  rush  made  upon  our  first  appearance,  and  had 
ordered  the  Grenadiers  under  arms  to  our  rescue  ; 
fortunately,  however,  their  assistance  was  not 
required.  On  our  return  the  General  prepared  to 
visit  Lord  Saltoun's  position :  he  was  posted  with 
two  regiments  and  artillery  upon  the  plain  to  the 
south  of  our  hill,  which  Sir  Hugh  left  in  possession 
of  H.  M.'s  26th,  with  orders  to  garrison  the  jos 
house,  hitherto  the  salubrious  abode  of  some  fifteen 
lazy  priests  of  Fo. 

After  a  hot  march  of  two  miles,  we  arrived 
amongst  straggling  houses  completely  deserted; 
the  doors  shut  and  fastened ;  and  over  their  portals 
we  observed  large  red  paper  placards  inscribed 
with  black  characters,  signifying  "  submissive 
people." 

We  found  Lord  Saltoun  in  an  extensive  building 
off  the  main  street,  surrounded  by  his  troops.  We 
then  retraced  our  steps  to  the  steamer,  and  were 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  IX. 


MAJOR  MALCOLM'S  JUNK. 


143 


on  board  in  time  for  the  all-important  daily  occu- 
pation —  dinner. 

12th.  — Last  night  I  slept  on  board  the  junk 
in  which  Major  Malcolm  came  up  the  river.  A 
great  transformation  had  been  effected  since  I, 
with  him,  first  boarded  her,  lying  among  the 
crowd  of  other  junks  up  the  Blonde's  creek ;  then 
several  cribs,  like  those  in  Highland  cabins,  with 
sliding  panels,  expressly  constructed  to  destroy 
health  by  excluding  the  fresh  air  of  heaven,  were 
built  between  the  two  main  cabins,  and  every 
little  recess  converted,  with  elaborate  ingenuity, 
into  stow-holes  —  a  description  of  repository  the 
Chinese  are  very  partial  to.    These  were  now  all 
cleared  away,  and  in  their  room  stood  a  mag- 
nificently carved  cabinet,  nearly  the  height  of  the 
cabin:  it  was  placed  against  the  bulk-head,  and 
stocked  for  our  daily  use  with  china  that  a  connois- 
seur would  have  envied ;  silk  curtains,  graced  with 
trellised  shutters ;  tables  and  chairs,  books  and  pa- 
pers, were  in  due  proportion,  and  two  camp  beds, 
which  in  the  daytime  supplied  the  place  of  sofas. 
The  kitchen  was  abaft,  and  most  satisfactory  meals 
our  Chinese  cooks  concocted  in  it.    Here  was  a 
complete  floating  establishment,  which  we  could 
convey  with  us  to  any  spot  we  pleased.  Our  crew 
consisted  of  five  Chinese,  including  the  original 
captain:  we  had  besides  two  English  seamen  to 


Digitized  by  Google 


144 


MAJOR  MALCOLM'S  JUNK.  .     chap.  ix. 


keep  watch,  and  act,  in  case  of  necessity,  as  a 
body  guard :  two  Chinese  servants  and  ourselves 
completed  the  establishment. 

Now  for  her  equipment  : — she  had  two  masts, 
both  before  the  central  section,  and  both  inclining 
forward;  no  rigging  on  either;  nothing  to  sup- 
port them  but  the  pair  of  single  halyards  to  hoist 
the  sails;  and  their  purchase  could  be  doubled 
and  trebled  with  great  ease  by  a  most  ingenious 
toggle  purchase.  The  sails  were  of  cotton,  stretched 
upon  bamboos.  From  the  after-end  of  each  a  sheet 
rove  through  a  dead  block,  forming  an  extensive 
crow-foot.  Each  space  between  the  bamboos  com- 
prised a  reef,  which  could  be  taken  in  on  the 
instant  by  lowering  the  halyards  to  the  proper 
distance :  the  anchors  were  iron  grappling.  The 
cables  made  of  bamboo  strips,  beautifully  plaited 
and  perfectly  round,   were  very  buoyant  and 
elastic :  the  smoothness  of  their  surface  prevents 
the  liability  of  chafing,  and  their  great  buoyancy 
would  render  them  eminently  useful  for  warping, 
even  in  our  own  service.  The  rudder  was  passed 
up  through  a  hole  in  the  overhanging  transom, 
and  the  keel,  confined  by  two  keel  ropes,  passed 
under  the  bottom,  and  fastened  to  bollards  abreast 
the  main-mast.    Such  are  the  fittings  of  our  craft 
and  the  generality  of  Chinese  junks.    We  found 
it  in  the  hands  of  its  habitual  proprietors  manage- 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  IX. 


NIGHT  ALARM. 


145 


able  enough ;  less  so  than  a  floating  haystack  in 
our  own. 

We  landed  our  ponies,  and  shortly  after  dawn 
joined  our  three  high  authorities  at  the  centre 
landing-place.  We  mustered  a  large  party,  and 
proceeded  to  the  hill,  where  the  26th  Regt.  were 
quartered,  as  the  General  was  desirous  to  point  out 
the  spot  where  he  intended  to  commence  his 
attack.  On  our  way  we  met  a  litter  conveying  a 
wounded  soldier  of  the  26th  to  the  beach.  He, 
poor  fellow,  was  startled  in  the  night  by  loud 
cries  from  among  his  comrades  that  the  Chinese 
were  upon  them :  he  rushed  out  in  his  shirt,  and 
was  received  upon  the  bayonet  of  the  sentry  at 
the  entrance,  who  unfortunately  heard  the  dis- 
turbance, and  mistook  the  white  figure  running 
towards  him  in  a  loose  robe  for  a  Chinese.  A 
young  recruit,  in  the  activity  of  his  dreams,  had 
caused  the  alarm. 

We  reached  our  military  post  with  excellent 
appetites,  which  we  satisfied  with  beef  steaks  from 
a  cow  we  found  the  day  before  stowed  away 
among  some  high  reeds. 


Digitized  by  Google 


146       PAWNBROKER  OF  YANG-CHOW.      chap.  x. 


CHAP.  X. 

CHINESE  OFFICIAL  CORRESPONDENCE.  THE  PAWNBROKER 

OF  YANG-CHOW.  CONFERENCES  WITH  THE  DEPUTIE8.-^- 

RESPECT  PAID  TO  THE  IMPERIAL   EDICT8.  EXCURSION 

ALONG  THE  BANKS  OF  THE  CANAL.  -—  FLOODS,  t—  CLI- 
MATE THUNDER-STORM.  THE  BAMBOO.  —  FIRST  IN- 
TERVIEW WITH  IMPERIAL  COMMISSIONERS. 

Sd  of  August.  — Breakfasted  with  Sir  Henry, 
who  showed  me  some  papers  which  had  fallen  into 
his  hands,  detailing  an  admirable  official  system, 
which  the  Chinese  practise,  of  having  at  the  su- 
preme boards  of  the  various  departments  particular 
envelopes  appropriate  to  each  office,  and  marked 
in  accordance  with  the  subject  of  the  papers  they 
contain.  They  are  filed  and  numbered,  and  kept 
in  presses  under  the  immediate  charge  of  the 
minister,  who  imposes  the  same  responsibility 
on  the  local  governors,  to  whom  they  are  sent, 
as  he  is  under  to  his  Imperial  master  for  their 
safety. 

While  I  was  on  board  the  Queen,  the  old 
pawnbroker  of  Yang-chow  arrived  with  a  letter. 
This  is  the  man  who,  to  save  his  city  (which  is 
situated  upon  the  banks  of  the  canal,  on  the  north 


chap.  X.  OFFICIAL  CONFERENCES.  147 

side  of  the  river)  from  assault,  collected  among 
his  fellow-townsmen  a  ransom  of  500,000  dollars. 
Such  a  compromise  would,  a  few  months  ago, 
have  cost  him  either  his  life  or  liberty;  but  in 
this  instance  he  has  been  rewarded  with  a  blue 
button,  and  an  order  has  lately  been  sent  him 
from  Pekin  to  endeavour  to  negotiate  a  like  ar- 
rangement for  Nanking,  —  a  strong  evidence  that 
the  Imperial  government  has,  at  last,  been  forced 
into  the  conviction  that  its  greatest  and  strongest 
towns  are  at  our  mercy. 

Both  yesterday  and  to-day  Major  Malcolm,  the 
Secretary  of  Legation,  has,  with  Mr.  Morrison, 
had  preliminary  interviews  with  the  provincial 
treasurer  and  Tartar  General  to  examine  the 
alleged  Imperial  authority,  and  also  to  discuss 
and  gain  the  consent  of  the  Commissioners  to  the 
outline  of  the  treaty  drawn  up  by  Sir  Henry  for 
their  inspection;  so  that  when  the  high  func- 
tionaries of  both  nations  meet,  no  difference  may 
arise  to  mar  or  interrupt  what  they  themselves 
term  "  the  smooth  stream  of  good  understanding." 

Malcolm's  interview  of  this  morning  was  most 
unsatisfactory :  they  would  not  produce  the  Im- 
perial commission,  but  only  a  partial  copy,  nor 
would  they  come  to  any  definite  arrangement 
upon  any  single  point ;  so  he  left  them  with  the 
clear  understanding  that  the  guns  now  in  po- 
ll 2 


Digitized  by  Google 


148  OFFICIAL  CONFERENCES.         chap.  x. 

sition  would  open  fire  at  day-dawn  if  the  Pleni- 
potentiary had  not  the  authority  to  show  the 
Commanders-in-chief  before  that  time.  This  pro- 
duced the  desired  result.  Mandarins  came  off, 
after  midnight,  with  a  letter  from  Ke-ying,  be- 
seeching that  another  interview  might  be  ar- 
ranged for  the  following  day,  when  the  Imperial 
commission  would  be  produced. 

14M.  —  After  breakfast  I  accompanied  Major 
Malcolm  and  Messrs.  Morrison  and  Thorn  on 
shore  to  the  interview,  which  was  to  decide 
whether  the  Chinese  would  yield  to  our  demands. 

It  took  place  in  a  large  temple  situated  in  the 
suburbs  under  the  south  wall,  and  a  short  dis- 
tance from  the  canal  up  which  we  proceeded 
in  the  Queen's  cutter,  by  an  opening  cut 
through  heavy  rafts  of  timber  drawn  across  its 
entrance  to  block  up  the  passage.  Several  large 
junks  full  of  stones  had  also  been  sunk  athwart 
ships,  but  these  were  burst  and  broken  up  into 
various  portions  by  the  strength  of  the  current, 
leaving  ample  room  for  an  unobstructed  onward 
progress  to  the  largest  boat. 

We  landed  on  a  rickety  bamboo  pier  con- 
structed for  our  accommodation,  and  were  in- 
stantly surrounded  by  a  crowd  composed  of  the 
lowest  order,  who  appeared  eager  to  see  speci- 
mens of  the  formidable  "barbarians;"  and  the 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  x.  OFFICIAL  CONFERENCES.  149 

sight  to  men,  who  judge  by  size  and  muscle,  must 
have  been  humiliating  to  their  self-love,  as  we 
were  all  of  slight  build,  and,  moreover,  had  come 
quite  unprepared  for  the  show.  Linen  clean,  I 
hope,  but  for  weeks  unacquainted  with  either 
iron  or  mangle  ;  shoes  that  would  have  done  good 
service  on  the  moors,  and  coats  of  modest  cut  and 
old  acquaintance,  with  the  exception  of  the 
gallant  Secretary's  gaily  braided  affair  (which,  by 
the  by,  was  most  unhappily  contrasted  with  his 
nether  garments).  Two  of  the  party,  if  not  all 
four,  were  under  thirty,  —  an  age  in  a  Chinaman's 
eyes  undeserving  of  respect. 

We  were  received  at  the  entrance  of  the 
spacious  court  of  the  temple  by  a  bevy  of  manda- 
rins, from  the  blue  to  the  brass  button.  Different 
from  us,  they  rustled  in  embroidered  silks  and 
flowered  muslin  of  a  design  and  beauty  of  texture 
worthy  even  to  deck  the  forms  of  our  own  fair 
dames.  They  marshalled  us  with  many  obse- 
quious bows,  and  really  much  graceful  courtesy, 
into  the  great  hall  of  audience,  where  Mr.  Se- 
cretary "  Whang  "  and  the  Tartar  General  "Chin" 
were  standing  to  receive  us.  After  Mr.  Morrison 
had  severally  introduced  us,  we  sat  down  in  chairs 
that  would  have  held  two  Daniel  Lamberts, 
round  a  square  table,  Whang  opposite  Malcolm, 
I  next  to  Chin,  and  Mr.  Thorn  opposite  me. 

II  3 


Digitized  by  Google 


150 


OFFICIAL.  CONFERENCES.         chap.  x. 


Mr.  Morrison  retired  to  another  table  to  translate 
some  papers. 

Whang,  a  man  of  seven  or  eight  and  thirty,  is 
considered  one  of  the  most  rising  statesmen  in 
China,  and  his  manners  and  conversation  marked 
him  a  perfect  gentleman.  I  do  not  remember 
ever  having  met,  even  in  my  own  country,  a 
person  of  more  gentle  and  polished  manner  or 
courteous  breeding  than  this  Chinese,  so  different 
from  the  majority  of  his  countrymen  in  their  in- 
tercourse with  foreigners.  The  General  was  a 
portly  old  veteran  of  about  sixty,  wearing  a  little 
grey  tufted  beard,  a  plain  dress,  crystal  ball,  and 
peacock's  feather.  His  red  ball  had  been  taken 
away  for  some  offence  shortly  before  our  arrival. 

The  other  mandarins  stood  round  among  the 
servants,  and  listened,  as  is  the  universal  custom, 
to  all  that  was  discussed. 

At  the  door  were  a  few  peace -keepers  or  police, 
wearing  red  felt  conical  caps,  each  topped  with 
a  cock's  feather,  which  traversed  round  upon  a 
swivel.  They  were  armed  with  cow-hide  whips, 
which  they  kept  in  pretty  frequent  use  upon  the 
shoulders  of  the  pressing  and  chattering  rabble 
outside. 

While  Mr.  Morrison  was  transcribing  copies  of 
his  papers,  tea  was  handed  round  by  the  attend- 
ants, and  whether  drank  or  not,  a  hot  cup  every 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  Xi 


OFFICIAL  CONFERENCES. 


151 


two  or  three  minutes  superseded  the  colder  be- 
verage* 

When  the  writing  was  finished,  Malcolm  pro- 
duced the  patent  from  her  Majesty  appointing  him 
Secretary  of  Legation :  this  was  to  show  that  he 
was  the  accredited  and  proper  person  to  nego- 
tiate on  the  part  of  the  Envoy.  After  this  was 
looked  at,  he  displayed  Sir  Henry  Pottinger's, 
which  was  translated  verbatim  by  Mr.  Thorn,  and 
the  Queen's  seal  and  signature  pointed  out  to  the 
deputies. 

Major  Malcolm  then  demanded  to  see  the  Em- 
peror's commission,  which,  after  some  little  delay 
and  great  ceremony,  was  brought  forth  from  a 
chest  by  a  mandarin,  under  whose  special  charge 
it  appeared  to  be.  He  carried  the  roll  of  yellow 
silk  in  both  his  hands,  and  proceeded — his  eyes 
reverentially  fixed  upon  it  —  with  slow  and  so- 
lemn steps  towards  the  table,  and  placed  it  in  the 
hands  of  Whang  with  tenderness  and  forced  re- 
signation. The  produce  of  the  silk  wrapper  was 
a  little  shabby  yellow  box  badly  made  and  worse 
painted,  containing  the  power,  which  Morrison 
on  examination  pronounced,  as  far  as  he  was  able 
to  judge,  authentic. 

I  was  greatly  amused  watching  the  anxious  and 
horrified  faces  of  the  various  Chinese  when  Mr. 
Morrison  touched  the  commission,  and  I  thought 

H  4 


Digitized  by  Google 


152 


OFFICIAL  CONFERENCES.  CHAP.  X. 


the  old  keeper  would  have  fainted  on  the  spot 
when  he,  for  an  instant,  held  it  in  one  hand. 

In  China  the  same  respect  is  paid  to  an  Im- 
perial edict,  or  the  mark  of  the  vermilion  pencil, 
that,  with  us,  the  sovereign  only  receives  in  person. 
There  are  many  powers  delegated  by  sign  manual 
throughout  the  empire,  and  in  these  cases  the 
same  homage  is  bestowed  upon  the  written  name 
of  the  Emperor,  that  is,  in  other  countries,  only 
yielded  to  the  prince  himself.  * 

After  our  skeleton  treaty  was  satisfactorily 
arranged,  and  written  both  in  Chinese  and 
English,  one  copy  being  kept  by  the  mandarins, 
the  other  by  Malcolm,  for  Sir  Henry's  inspection, 
we  rose  to  depart,  and  the  old  General  laughingly 
remarked  that  the  conditions  were  hard,  but, 
after  all,  were  only  what  they  would  have  de- 
manded under  similar  circumstances ;  that  a  war 
between  nations  might  be  likened  to  a  game  of 
chance,  in  which  the  loser  must  pay  the  winner ; 
that  this  time  they  were  the  unfortunates,  from 
having  neglected  the  art  of  war  during  centuries 
of  peace  and  prosperity ;  that  our  ships  were  our 
stronghold  and  glory,  and  had  proved  their  curse. 

In  the  evening  I  landed  my  pony,  and  rode 
along  the  north  bank  of  the  canal  for  two  miles, 

*  See  Appendix. 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  X. 


FLOODS. 


153 


in  company  with  Dr.  Woosnam.  Owing  to  the 
lowness  of  their  situation,  the  cottages  which 
we  saw  were  half  flooded,  and  we  surprised  the 
few  remaining  wretched  inhabitants  sitting  before 
their  doors,  after  their  day's  labour  in  the  paddy 
fields,  eating  their  evening  meal.  They  sat  stu- 
pified  and  still  as  we  passed,  perhaps  thinking 
(and  with  justice)  that  no  one,  however  reckless, 
would  take  the  trouble  to  molest  either  themselves 
or  dwellings  which  could  produce  so  little. 

We  turned  an  angle,  and  could  see  for  a  con- 
siderable distance  along  the  extensive  canal  skirt- 
ing the  south-western  wall.  Several  small  punts 
and  fishing  canoes  were  gliding  about  close  to  the 
tall  rushes,  and  a  few  old  salt  junks  lay  moored 
along  the  shores,  mastless  and  decayed. 

We  went  to  an  isolated  farm-house,  built  on  a 
knoll  of  ground  somewhat  higher  than  the  sur- 
rounding land,  to  light 

"  Sublime  tobacco,  which  from  east  to  west 
Cheers  the  tar's  labours,  and  the  Turkman's  rest," 

and  saw  evident  marks  of  a  flood  having  covered 
at  least  four  feet  of  its  walls,  in  which  case  the 
whole  surrounding  flat,  from  the  walls  of  Nan- 
king to  the  river,  must  have  been  entirely  under 
water,  and  this  we  afterwards  ascertained  to  have 
been  the  fact.  They  say  that  for  the  last  ten 
years  the  farmers  of  the  low  lands  have  had  to 

H  5 


Digitized  by  Google 


154 


CLIMATE. 


CHAP.  x. 


live  in  boats  during  several  months  of  each  season 
after  the  rains. 

No  people  can  be  healthy  who  reside,  as  these 
do,  in  the  midst  of  the  extensive  decay  of  vegetable 
matter  which  perpetually  succeeds  the  rapid  eva- 
poration of  stagnant  water ;  nor  are  they :  putrid 
fevers,  cholera,  and  ague  have,  within  the  last  few 
years,  carried  off  multitudes. 

1 5th.  —  As  the  day  broke,  the  stillness  of 
the  heavy  atmosphere  became  disturbed  by  fit- 
ful gusts  from  the  northern  hills,  and  the  sky, 
for  the  first  time  since  we  anchored  here,  was 
overcast  with  heavy  masses  of  leaden-coloured 
clouds,  indicating,  by  their  rapidly  increasing  den- 
sity, a  speedy  thunder-storm,  —  an  event  long 
wished  for,  as  the  only  hope  to  stay  the  still 
increasing  cholera,  by  freeing  the  air  from  the 
load  of  electric  fluid. 

It  has  long  been  a  disputed  point  whether  this 
fatal  illness  is  produced  and  spread  by  such  a 
state  of  the  atmosphere,  or  by  other  causes 
common  to  infection,  nor  do  I,  who  am  no  judge, 
venture  to  assert  an  opinion ;  but  it  is  a  fact  well 
worthy  of  attention,  that  the  surgeon  of  the  flag- 
ship, Dr.  King,  distinctly  felt,  in  two  instances, 
a  shock  resembling  that  from  a  galvanic  battery 
on  touching  the  pulses  of  the  patients. 

Our  predictions  were  realised :  thunder  and 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  X. 


THUNDER-STORM. 


155 


lightning,  with  heavy  rain,  lasted  for  about  three 
hours,  leaving  the  atmosphere  light  and  the  air 
cool  and  refreshing.  The  clouds  rolled  back  to 
the  verge  of  the  distant  horizon,  and  the  evening 
sun  shone  with  a  tempered  heat,  more  congenial 
than  it  had  hitherto  been. 

In  no  other  portion  of  the  globe  have  I  ever 
felt  the  temperature  so  oppressive  as  in  this,  or  so 
enervating  in  its  effects  on  the  energies  both  of 
mind  and  body;  and  not  even  in  more  tropical 
regions  are  the  alternations  so  rapid  and  car 
pricious.  Upon  any  change  of  wind  from  the 
regular  monsoon  (affected  by  such  causes  as  the 
above  storm),  the  thermometer  will  full  12°  in  an 
hour ;  and  a  southerly  breeze,  on  the  other  hand, 
at  this  season,  will  raise  it  from  its  fall  to  130°  on 
the  hill-side  or  open  plain,  filling  the  air  at  the 
same  time  with  a  weight  of  vapour  from  the 
moistened  fiats,  which,  during  the  nights,  again 
descends  in  heavy  dews  upon  the  thick  grass  and 
abundant  foliage,  thus  keeping  it  in  perpetual 
verdure. 

All  the  central  provinces  are  comparatively 
champaign  country,  consisting  of  damp  alluvial 
loam,  from  which  a  constant  vapour  exhales  in 
sufficient  quantity  to  destroy  the  freshness  of  the 
southern  monsoon* 

The  land  and  sea  breezes  that  render  the  tem- 

h  6 


Digitized  by  Google 


156  SPORTING  EXCURSION.  chap.  x. 


perature  of  islands  close  to,  and  upon  the  equator, 
delightful  even  to  Europeans,  are  of  course  un- 
known in  the  interior  of  China,  where  the  air 
becomes  sluggish  by  passing  for  hundreds  of  miles 
over  plains  teeming  with  vegetation,  unbroken 
by  any  mountainous  ridge,  whose  snowy  summits 
might  distribute  healthy  and  refreshing  gales. 

16th. — To-day  was  the  day  appointed  for 
the  first  grand  interview ;  but  owing  to  the  time 
required  to  write  out  our  demands  in  Chinese,  re- 
view expressions,  and  so  forth,  it  has  unavoidably 
been  postponed. 

In  the  forenoon  I  landed  with  Captain  Trow- 
bridge and  Mr.  Lay  at  the  centre  landing-place ; 
the  latter  to  collect  insects  and  butterflies,  while 
we  shot  snipes. 

We  ranged  among  deserted  cottages  and  se- 
cluded glens,  hitherto  unvisited  by  any  European. 
There  is  something  in  this  reflection  which  always 
excites  an  alertness  of  observation,  even  when 
there  may  be  but  little  to  satisfy  the  curiosity ; 
and  in  this  case  the  withdrawal  of  one's  thoughts 
from  the  busy  scenes  we  left  behind,  to  the  close 
examination  of  quiet,  tranquil,  and  beautiful 
nature,  was  beyond  belief  pleasurable. 

The  clean  weeding  of  the  fields,  where  we  met 
with  them  in  the  level  bottoms  of  some  of  the 
broader  valleys,  led  to  the  conclusion  that  the 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  X. 


THE  BAMBOO.  157 


labourers  lay  concealed  in  the  vicinity.  We 
strolled  to  one  very  lovely  spot  —  a  little  basin. 
On  its  south  side  rose  a  round,  happy-looking  hill, 
clothed  with  trees  and  shrubs  —  birch,  fir,  ash, 
and  the  arbutus  —  from  among  which  grey  rocks 
of  granite  protruded,  half  covered  by  flowering 
creepers.  We  stood  in  the  centre  of  a  field  of 
melons.  A  little  further  on,  on  the  same  level,  a 
grove  of  chestnut  and  palm  trees  concealed  the 
opening  into  our  retreat,  while  to  the  north, 
opposite  the  hill,  a  large  grove  of  bamboos  —  the 
queen  of  all  graceful  plants  —  shot  up  straight 
stems,  their  head  shoots  drooping  like  plumes  of 
feathers. 

The  Chinese  have  written  as  many  rhapsodies 
to  the  bamboo  as  to  ladies'  eye-brows  —  a  favourite 
theme  of  celebration — and  by  so  doing  they  merely 
evince  a  proper  sense  of  gratitude ;  for  without 
this  most  useful  vegetable  a  Chinaman  would  be 
as  helpless  as  he  would  be  without  his  chop- 
sticks. 

The  bamboo  furnishes  both  food  and  raiment, 
the  uprights  of  their  houses,  the  beams,  chairs, 
tables,  screens,  mats,  flower-stands,  water-wheels, 
drinking-cups,  powder-horns,  bottles,  hats,  baskets, 
pumps,  bellows,  spears,  sails,  ropes,  and  many 
other  things,  which,  to  enumerate,  would  fill  a 


Digitized  by  Google 


158 


ANECDOTE. 


CHAP.  X. 


Soup  can  be  made  from  the  shoots;  for,  as 
the  story  goes  *,  "  Mang  Tsung,  who  lived  in 
the  Tsin  dynasty,  when  young,  lost  his  father, 
his  mother  was  very  sick ;  and  one  winter's  day 
she  longed  to  taste  a  soup  of  bamboo  sprouts, 
but  Mang  could  not  procure  any.  At  last,  he 
went  into  the  grove  of  bamboos,  clasped  the  trees 
with  his  hands,  and  wept  bitterly.  His  filial 
affection  moved  Nature,  and  the  ground  slowly 
opened,  sending  forth  several  shoots,  which  he 
gathered  and  carried  home.  He  made  soup  of 
them,  of  which  his  mother  ate,  and  immediately 
recovered  from  her  malady." 

There  are  numbers  of  these  stories  written 
for  the  benefit  of  the  rising  generation. 

We  returned  on  board  without  adventure. 

17 th.  —  Another  change  of  wind,  and  some 
more  heavy  rain ;  diplomacy  at  a  stand  still,  and, 
for  a  wonder,  on  our  side.  The  Chinese  are 
anxious  and  pressing  to  patch  up  differences,  and 
have  the  river  open  ;  but  it  is  necessary  that  great 
care  should  be  taken  in  the  wording  of  our  full 
demands — Mr.  Morrison's  present  difficult  task 
—  as,  he  says,  the  omission  of  a  single  syllable 
might  change  the  entire  sense  of  the  sentence. 

They  do  not  conceal  from  us  now  their  great 

*  Chinese  Repos.  Example  of  Filial  Duty. 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  x.  CHINESE  DELEGATES.  159 


anxiety  for  the  speedy  termination  of  the  war. 
Anarchy,  discontent,  and  open  revolt  are  daily 
increasing;  nor  can  the  lawless  outrages  com- 
mitted in  the  interior,  by  the  gathering  hordes 
of  plunderers,  be  suppressed  until  the  garrisons 
are  left  free  to  act,  by  a  settlement  with  us. 

IStk.  —  The  breezes  are  moderate,  and  the 
weather  cloudy.  Our  demands  were  sent  late 
last  night :  —  to-day  they  offered  to  embark  one 
million  and  a  half  of  dollars,  which  Sir  Henry 
refused  to  receive  until  the  treaty  was  signed. 

They  seem  to  think  that  money  is  our  only 
consideration — as  the  great  "rebel-quelling  Ge- 
neral Yih-shan "  wrote  in  his  memorial  to  the 
Emperor  that  "  commerce  is  to  these  foreigners 
the  very  artery  of  life:" — perhaps  it  is  a  dis- 
agreeable fact 

Malcolm  met  the  delegates  on  board  the  Blonde 
this  afternoon  for  the  last  time.  He  told  them 
to  inform  the  Imperial  Commissioners  that  Sir 
Henry  would  be  ready  for  a  conference  to- 
morrow, on  Dc  >ard  the  Cornwallis,  and  that  the 
day  after  he  would  return  their  visit  within  the 
walls  of  Nanking.  To  this  latter  arrangement 
they,  in  evident  trepidation,  instantly  objected, 
alleging,  as  an  excuse,  that  they  could  not  de- 
pend on  the  forbearance  of  the  Tartar  troops, 
all  of  whom  were  exasperated  against  us  for 


Digitized  by  Google 


160 


FIRST  INTERVIEW  WITH 


CHAP.  x. 


former  defeats,  and  might  do  us  harm;  that  if, 
on  the  other  hand,  we  were  accompanied  by  a 
strong  guard,  say  1000  men,  an  ebullition  of 
feeling  might  excite  a  collision,  and  thereby  ef- 
fectually destroy  the  present  promising  appear- 
ances of  a  peaceful  and  lasting  arrangement  of  all 
our  difficulties ;  so  this  question  is  left  for  the 
present  in  statu  quo, 

\§th.  —  The  auspicious  day  has  at  last  arrived, 
when,  as  the  Chinese  say,  "  the  powerful  of 
nations  are  to  meet  and  exchange  the  fiery  eye 
of  vindictiveness  for  the  smile  of  kindness,  and 
the  red  hand  of  hostility  for  the  white  wand  of 
amity." 

Between  11  and  12  a.  m.  the  quarter-deck  of 
the  flag  ship  presented  an  unusual  glitter:  gay 
uniforms  of  blue  and  scarlet  in  their  first  fresh- 
ness after  months  of  veiled  brightness  had  su- 
perseded the  honest  habiliments  of  service  dye. 
A  captain's  guard  was  under  arms,  life  lines  on 
the  yards,  and  the  little  Medusa  steamer  off  the 
canal  —  all  to  do  honour  to  our  expected  visiters. 
Three  guns,  the  Chinese  royal  salute,  were  to  be 
fired  upon  the  embarkation  of  the  Commissioners 
from  the  wharf,  and  at  the  mouth  of  the  canal 
Commander  Richards  of  the  Cornwallis  was  sta- 
tioned to  take  them  from  their  unwieldy  convey- 
ance to  the  Medusa. 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  X.         IMPERIAL  COMMISSIONERS. 


161 


The  guns  at  last  announced  the  long-expected 
moment ;  and  we  could  sometimes  see,  between  the 
trees  and  houses,  banners,  streamers,  and  silk 
umbrellas  waving  about  as  the  boat  floated  down 
the  stream. 

Getting  into  the  steamer,  shod  in  their  thick 
Tartar  boots,  was  to  them  a  service  of  danger, 
and  which  caused  considerable  delay.  At  last 
they  paddled  up  and  came  alongside  from  the 
steamer  in  the  Admiral's  barge.  The  yards 
were  manned,  guard  presented  arms,  drums  beat, 
band  played,  and  the  Plenipotentiary,  between 
the  two  Commanders-in-chief,  received  Ke-ying, 
Elipoo,  and  New-king  the  viceroy  of  the  two 
Yieng  provinces,  and  Commander-in-chief  of  all 
their  armies. 

A  number  of  subordinate  officers  and  attend- 
ants, besides  three  or  four  mandarins  whom  we 
knew  from  having  been  brought  in  contact  with 
them  at  Chusan  and  Ning-po,  followed  in  their 
wake.  They  presented  in  their  flowing  robes  a 
lively  contrast  to  our  close  fitting  and  (I  think) 
ungraceful  dress. 

After  a  few  of  us  had  been  presented  the 
authorities  entered  the  Admiral's  cabin,  and  were 
ushered  to  a  large  sofa,  placed  to  face  forwards, 
so  that  they  might  see  every  body  and  every 
thing.    Sir  Henry  sat  on  the  left  —  the  Chinese 


Digitized  by  Google 


162  FIRST  INTERVIEW  WITH  chap.  X. 

seat  of  honour — the  General  on  the  right,  and  the 
Admiral  as  the  host,  I  think,  next  to  him.  Tea, 
coffee,  wine,  sweetmeats,  and  cherry  brandy  were 
handed  round,  the  last  of  which  they  greatly 
appreciated. 

As  this  was  merely  intended  to  be  a  visit  of 
ceremony,  no  questions  relative  to  future  arrange- 
ments were  mooted. 

Ke-ying  evinced  considerable  interest  in  all  he 
saw,  although  he  never  trespassed  on  good  breed- 
ing, or  forgot  what  was  due  to  his  dignity,  by 
asking  questions.  Elipoo,  who  was  upwards  of 
eighty,  appeared  fatigued,  and  his  countenance 
bore  a  sad  expression  of  mental  suffering,  which 
is  not  to  be  wondered  at,  poor  old  man,  con- 
sidering the  many  misfortunes  and  heavy  dis- 
pleasure of  his  Imperial  master,  that  had  arisen 
to  him  out  of  his  former  intercourse  with  us. 

New-king  sat  without  showing  any  outward 
or  visible  sign,  beyond  an  occasional  smack  of 
satisfaction  after  each  glass  of  cherry  brandy. 

The  General  was  as  loquacious  as  on  the 
first  occasion  that  I  saw  him,  and  pretended  a 
great  interest  in,  and  examined  with  a  critical 
inqusitiveness,  every  thing  appertaining  to  the 
art  of  war.  The  band  elicited  very  great  atten- 
tion. The  attendants  outside  were  not  so  well 
mannered  as  their  masters  :  they  became  trouble- 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.X.         IMPERIAL  COMMISSIONERS. 


163 


some  and  familiar,  after  their  short-lived  bashf ill- 
ness had  worn  off. 

The  Commissioners,  at  the  Admiral's  invitation, 
walked  round  the  various  decks;  and  I  was 
somewhat  amused  to  see  that  the  men,  to  make 
their  messes  look  the  smarter,  had  decorated  the 
shelves  with  small  jos-images  and  a  few  other 
articles  of  choice  taste  that  they  had  picked  up 
in  their  perambulations.  Well  might  the  Chinese 
have  exclaimed  with  Samson, 

"  O  indignity  !  O  blot 
To  honour  and  religion  ! " 

But  they  acted  the  wiser  part  of  "  laissez  faire, 
laissez  passer ; w  and  even  their  noisy  train  were  by 
humbled  vanity  recalled  to  a  temporary  sense  of 
decorum. 

No  very  marked  interest  was  shown  for  any 
thing  but  the  music,  which  surprised  me  the 
more,  as  both  Sir  John  Barrow  and  Lord 
Jocelyn  particularly  mention  their  apathy  and 
want  of  taste  for  harmony. 

They  left  the  ship  as  they  came,  and  highly 
pleased  at  their  reception. 


Digitized  by  Google 


164  TRIP  TO  THE  DIDO.  chap.  XI. 


CHAP.  XI. 

TRIP  TO   THE  DIDO.  SECOND   INTERVIEW    WITH  COMMIS- 
SION ERS. 

20th  of  August — I  embarked  at  daylight  inaboat 
to  proceed  to  the  Dido,  at  anchor  about  twenty- 
five  miles  down  the  river  —  a  little  more  than  half 
way  between  Chin-kiang-foo  and  Nanking. 

The  weather  which  had  been  foul  all  night 
cleared  towards  morning,  and  in  a  boat  the  clouds 
were  preferable  to  a  hot  sun.  A  pleasant  sail  of 
three  hours  carried  me  alongside. 

I  found  my  old  shipmates  suffering  from  fever 
and  ague,  the  prevailing  disease.  They  told  me 
that  for  some  days  past  they  had  remarked  many 
headless  bodies  floating  past  them  ;  these  probably 
were  plunderers  beheaded  by  the  mandarins. 

I  shoved  off  about  sunset  to  return  to  the 
Cornwallis  —  a  most  tedious  undertaking,  with 
a  strong  contrary  current,  and  a  foul  wind  against 
us.  About  9  P.  M.,  after  crossing  the  river,  I 
anchored  close  to  the  shore  to  rest  the  men.  An 
hour  before  daylight  we  again  weighed  —  the 
same  foul  wind  brought  down  masses  of  black 
clouds,  which  soon  opened  their  torrents  upon 
us ;  we  had  to  anchor  to  hold  our  own ;  and  I 


Digitized 


CHAP.  XI.       RETURN  FROM  THE  DIDO.  165 

sat  for  two  hours  under  the  heaviest  thunder- 
storm it  had  ever  been  my  lot  to  encounter, 
contemplating  my  saturated  books  and  baggage. 

The  current  was  hourly  increasing  in  velocity 
from  the  down-rush  of  the  upland  rains  and  the 
eddies  of  still  water  close  to  the  rushes  decreasing 
in  proportion  to  the  river's  rise  ;  so  we  had  nothing 
for  it  but  to  make  the  essay,  and  for  eight  miles 
along  the  even  bank  of  a  straight  reach  we  had 
inch  by  inch  to  strain  our  way. 

"  So  the  boat's  brawny  crew  the  currents  stem, 
And  slow  advancing  struggle  with  the  stream ; 
But  if  they  slack  their  hands  or  cease  to  strive, 
Then  down  the  flood  with  headlong  haste  they  drive." 

Drydbn. 

This  was  literally  our  case,  and  a  most  disagreeable 
one  it  was  —  foul  winds,  and  a  strong  current  over 
twenty  miles  of  ground. 

By  noon  we  doubled  the  point  of  the  straight 
reach,  and  stopped  to  rest  at  a  jos  house,  where  we 
found  some  tea  and  a  fire  to  warm  us.  I  fancy  we 
were  the  first  of  our  countrymen  that  had  landed 
at  this  place,  as  we  perceived  the  women  and 
children  in  the  adjoining  village  busy  in  their 
ordinary  pursuits. 

We  entered  the  Swallow's  Nest  creek  by  three 
p.  M.,  and  I  remained  on  board  H.  M.'s  brig  Al- 
gerine  all  night,  instead  of  toiling  the  remaining 
six  miles  to  the  Cornwallis. 


Digitized  by  Google 


166 


SECOND  INTERVIEW 


CHAP.  XL 


22d.  —  The  day  appointed  to  return  the  visit 
of  the  Commissioners,  who  were  to  receive  us 
in  the  temple  where  we  first  met  their  dele- 
gates. 

At  10  A.  m.  about  forty  boats  shoved  off  from 
different  ships  full  of  officers  of  both  services,  all 
dressed  in  their  full  uniforms. 

The  Admiral's  barge  containing  the  Plenipo- 
tentiary and  the  two  Commanders-in-chief  took 
the  lead  —  the  others  followed  as  they  best  could. 
Vast  numbers  of  Chinese  lined  the  banks  of  the 
canal,  and  accompanied  us  in  their  punts. 

We  landed  at  a  wooden  jetty  thrown  out  for 
the  purpose,  and  passed  under  a  bamboo  gate, 
decorated  with  a  few  red  flags. 

When  our  authorities  stepped  on  shore  three 
guns  were  fired,  to  announce  their  arrival  to  the 
Commissioners:  they  then  entered  sedan  chairs, 
and  were  escorted  by  subordinate  mandarins  to 
the  temple.  About  a  dozen  other  chairs  were  in 
attendance,  and  to  them  a  charge  was  made  by 
officers  of  all  ranks  resembling  in  dignity  and 
activity  that  which  the  members  of  the  House  of 
Commons  occasionally  make  into  the  House  of 
Lords,  when  they  are  summoned  there  to  hear 
an  address  from  the  throne  —  the  younger,  and 
consequently  the  junior  officers,  gained  the  day, 

The  Commissioners  received  Sir  Henry  Pottin- 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  xi.  WITH  COMMISSIONERS.  167 

ger  and  the  Commanders-in-chief  at  the  entrance 
of  the  court-yard,  and  led  them  between  ranks 
of  unarmed  Chinese  soldiers,  clothed  in  new  uni- 
forms, while  the  Plenipotentiary's  guard  of  honour, 
formed  of  the  grenadier  company  of  the  18th 
Royal  Irish,  and  drawn  up  in  front,  presented 
arms.  The  band  of  the  same  regiment  struck  up 
"  Garryowen,"  while  the  penny-trumpets  and 
hurdy-gurdy8  of  the  Chinese  were  in  full  force ; 
but  the  drummer  with  the  big  drum,  who  had  an 
ear  for  music,  took  care  we  should  not  hear  a 
single  note  of  the  tune  they  played. 

Two  large  apartments  were  prepared,  and  tables 
spread  with  piles  of  sweetmeats.  Chairs  placed 
in  the  form  of  a  horse-shoe  stood  round  the  tables, 
while  the  centre  ones,  occupied  by  our  chiefs, 
were  elevated  above  the  others. 

Our  vanity  prompted  us  to  think  that  the 
Chinese  could  not  feel  much  humiliation  at  having 
been  conquered  by  the  description  of  men  they 
this  day  saw  before  them :  there  were  upwards  of 
one  hundred  and  thirty  officers,  besides  the  guard, 
which  was  worthy  of  the  distinguished  regiment 
it  belonged  to. 

This  visit  passed  off  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
first;  namely,  in  drinking  tea,  asking  questions, 
and  making  complimentary  speeches. 

The  rooms  were  hung  with  festoons  of  em- 


Digitized  by  Google 


168 


SECOND  INTERVIEW 


CHAP.  XI. 


broidered  cloth ;  round  horn  lanterns,  as  large  as 
half-hogsheads,  made  of  one  entire  piece  *,  prettily 
painted  and  decorated  with  strings  of  beads,  and 
hung  from  the  roof.  The  floors  were  carpeted 
with  red  drugget,  and  the  tables  and  chairs 
covered  •  with  scarlet  cloth  richly  embroidered 
with  silk. 

The  numerous  mandarins  were  plainly  dressed, 
which  caused  an  inquiry  on  the  part  of  the  Envoy, 
and  apologies  from  the  Commissioners,  who  as- 
serted that  the  rapid  dance  we  had  led  them 
prevented  them  carrying  an  extensive  wardrobe. 
This  could  not  have  been  true,  as  they  travelled 
by  water,  and  brought  with  them  large  establish- 
ments. 

23d.  —  The  Chinese  are  gaining  confidence, 
and  abundance  of  bullocks  have  been,  by  request, 
sent  to  the  fleet :  they  are  fatter,  and  apparently 
of  a  different  and  a  finer  breed,  than  those  we 
ourselves  have  at  different  times  procured. 

26th.  —  This  was  the  day  fixed  upon  for  the 
interview  between  Sir  Henry  Pottinger  and  the 
Commissioners,  to  discuss  and  finally  arrange  the 
conditions  of  the  treaty. 

The  Plenipotentiary  and  his  suite,  consisting 
of  Major  Malcolm,  Doctor  Woosnam,  Messrs. 

*  The  separate  pieces  of  horn  are  consolidated  by  the 
action  of  heat. 


Digitized 


chap.  xi.  WITH  COMMISSIONERS. 


169 


Morrison,  Gutzlaff,  and  Thorn  (the  three  inter- 
preters), besides  Mr.  Eastwick,  a  friend  of  Sir 
Henry's,  and  myself,  proceeded  in  the  Admiral's 
barge  up  the  canal  to  the  appointed  landing 
place,  where  we  were  met  by  a  detachment  of 
Tartar  cavalry  and  a  number  of  mandarins  of 
rank.  Horses  provided  by  the  artillery  were  in 
waiting,  as  also  the  Envoy's  guard  of  honour. 

Sir  Henry  landed  under  a  salute  of  three  guns, 
and  a  band  struck  up  which  set  our  teeth  on 
edge.  The  horse  artillery  admirably  mounted 
upon  Arabs  preceded  the  Plenipotentiary,  while 
the  Tartar  cavalry  brought  up  the  rear,  their 
silk  gowns  and  shaggy  ponies  offering  a  striking 
contrast  to  our  fine  fellows.  We  entered  the  first 
gate  we  came  to,  opening  to  the  N.  W.,  and 
passed  for  about  a  mile  up  a  long  street  leading 
to  the  southward,  after  which  we  turned  to  the 
left,  and,  lastly,  to  the  right  into  the  street  where 
the  large  government  building,  appropriated  to 
the  interview,  was  plainly  observable  from  the 
numerous  flags  and  mandarins  in  front  of  it. 

Without  dismounting,  Sir  Henry  was  con- 
ducted up  the  long  enclosed  entrance  of  the  outer 
court,  and  up  the  steps  of  the  second  (a  royal 
honour)  to  the  door  of  the  third,  where  the 
Imperial  Commissioners  were  standing,  surrounded 
by  their  high  officers  and  functionaries.  We 

I 


Digitized  by  Google 


170 


SECOND  INTERVIEW 


CHAP.  XI. 


were  received  with  much  dignified  courtesy,  and 
conducted  through  several  rooms  and  passages  of 
this  immense  house  into  the  chamber  of  audience 
—  a  square  apartment,  partitioned  by  a  horse-shoe 
railing,  round  which  were  placed  chairs  fronting 
tables,  loaded  with  sweetmeats  of  every  descrip- 
tion. The  tables  and  chairs  were  covered  with 
red  embroidered  drapery,  and  the  floor  with 
crimson  drugget.  The  bottom  of  this  room  opened 
into  a  court  which  was  canopied  by  a  chequered 
silk  awning. 

A  more  tolerable  band  than  we  had  yet  heard 
commenced,  as  we  sat  down,  a  tune  resembling  a 
pibroch,  and  continued  to  play  throughout  the 
repast.  Young  white-buttoned  mandarins  handed 
round  tea,  hot  wine,  and  sweetmeats,  while  a 
conversation  upon  general  subjects  was  main- 
tained between  the  Commissioners  and  Sir  Henry 
through  the  medium  of  the  interpreters. 

Numerous  patties  of  minced  meat,  pork,  arrow 
root,  vermicelli  soup,  with  meat  in  it,  pig's  ear 
soup,  and  other  strange  dishes,  were  served  in 
succession,  in  small  china  and  silver  basins,  and  in 
proportion  to  our  various  capabilities  in  making 
these  messes  disappear,  we  seemed  to  rise  in  the 
estimation  of  the  beholders.  But  human  nature 
could  not  support  this  ordeal  long,  and,  as  a  coup 
de  grace,  Ke-ying  insisted  upon  Sir  Henry  opening 


Digitized  by 


CHAP.  XL 


WITH  COMMISSIONERS. 


171 


his  mouth  while  he  with  great  dexterity  shot  into 
it  several  immense  sugar-plums.  I  shall  never 
forget  Sir  Henry's  face  of  determined  resignation 
after  he  found  remonstrances  were  of  no  avail; 
nor  the  figure  of  Ke-ying,  as  he  stood  planted 
before  him,  in  the  attitude  of  a  short-sighted  old 
lady  threading  a  needle,  poising  the  bonne  bouche 
between  his  finger  and  thumb  preparatory  to  his 
successful  throw. 

After  this  the  tables  were  cleared  and  business 
commenced. 

The  demands,  written  in  both  languages,  were 
again  read ;  and,  with  the  exception  at  first  of  a 
slight  demur  at  our  detention  of  Chusan  as  a 
guarantee  until  the  full  payment  of  the  21,000,000 
of  dollars,  and  a  wish  to  exclude  Foo-choo-foo  from 
free  trade,  were  unanimously  agreed  to.  The  com- 
missioners were  made  perfectly  to  understand  that 
the  final  settlement  of  the  tariff,  residence  of  English 
families  in  the  various  towns  and  their  vicinities, 
the  future  management  of  commerce  through  our 
own  consuls,  and  the  entire  abolition  of  the  Hong 
monopoly,  were  points  only  delayed  in  conse- 
quence of  the  time  it  would  require  to  discuss 
their  minutiae  in  detail,  but  that  they  were  of 
such  vital  importance  that  if,  when  they  were 
brought  forward,  any  procrastination  or  refusal 
should  occur,  it  would  effectually  interrupt  the 

i  2 


Digitized  by  Google 


172 


SECOND  INTERVIEW  CHAP.  XL 


amity  so  auspiciously  commenced  between  the 
two  empires. 

None  of  the  critical  examination  into  phrases 
or  expressions,  so  keenly  canvassed  and  sus- 
piciously viewed  by  European  diplomatists,  occu- 
pied a  moment  of  their  attention.  All  their 
anxiety,  which  was  too  powerful  to  be  concealed, 
was  centred  upon  the  one  main  object  —  our  im- 
mediate departure  ;  in  consequence,  almost  in  the 
same  breath  with  their  assent,  they  requested  the 
Plenipotentiary  to  remove  the  ships  away  from 
the  canals  and  to  send  them  down  the  river.  To 
this  the  Envoy  replied  that,  upon  the  treaty  being 
signed,  the  blockade  would  be  removed,  and  when 
the  last  dollar  of  the  first  instalment  of  six  mil- 
lions was  paid,  every  town  and  fort  within  the 
Yang-tze-kiang  would  be  delivered  back  into 
their  hands. 

Sir  Henry  then  remarked,  that  as  every  differ- 
ence was  satisfactorily  arranged,  he  was  anxious 
to  say  a  few  words  upon  a  subject  —  the  great 
cause  that  produced  the  disturbances  which  led 
to  the  war  —  he  meant  the  trade  in  opium. 
When  this  was  translated,  they  unanimously  de- 
clined entering  upon  the  subject,  until  Sir  Henry 
assured  them  he  did  not  wish  to  speak  of  it  but 
as  a  topic  of  private  conversation.  They  then 
evinced  much  interest,  and  eagerly  requested  to 


Digitized  by 


CHAP.  XI.  WITH  COMMISSIONERS. 


173 


know  why  we  would  not  act  fairly  towards  them, 
by  prohibiting  the  growth  of  the  poppy  in  our 
dominions,  and  thus  effectually  stop  a  traffic  so 
pernicious  to  the  human  race.  This,  he  said,  in 
consistency  with  our  constitutional  laws,  could 
not  be  done  ;  and  he  added,  that  even  if  England 
chose  to  exercise  so  arbitrary  a  power  over  her 
tillers  of  the  soil,  it  would  not  check  the  evil  so 
far  as  they  (the  Chinese)  were  concerned,  while 
the  cancer  remained  uneradicated  among  them- 
selves, but  that  it  would  merely  throw  the  market 
into  other  hands. 

It,  in  fact,  he  said,  rests  entirely  with  your- 
selves. If  your  people  are  virtuous,  they  will 
desist  from  the  evil  practice ;  and  if  your  officers 
are  incorruptible,  and  obey  their  orders,  no  opium 
can  enter  your  country.  The  discouragement  of 
the  growth  of  the  poppy  in  our  territories  rests 
principally  with  you,  for  nearly  the  entire  produce 
cultivated  in  India  travels  east  to  China ;  if,  how- 
ever, the  habit  has  become  a  confirmed  vice,  and 
you  feel  convinced  that  your  power  is  at  present 
inadequate  to  stay  its  indulgence,  you  may  rest  as- 
sured your  people  will  procure  the  drug  in  spite  of 
every  enactment ;  would  it  not,  therefore,  be  better 
at  once  to  legalise  its  importation,  and  by  thus 
securing  the  co-operation  of  the  rich,  and  of  your 
authorities,  from  whom  it  would  thus  no  longer 

I  3 


Digitized  by  Google 


174 


ND  INTERVIEW 


CHAP.  XL 


be  debarred,  thereby  greatly  limit  the  facilities 
which  now  exist  for  smuggling  ? 

They  owned  the  plausibility  of  the  argument, 
but  expressed  themselves  persuaded  that  their  Im- 
perial master  would  never  listen  to  a  word  upon 
the  subject. 

To  convince  them  that  what  he  said  was  not 
introduced  from  any  sinister  wish  to  gain  an  end 
more  advantageous  to  ourselves,  he  drew  a  rapid 
sketch  of  England's  rise  and  progress  from  a 
barbarous  state  to  a  degree  of  wealth  and  civilisa- 
tion unparalleled  in  the  history  of  the  world; 
which  rapid  rise  was  principally  attributable  to 
benign  and  liberal  laws,  aided  by  commerce, 
which  conferred  power  and  consequence.  He 
then  casually  mentioned  instances  of  governments 
having  failed  to  attain  their  objects  by  endeavour- 
ing to  exclude  any  particular  article  of  popular 
desire :  tobacco  was  one  of  those  he  alluded  to ; 
and  now  that  it  was  legalised,  not  only  did  it  pro- 
duce a  large  revenue  to  the  crown,  but  it  was 
more  moderately  indulged  in  in  Britain  than  else- 
where. 

Mr.  Gutzlaff,  a  perfect  master  of  the  Chinese 
language,  was  the  interpreter,  and  performed  his 
part  well.  The  Commissioners  and  surrounding 
mandarins  seemed  greatly  interested. 

The  Plenipotentiary  also  said,  that  he  thought  it 


Digitized 


chap.  xi.  WITH  COMMISSIONERS. 


175 


probable  that,  upon  the  return  of  the  treaty  from 
England,  an  envoy  might  be  deputed  to  Pekin, 
and  he  wished  to  know  if  he  would  be  received 
with  satisfaction  and  proper  respect  ? 

Ke-ying  immediately  replied  with  earnestness, 
that  he  was  sure  the  Emperor  would  be  very  glad 
to  receive  an  embassy,  and  took  that  opportunity 
to  express  his  sorrow  at  the  treatment  Lord 
Amherst  had  met  with,  which  he  stated  was 
caused  by  the  machinations  of  a  corrupt  set  of 
ministers  then  in  office. 

Shortly  after  this  we  took  our  leave ;  and  when 
Sir  Henry  mounted  another  salute  was  fired  from 
two  rude  pieces  about  the  size  of  4-pounders, 
made  from  iron  bars,  hooped  together  and  planted 
perpendicularly  on  their  breech.  The  crowd  was 
greater  than  upon  our  approach,  but  silent  and 
orderly. 

Elipoo,  who  appeared  very  weak  and  unwell 
during  the  conference,  requested  Dr.  Woosnam 
to  prescribe  for  him.  It  appeared  that,  added  to 
old  age,  he  was  suffering  from  violent  attacks  of 
fever,  ague,  and  the  liver;  and  from  these  he 
desired  to  be  speedily  relieved.  The  doctor  said 
he  would  prepare  medicines  if  a  messenger  was 
sent  to  the  ships  with  us  to  take  them  back. 
Accordingly  a  mandarin  of  the  name  of  Chang,  a 
notorious  drunkard,  was  ordered  to  accompany  us. 

i  4 


Digitized  by  Google 


176  EXCUBSION  TO  NANKING.       chap.  xu. 


CHAP.  XII. 

EXCURSION  TO  NANKING.  MAUSOLEUM  OF  THE  EMPERORS 

OP  THE  MINO  DYNASTY.  PORCELAIN  PAOODA.  DE- 
SCRIPTION OF  NANKING.  RETURN  TO  THE  FLEET.   

VISIT   FROM   THE   IMPERIAL    COMMISSIONERS.  SIGNING 

OF  THE  TREATY. 

28th  of  August  —  Last  night  Captains  Boucher 
and  Watson  of  the  Blonde  and  Modeste,  with 
Lieut.  Hall  of  the  Nemesis,  Mr.  Eastwick  and 
myself,  rode  over  to  the  artillery  camp,  four  miles 
through  a  pretty  country,  with  woody  knolls  and 
valleys  rich  with  gardens  and  fields  of  grain  and 
vegetables.  For  a  time  we  rode  by  the  side  of 
the  moat  and  fine  old  wall,  and  occasionally 
through  shady  lanes,  not  unlike  those  in  our  own 
country. 

At  4  A.  M.  we  started  for  the  porcelain  pagoda, 
one  of  the  most  celebrated  shrines  and  tallest 
towers  in  China.  Our  party  consisted  of  twenty- 
five,  besides  a  host  of  servants  and  coolies ;  and, 
as  one  of  our  number  remarked,  looked  so  formi- 
dable, that,  as  we  passed  beneath  the  walls,  soldiers 
were  seen  hurrying  to  close  the  gates  and  man  the 
ramparts. 


Digitized  by^^^^le 


chap.  xn.       EXCURSION  TO  NANKING.  177 

The  morning  was  delightful  —  a  true  eastern 
sun-rise — 

"  Clothing  the  palpable  and  the  familiar 
With  golden  exhalations  of  the  dawn." 

We  were  mounted  upon  ponies  brought  from 
Amoy  and  Chin-kiang-foo,  strong,  sure-footed 
animals,  and  vastly  improved  since  they  had  fallen 
into  our  hands. 

After  riding  over  a  plain  of  paddy  fields,  and 
through  a  village  situated  at  the  entrance  to  a 
defile,  and  partially  screened  by  trees,  we  as- 
cended the  ridge  of  an  eminence  (three  and  a  half 
miles  from  camp)  commanding  the  N.  E.  angle  of 
the  wall,  whence  we  viewed  the  Tartar  quarter  of 
the  city.  A  second  wall  surrounds  the  space 
where  formerly  stood  the  royal  palace  and 
gardens,  now  the  Tartar  garrison — the  houses  are 
almost  hid  by  foliage.  Beyond  the  inner  wall 
we  saw  but  few  Chinese  houses. 

Proceeding  onwards  we  came  upon  a  burial 
ground  situated  at  the  corner  of  a  vast  plain, 
bounded  on  the  one  side  by  the  spreading  base  of 
the  hill  from  which  we  had  descended,  and  facing 
the  walls  of  the  capital.  Near  the  foot  of  the 
grassy  slope,  at  about  the  centre  of  the  hill,  a 
large  jos  house  stands  fronting  an  avenue  of 
colossal   granite  figures  of  men  and  animals, 

I  5 


Digitized 


178  MAUSOLEUM  OF  EMPERORS     chap.  Xtt. 

extending  in  a  semicircular  sweep  for  about  a 
mile,  to  two  square,  brick,  Egyptian-shaped 
buildings,  which  are  hollow,  open  on  each  side, 
and  empty.  These,  we  were  told,  were  the 
tombs  of  the  emperors  of  the  Ming  dynasty  ;  but 
our  guide  also  said,  that  there  was  a  large  ex- 
cavation in  the  rock  behind  the  jos  house  con- 
taining coffins  ;  so  I  fancy  that  it  must  be  the 
place  of  general  interment,  and  that  the  huge 
figures  were  merely  intended  to  dignify  the 
approach  to  the  cemetery.  We  had  not  time  to 
visit  the  jos  house,  but  we  trotted  our  startled 
horses  between  these  silent  guards,  and  examined 
with  great  interest  the  sculpture  of  a  departed 
age  —  they  are  about  three  times  the  size  of  life. 
A  tablet  gate  marks  the  commencement  of  the 
avenue ;  then  in  succession  appear  two  upright 
shafts  of  granite  in  single  blocks,  four  warriors 
dressed  in  long  loose  shirts  of  scale  armour, 
leaning  with  folded  hands  upon  their  swords, 
(they  front  each  other,  as  do  all  the  statues,)  next 
to  them,  lions,  bears,  horses,  camels,  elephants, 
and  so  on  to  the  two  buildings,  a  repetition  of 
the  same  figures,  each  alternate  pair  (with  the 
exception  of  the  men)  crouching.  Most  of  them 
have  been  hewn  into  shape  from  single  blocks : 
they  rest  upon  flat  slabs  of  granite,  on  un- 
levelled  ground,  and,  strange  to  say,  although 
centuries  have  passed  since  they  were  first  placed 


Digitized 


CHAP.  xn» 


OF  THE  MING  DYNASTY. 


179 


there,  no  weeds  are  growing  around,  nor  have 
they  sunk  three  inches. 

The  elephants  are  accurately  shaped,  and  fairly 
sculptured;  the  rest  are  all  most  rudely  exe- 
cuted. 

We  rode  close  under  a  portion  of  the  old  wall, 
which  we  computed  to  be  seventy  feet  in  height : 
three  sides  are  protected  by  the  deep  broad  canal ; 
the  fourth  and  eastern  by  stagnant  ponds  opposite 
the  points  most  accessible. 

We  passed  through  several  villages,  all  with 
their  shops  open  and  filled  with  staring  crowds. 
We  took  them  by  surprise;  and  the  loud 
babble  which  we  had  heard  at  a  considerable 
distance  hushed,  on  our  appearance,  into  perfect 
silence :  every  occupation  was  instantly  sus- 
pended, and  every  eye  in  the  thronged  streets 
turned  upon  us  in  grave  wonderment  and  appre- 
hension. 

We  crossed  the  canal  twice  over  low  stone 
bridges.  Two  of  the  city  gates  were  open  close 
to  where  we  passed,  and  from  them,  as  the 
rapid  intelligence  of  our  approach  spread,  issued 
thousands:  they  pressed  upon  our  rear,  and 
blocked  by  numbers  every  lane  and  avenue,  but 
left  our  front  entirely  open. 

We  had  seen  the  pagoda  over  the  S.  W.  angle 
of  the  city  wall  for  some  miles  before  we  turned 

i  6 


Digitized  by  Google 


180  POBCELAIN  PAGODA.  chap,  xn, 

the  corner :  when  this  point  was  passed,  it  stood 
forth  to  our  view,  uninterrupted  from  ball  to  base 
by  a  single  intervening  object:  it  more  than 
realised  our  expectations. 

It  is  an  octagonal  building  of  nine  stories,  rising 
to  the  height  of  261  feet;  bright  with  many- 
coloured  porcekin,  which  throws  off  a  glittering 
light  like  the  reflected  rays  from  gems :  it  is  in 
perfect  preservation. 

The  porcelain  is  fastened  to  the  tower  with 
mortar,  as  Dutch  tiles  are  upon  a  stove,  ex- 
cept the  projecting  cornices  and  bas  reliefs  of 
grotesque  monsters,  which  are  nailed.  The 
various  colours  are  white,  yellow,  red,  and  green ; 
the  roofing  tiles  are  all  of  the  imperial  yellow. 

It  stands  in  a  spacious  court,  surrounded  on 
three  sides  by  a  wall,  the  fourth  open  to  two 
extensive  nights  of  granite  steps  descending  to 
the  jos  house  attached  to  the  pagoda  facing  the 
town.  Another  large  enclosure  planted  with 
regular  rows  of  trees  extends  to  the  road  and 
suburbs. 

The  projecting  flanges,  if  I  may  so  term  them, 
of  the  separate  stories  curve  upwards  at  the 
points,  to  which  are  suspended  bells  of  size  pro- 
portioned to  the  taper  of  the  tower.  A  priest 
assured  me  that  when  they  were  first  hung  up, 
after  the  complete  repair  of  the  paouta,  or  pagoda, 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  Ml.  PORCELAIN  PAGODA. 


181 


in  the  last  century,  they  used  to  ring  forth 
charming  melodies  at  the  command  of  the  mistress 
of  the  tower,  "  the  Queen  of  Heaven,"  until  she, 
wrathful  at  the  indifference  and  falling  off  of 
her  followers,  in  a  fit  of  anger,  deprived  them 
of  sound.  The  greater  portion  are  certainly 
tongueless,  and  all  of  them  cracked,  which  is 
not  surprising,  for  the  bells  and  cast  gongs  in 
China  (made  of  the  same  metal)  are  very  brittle, 
from  the  absence  of  an  adequate  proportion  of 
alloy. 

After  we  had  tethered  our  horses  in  the  court- 
yard, away  from  the  immense  and  momentarily 
increasing  crowd,  we  entered  the  pagoda  by  the 
principal  door  in  front  of  the  flight  of  steps, 
and  found  ourselves  in  an  extensive  octagonal 
corridor  surrounding  the  body  of  the  building, 
which  is  square  and  elaborately  ornamented  with 
figures  of  the  Budha  faith  in  bas  relief — the 
whole  profusely  gilt:  each  story  contained  a 
shrine  with  the  universal  idol,  the  sitting  figure 
of  "  the  Queen  of  Heaven." 

A  single  door  under  the  niche,  in  which  the 
principal  deity  was  placed,  leads  into  a  square 
chamber  in  the  shaft  of  the  building,  occupied  by 
another  image.  The  walls  are  all  lined  with 
square  porcelain  tiles,  each  separate  one  em- 
bossed with  a  small  device  in  the  centre :  those 


Digitized 


182 


DESCRIPTION  OF  NANKING.     chap.  xn. 


upon  the  ground-floor  are  entirely  covered  with 
gilding.  The  others  of  the  eight  upper  stories 
differ,  by  having  a  black  edging  round  the  gilded 
device,  which  has  a  good  effect :  the  concluding 
step  of  each  story  is  of  stone,  the  flooring  and 
stairs  of  wood. 

The  ample  view  from  the  summit  surpassed  our 
expectations.  Facing  the  south,  a  little  river  from 
the  distant  hills  came  winding  like  the  Forth  near 
Stirling:  it  passes  by  the  south  and  western 
walls,  and  helps  to  supply  the  canal  with  water. 
Towards  the  S.  W.,  as  far  as  the  sight  could  reach, 
flowed  the  princely  Yang-tze-kiang,  leaving  be- 
tween us  and  it,  as  it  passed  Nanking,  a  richly 
cultivated  flat  of  paddy  land  about  three  miles  in 
breadth.  Facing  the  north,  we  looked  down 
upon  the  walls  and  roofs  of  a  dense  cluster  of 
houses  —  the  Chinese  city ;  through  the  centre 
eastward,  ran  a  canal.  The  streets  seemed  very 
narrow;  the  buildings  principally  of  two  low 
stories;  and  upon  every  slight  rise  of  ground  public 
temples,  granaries,  and  government  offices,  sur- 
rounded by  spacious  yards  or  courts,  were  dis- 
cernible. 

Half  way  between  the  pagoda  and  extreme 
eastern  wall  the  town  is  bounded  by  trees  and 
gardens,  fields,  woods,  and  grassy  plains,  over 
which  are  scattered  a  few  large  public  buildings: 
this  scenery  extends  to  a  belt  of  wood  which 

Digitized 


chap.xii.     DESCRIPTION  OF  NANKING.  183 

screens  the  north  and  eastern  wall  from  view. 
Further  to  the  right  the  features  of  the  scenery 
are  slightly  altered  by  the  inner  wall  of  the 
Tartar  city,  within  which  little  can  be  seen  for 
dense  foliage  ;  and  the  distance  being  greater,  we 
saw  less  of  it  from  our  present  stand  than  from 
the  hill  in  the  morning.  From  that  point  we 
plainly  saw  the  site  of  the  ancient  palace  and 
gardens  inhabited  by  the  race  of  Ming,  the  citadel, 
assembly  house,  and  esplanade  of  the  present 
garrison. 

The  walls  are  built  of  brick,  of  an  average 
thickness  of  25  feet  at  the  top,  and  60  at  the 
bottom,  and  vary  from  35  to  90  in  height.  In 
places  they  are  built  against  the  escarped  sides  of 
hills,  where  they  cross  the  even  ground  and  over 
the  dips :  they  are  as  high  inside  as  on  the  out ; 
this  we  could  distinctly  see  from  our  position. 
They  are  built,  like  those  at  Chin-kiang-foo,  of 
brick,  propped  by  earthen  banks.  Round  their 
whole  extent  tents  were  pitched ;  and  where  the 
natural  defences  were  not  so  good,  and  opposite 
the  gates,  these  were  very  numerous.  From  our 
position  we  looked  down  upon  a  guard-house  full 
of  troops,  all  staring  up  at  us;  their  gingals, 
matchlocks,  bows  and  arrows,  and  quick-lime, 
were  piled  in  readiness  under  cover  of  a  shed. 
When  we  first  appeared,  the  soldiers  clustered 


Digitized 


184  DESCRIPTION  OF  NANKING.     chap.  xn. 

round  their  arms,  and  seemed  to  meditate  revenge 
for  former  defeats.  We  mustered  amongst  our 
party  two  swords  and  a  pistol,  besides  the  knives 
and  forks. 

The  present  walls  of  Nanking  encircle  an  un- 
dulating plain,  and  are  bounded  on  three  sides  by 
hills  of  irregular  height,  and  on  the  fourth  by  the 
river.  They  form  an  irregular  pentagon :  the  old 
walls  extend  far  beyond  the  present  range ;  they 
can  be  traced  but  with  difficulty ;  and  it  is  asserted 
that  they  passed  for  fifty  miles  over  hill  and  dale. 
The  new  ones,  by  our  rough  calculation,  measure 
22  miles,  and  have  nine  gates;  seven  into  the 
Chinese,  two  into  the  Tartar  city. 

On  the  top  of  the  highest  pagoda  in  China 
we  drank  the  health  of  our  Queen  in  champagne, 
which  our  coolies  had  brought  with  other  good 
things  from  the  camp.  Our  tiffin  was  cooked  on 
the  green  under  the  gaze  of  many  thousands. 
The  foremost  ranks  of  the  crowd  at  one  time 
became  so  curious  to  examine  the  contents  of  the 
pots  and  pans  that  our  fellows  had  to  use  rope's 
ends  to  save  us  the  pain  of  fasting.  To  my  great 
astonishment  they  bore  the  blows  most  good- 
humouredly,  and  afterwards  kept  a  more  respectful 
distance. 

During  our  meal  the  chief  priest  came  to  see 
us.    His  high  and  narrow  forehead,  straight  nose, 


Digitized 


chap,  ml     VISIT  FROM  THE  CHIEF  PRIEST.  185 

and  well-formed  mouth,  showed  no  indication  of 
Tartar  blood.  His  head  was  closely  shaven,  and 
he  wore  a  long  full  gown  of  black  silk.  His 
manner  was  good,  and  his  demeanour  modest: 
he  welcomed  us  to  his  temple,  drank  our  healths 
in  our  own  wine,  and  was  greatly  taken  with  two 
empty  beer  bottles,  which  we  made  him  a  present 
of.  In  exchange,  we  procured  some  impressions 
of  the  pagoda  upon  thin  paper,  with  a  history 
attached  in  Chinese,  of  which  I  give  a  translation 
in  the  Appendix. 

We  rode  back  the  way  we  came,  attended 
through  the  suburbs  by  an  immense,  but  silent, 
crowd :  sulky  faces  there  were  in  abundance,  but 
none  gave  vent  by  expression  or  gesture  to  their 
bitter  feelings. 

As  we  repassed  the  colossal  figures  before  the 
tombs  of  the  ancient  dynasty  of  Ming  the  de- 
clining sun  shed  a  golden  light  upon  the  summits 
of  Chung-shan.  A  bank  of  copsewood  darkened 
the  breast  of  the  mountain,  and  threw  out  in  fine  re- 
lief the  yellow  tints  of  the  parched  plain  upon  which 
the  grey  granite  figures  stood.  It  was  impossible, 
while  gazing  upon  the  memorials  of  a  royal  and 
by-gone  race  in  the  heart  of  the  empire  which 
once  they  governed,  not  to  feel  the  scene  most 
forcibly. 

The  prospect  itself  was  very  fine ;  and  in  the 


Digitized 


186 


RETURN  TO  THE  FLEET.       CHAP.  xn. 


uncertain  light  of  the  evening  impressed  me  with 
mingled  emotions  of  grandeur  and  of  beauty.  The 
colours,  tints,  regularity,  and  fine,  yet  subdued, 
proportions,  of  the  landscape,  and  the  huge  monu- 
ments of  art,  were  beautifully  blended,  and  at  the 
hour  the  whole  wore  an  appearance  almost  of 
sublimity  —  the  grand  repose  of  Michael  Angelo 
combined  with  (in  faultless  nature)  the  gentle  soft- 
ness of  Raphael. 

We  arrived  at  camp  after  dark,  and  sufficiently 
tired  to  defy  a  legion  of  mosquitoes  eagerly 
awaiting  our  resignation  to  the  arms  of  Morpheus. 

The  naval  portion  of  the  party  returned  to  the 
ships  early  on  the  29th,  to  be  in  time  to  see  the 
Commissioners  sign  the  treaty  on  board  the 
Cornwallis.  On  my  way  I  called  on  board  the 
Queen,  and  saw  the  Emperor's  letters,  which  had 
arrived  the  evening  before,  assenting  (with  the 
exception  of  free  trade  with  Foo-choo-foo,  and 
which  Sir  Henry  overruled)  to  all  the  articles  in 
the  rough  draft  which  had  been  forwarded  for  his 
inspection.  Although  there  were  perhaps  a  few 
objectionable  expressions,  showing  that  the  leaven 
of  ancient  arrogance  was  not  extinct,  it  neverthe- 
less, from  the  first  word  to  the  last,  evinced  deep 
consciousness  of  fallen  power. 

Ke-ying  and  New-king  came  on  board  about 
eleven  o'clock  in  the  Admiral's  barge;  Elipoo 


chap.  xii.     VISIT  FROM  COMMISSIONERS.  187 

followed  in  a  large  boat  of  his  own.  The  poor 
old  man  was  much  debilitated  in  consequence  of 
the  mandarin  who  was  sent  to  the  Queen  for 
the  medicines  having  got  very  drunk  and  lost  the 
prescription.  Afraid  to  confess  his  delinquency, 
he  told  Elipoo  he  was  to  take  all  the  pills  and 
liquids  at  once :  the  result  was  very  apparent ; 
he  had  to  be  carried  into  the  cabin,  and  recline 
upon  a  sofa  during  the  whole  interview.  He 
thanked  the  doctor  for  his  treatment,  and  trusted 
that  the  cure  would  be  as  certain  as  the  remedy 
was  violent. 

The  Commissioners  were  received  with  all  due 
honours ;  but  our  officers  were  ordered  to  put  on 
their  undress  uniform,  in  consequence  of  the  Chi- 
nese having  appeared  on  both  previous  occasions 
in  their  ordinary  robes. 

There  were  four  copies  of  the  treaty  written  in 
both  languages,  under  separate  covers :  the  ends 
of  the  riband  which  tied  them  together  were 
sealed  to  the  paper ;  so  that,  without  cutting  it, 
no  sheet  could  be  abstracted  —  not  an  unlikely 
thing  to  be  attempted  by  these  slippery  gentlemen 
to  blind  the  eyes  of  their  Imperial  master. 

From  a  square  box  covered  with  yellow  silk 
the  Treasurer  Whang  took  his  writing-pencils, 
ink,  and  the  official  seal  of  the  Viceroy :  it  was 
an  agate  about  three  and  a  half  inches  long  by 


Digitized  by  Google 


188 


SIGNING  OF  THE  TREATY.      chap,  xii. 


two  broad :  this  was  pressed  against  a  pad  satu- 
rated with  red  lead,  and  then  applied  to  the  paper. 
The  three  Commissioners  signed  their  names  under 
the  impression,  and  thus  ratified  the  Plenipoten- 
tiary's first  and  last  demands. 

It  was  a  glorious  spectacle  for  all  who  saw  it. 
Two  hundred  miles  within  their  greatest  river, 
under  the  walls  of  their  ancient  capital,  in  the 
cabin  of  a  British  74,  the  first  treaty  China  was 
ever  forced  to  make  was  signed  by  three  of  her 
highest  nobles  under  England's  flag. 

After  this  they  entered  the  fore-cabin  to  take 
refreshments.  The  Admiral  gave  the  health  of 
their  Majesties,  the  Queen  of  Great  Britain  and 
the  Emperor  of  China;  upon  which  a  royal  salute 
was  fired. 

They  went  away  at  last,  doubtless  with  humble 
pride,  but  just  satisfaction  at  having  saved  their 
ancient  city,  and  perhaps  their  monarch's  throne ; 
but  long  will  it  be,  if  ever,  before  his  complete 
supremacy  will  again  be  felt ;  long  will  it  be 
before  the  lament  of  the  fatherless,  the  anarchy 
and  starvation,  or  the  misery  of  the  houseless 
wanderers  over  the  richest  portion  of  his  vast 
empire,  will  be  a  forgotten  tale. 


Digitized 


chap.  xni. 


KE-YING. 


CHAP.  XIII. 

THE    IMPERIAL    COMMISSIONERS,    KE-YING,    ELIPOO,  AND 

NEW-KINO.  —  DEPARTURE    FROM    NANKING  GREAT 

8IZE  OF  YANG-TZE-KIANG. 

The  mandarins  who  were  so  intimately  connected 
with  us  during  the  latter  period  of  my  stay  with  the 
expedition  deserve  a  more  detailed  notice  than  has 
hitherto  been  bestowed  upon  them ;  and  although 
my  information  may,  in  some  minor  points,  be  in- 
correct, I  can  vouch  for  the  general  accuracy  of 
the  slight  sketches  I  shall  give  of  the  three  prin- 
cipal men. 

Ke-ying  or  Kih-ying,  the  chief  Commissioner, 
well  deserves  the  gratitude  of  his  country  and 
kindly  feeling  and  respect  from  us. 

A  Manchow  Tartar  of  the  Imperial  kindred, 
born  near  the  northern  frontier  of  the  empire, 
his  profession  from  youth  upwards  has  been  one 
of  arms :  in  it  he  rose  by  bravery  and  conduct  to 
be  generalissimo  of  the  Tartar  army.  This  post 
with  those  of  Tsung-shin  (viceroy)  of  the  province 
of  Kirin,  and  Se-ang-keun  (guardian  of  the  heir 
apparent),  confined  him  to  the  court  and  frontiers, 


Digitized  by  Google 


190 


KE-YING. 


CHAP.  XIII. 


so  that  he  never  had  an  opportunity  of  joining  in 
warfare  against  us,  or  doing  aught  besides  ten- 
dering his  counsel,  and  arranging  the  necessary 
supplies  and  reinforcements. 

But  at  last,  plainly  perceiving  that  a  true,  un- 
garbled  statement  of  the  direful  losses  of  the 
Chinese  had  never  reached  the  Imperial  ear,  he 
determined  to  quit  his  high  appointments  and 
repair  to  the  scene  of  action,  to  see  and  faithfully 
report  thereon  at  every  risk. 

I  believe  he  reached  the  province  of  Kiang-su 
shortly  after  Chin-kiang-foo  was  taken.  He  had 
prepared  himself  to  expect  a  partial  stoppage  of 
internal  commerce,  a  stagnation  of  trade,  a  certain 
depression  of  spirits,  and  a  loss  of  self-confidence 
from  constant  defeat ;  but  he  never  contemplated 
the  utter  paralysation  of  all  energy,  the  apathetic 
torpor  which  had  succeeded  the  first  paroxysm  of 
fear  and  despair,  that  he  met  with  among  the  mul- 
titudes unhoused  both  by  us  and  the  native  banditti. 
He  did  not  fail  to  perceive  that  the  principal  danger 
to  be  apprehended  by  his  countrymen,  if  the  war 
should  continue,  was  from  their  own  rabble,  who 
had  availed  themselves  of  the  interruption  of  all  con- 
stituted authority,  caused  by  our  successes,  to  as- 
semble from  every  direction,  to  enter  cities,  throw 
open  state  prisons,  plunder  the  treasuries,  destroy 
the  granaries,  and  commit  every  enormity.  He 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  xra. 


KE-YING. 


191 


saw  that  unless  a  speedy  peace  was  concluded  the 
fall  of  Nanking  would  be  inevitable,  and  that  the 
safety  of  the  empire  itself  would  become  precarious. 
He  thus  felt  the  full  necessity  of  showing  his  Im- 
perial master  the  danger  in  its  gloomiest  colours, 
knowing  that  until  he  viewed  it  thus  he  never 
would  agree  to  do  what  he  considered  the  deepest 
degradation  —  sue  for  peace.  Ke-ying  also  knew 
the  great  risk  that  he  himself  would  incur  by  being 
the  first  man  to  hazard  a  narration  of  the  truth, 
but  this  did  not  deter  him:  —  he  informed  the 
Emperor  of  all  that  had  been  before  concealed  from 
him  —  of  what  they  had  to  expect  from  a  con- 
tinued resistance,  and  transmitted  a  faithful  copy 
of  our  demands,  including  a  clear  and  capital  letter 
from  Sir  Henry  Pottinger,  in  answer  to  one  from 
himself  sent  to  Chin-kiang-foo,  requesting  an  in- 
terview. 

Fortunately  for  his  head  and  the  lives  of  thou- 
sands, the  Emperor  was  convinced,  and  by  return 
of  courier  he  received  full  powers  to  associate 
himself  with  Elipoo. 

His  age  may  be  between  sixty  and  seventy  :  he 
is  a  stout,  hale,  good-humoured-looking  old  gen- 
tleman with  a  firm  step,  and  upright  carriage.  At 
first  we  were  prejudiced  against  his  intellectual 
endowments,  but  when  business  commenced,  he 
threw  off  his  apparent  dulness,  and  became  ail 


Digitized  by  Google 


192 


ELIPOO. 


chap.  xm. 


animation,  and  evinced  considerable  shrewdness 
and  observation. 

He  wore  a  dark  silk  dress  without  embroidery, 
girded  by  a  yellow  belt,  the  indication  of  his 
high  birth,  and  a  summer  cap  with  a  red  opaque 
ball  and  peacock's  feather. 

He  was  vested  with  the  rank  of  Imperial  Com- 
missioner, with  plenary  powers  :  —  Kin-chai-peen 
e  ping sze  ta chin — literally,  "imperially  appointed, 
convenient,  proper  to  act  business,  great  minister? 

If  Ke-ying  deserves  the  lasting  gratitude  of  his 
country,  poor  old  Elipoo  has  an  equal  right  to 
ours,  as  the  preserver  of  the  lives  of  Major  An- 
struther  and  others  of  our  countrymen,  at  the  risk 
of  his  own  popularity,  besides  his  unvarying  kind- 
ness and  care  for  all  the  prisoners  who  fell  into  his 
hands,  which  humanity  eventually  excited  the  sus- 
picions of  his  master,  who  in  consequence  deprived 
him  of  the  government  of  the  province  of  Tseen-ko. 

Amiable  as  wise,  he  was  one  of  those  high 
officers  who  inclined  to  the  pacific  counsels  of 
Ke-shan  ;  and  knowing  what  misery  a  war  would 
entail,  was  willing  to  trust  to  the  equity  of  our 
first  demands  rather  than  hazard  an  accumulation 
of  evils  and  ill  feeling,  without  a  prospect  of  gain- 
ing any  satisfactory  result,  knowing  that  the  evil 
which  they  fought  with  one  hand  to  expel  was 
grasped  with  greater  tenacity  by  the  other. 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  xin. 


NEW-KING. 


193 


Elipoo  is  a  Tartar  of  the  Imperial  clan  Hong- 
tai-tze,  literally  "  red  girdle,"  a  mandarin  of  the 
first  rank  and  button,  Taon-yih-ping-tang-tai, 
entitled  to  wear  the  peacock's  feather  Nwa-ling  *, 
a  lieutenant-general  of  Chapoo,  previously  a  vice- 
roy, Tseen-ko-tuh-foo-tang  —  member  of  the 
privy  council,  Nuy-ko-chung-tang. 

New-king  is  a  man  who  from  his  youth  upwards 
has  been  devoted  to  self-indulgence :  at  one  period 
to  such  an  extent  of  extravagance  did  his  habits 
carry  him,  that  his  emoluments  and  large  fortune 
were  completely  absorbed,  and  he  was,  it  is  said, 
reduced  to  a  state  of  beggary.  Under  these  cir- 
cumstances he  had  recourse  (while  any  stock  in 
hand  lasted)  to  the  pawn  shop,  until  he  was  in 
the  condition  of  Chaucer's  knight  — 

"  All  his  means  of  living  gone, 
Ermine,  mantle  had  he  none ; 
And  in  pawn  had  long  been  laid, 
Cap  and  mantle  of  brocade ; 
Harness  rich,  and  charger  stout, 
All  were  eat  and  drunken  out." 

In  this  state,  while  his  coffers  required  no  lock 
and  key,  some  unforeseen  good  fortune,  the  ori- 
gin of  which  my  informant  was  not  able  clearly 
to  explain,  brought  him  again  into  notice,  and 

*  This  decoration  was  worn  by  Elipoo,  Ke-ying,  and 
New-king,  as  well  as  by  Whang,  the  treasurer,  the  Tartar 
General,  and  Chun,  prefect  of  Ning-po. 

K 


Digitized  by  Google 


194  NEW-KING.  chap.  xm. 

he  now  is  president  of  the  board  of  war,  Ning- 
foo-shang-shoo ;  viceroy  of  the  provinces  of  Keang- 
nan  and  Keang-see,  Leang-keang-toung-tuh-foo- 
tang ;  and  was  beaten  by  us  while  in  command  of 
the  Imperial  troops  at  Woo-sung;  from  the  field  of 
which  really  well-fought  battle  he  affirms  he  was 
borne  away  in  the  arms  of  his  faithful  attendants, 
in  spite  of  his  earnest  remonstrances. 

He  is  certainly  the  least  intellectual  looking  of 
the  three,  has  an  elongated  face  with  swollen  lower 
eye-lids,  colourless,  unfirm  flesh,  and  hanging 
cheeks  —  his  whole  appearance  strongly  indicative 
of  his  mode  of  life.  He  wore  the  same  dress  and 
button  as  the  other  two,  with  the  exception  of  the 
red  and  yellow  girdles. 

Whang,  the  treasurer,  is  the  person  whom  I 
have  mentioned  before  as  having  been  sent  by  the 
Commissioners  to  negotiate  the  preliminary  ar- 
rangement of  the  treaty :  he  is  considered  one  of 
the  most  rising  young  men  in  China.  He  wore  a 
blue  ball  and  peacock's  feather. 

Chun,  prefect  of  Ning-po,  is  the  officer  who 
planned  and  attempted  the  destruction  of  our 
garrison  at  that  place.  He  attacked  us  during 
the  night,  and  was  repulsed  with  great  slaughter. 

He  was  very  kind  to  Major  Anstruther  during 
his  imprisonment,  and  has  the  reputation  of  being 
an  able  magistrate ;  he  also  was  decorated  with 


Digitized  by  Google 


chap.  xra.    AUTHOR  LEAVES  NANKING.  195 

the  peacock's  feather,  and  wore  a  white  crystal 
button  over  the  usual  red  tassel,  made  from  the 
hair  of  the  yack,  or  grunting  ox  (the  hair  from  the 
tail  of  this  animal  is  also  much  used  for  pennons 
to  their  spears  and  banners). 

After  the  treaty  was  signed  the  Plenipotentiary 
permitted  travellers  to  cross  the  river,  but  the 
blockade  was  to  continue  until  the  first  instalment 
was  paid. 

Boats  full  of  fruit,  vegetables,  china  ware,  and 
visiters  flocked  alongside  the  nearest  ships,  and 
comparative  animation  was  restored  to  the  scene. 

On  the  31st  of  August,  1842,  I  wished  my 
kind  and  gallant  Commander-in-chief,  Sir  William 
Parker,  good-by,  and  embarked  on  board  the 
H.  C.  S.  Tanasserim,  and  commenced  the  descent 
of  the  magnificent  river. 

I  cannot  bid  farewell  to  it  without  attempting 
to  do  it  justice  by  placing  it  in  its  proper  position, 
as  one  of  the  largest  rivers  of  the  first  class. 

It  is  believed  by  some  of  our  best  geographers, 
that  in  consequence  of  its  source  issuing  from 
mountains,  and  its  course  traversing  countries 
outside  the  tropics,  away  from  the  influence  of 
the  regions  of  rain,  which  lie  under  the  equa- 
tor, its  volume  cannot  be  in  proportion  to  its 
great  length,  as  the  waters  from  the  melting  of 

K  2 


Digitized 


196 


GREAT  SIZE  OF  chap.  xm. 


the  snow  and  periodical  rains  never  accumulate 
into  such  a  body  as  those  fed  by  the  tropical 
rains. 

This  admitted  hypothesis  renders  the  great  size 
of  the  Yang-tze-kiang  still  more  extraordinary, 
presenting  by  our  casual  measurement  of  depth, 
breadth,  and  rapidity  of  current,  a  volume  of 
water  second  only  to  the  Amazon  and  the 
Orinoko.  This  fact  may,  upon  farther  examin- 
ation, be  found  to  arise  from  some  great  tributary 
coming  from  the  S.  W. 

At  the  mouth  the  Yang-tze-kiang  is  inferior, 
both  in  breadth  and  depth,  to  several  streams  of 
a  less  actual  magnitude.  Its  estuary  measures 
about  sixty  miles,  and  the  average  depth  over  the 
mud  bar  is  scarce  six  fathoms.  But  yet  eighty 
miles  higher  up,  a  body  of  water,  eight  miles 
broad,  and  sixty  feet  deep,  rolls  towards  the 
ocean  at  the  rate  of  five  miles  an  hour:  200 
miles  from  the  sea,  off  the  walls  of  Nanking,  the 
breadth  is  3600  feet,  with  an  equal  depth  of 
twenty-two  fathoms  from  within  fifty  paces  of  the 
northern  shore  to  the  rushes  on  the  southern. 

The  Amazon,  rising  from  among  the  western 
mountains  on  the  broad  shoulder  of  South  Ame- 
rica, receives  the  tribute  of  all  the  streams  as 
it  descends  in  a  parallel  latitude  towards  the 
Atlantic :  it  is  the  drain  to  the  lower  lands,  satu- 


Digitized  by  Google 


CHAP.  XIII. 


YANG-TZE-KIANG. 


197 


rated  by,  perhaps,  the  heaviest  and  most  continued 
rain  in  the  universe ;  in  shape,  like  a  huge  pine, 
its  expansive  mouth  is  in  itself  a  sea,  and 
throws  forth  its  waters  unmixed  for  miles  into 
the  ocean. 

The  Cambajor  and  Irrawaddy,  although  of 
greater  length,  have  less  magnitude  of  waters  than 
the  Ganges,  the  Indus,  or  the  Brahmaputra, 
which  are  fed  by  the  rains  drawn  down  from  the 
humid  clouds  of  the  ocean,  carried  by  the  S.  W- 
monsoon  over  the  peninsula  of  Hindostan. 

So  we  find  this  Chinese  river,  of  the  first  mag- 
nitude, the  exception  to  the  rule. 

The  Yang-tze-kiang  (as  far  as  we  have  ascer- 
tained) free  for  2000  miles  of  broken  and  abrupt 
descents,  uninterrupted  by  impediments,  unfiltered 
for  3000  miles  by  any  dividing  branch,  pours  on 
through  peopled  countries,  filling  streams  so  nu- 
merous that  they  and  their  inland  contributions 
are  the  high  roads  supplied  by  nature — the  ways 
of  transport  for  surrounding  millions.  Within 
150  miles  from  its  mouth,  the  artificial  banks 
alone  protect  the  flat  alluvial  country  from  inun- 
dation. Sluices  and  canals  drain  off  the  river 
water  for  many  miles  for  the  purposes  of  agri- 
culture. The  porous  earth,  which  for  the  benefit 
of  the  young  rice  is  kept  almost  continually 

K  3 


Digitized 


198   GREAT  SIZE  OF  YANG-TZE-KIANG.    chap.  xra. 

flooded,  aided  by  the  sun's  powerful  rays,  absorbs 
a  vast  quantity  of  its  waters,  and  may,  I  imagine, 
be  one  great  cause  why  the  depth  at  the  mouth 
does  not  correspond  with  the  great  profundity 
and  volume  to  be  met  with  higher  up  in  this 
great  river. 


Digitized 


APPENDIX. 


E  4 


Digitized  by  Google 


APPENDIX. 


IMPERIAL  EDICTS. 

By  a  national  statute  it  is  required  that  the  sacred 
edict,  containing  sixteen  maxims  written  by  the  Em- 
peror Kang-he,  be  proclaimed  throughout  the  empire 
by  the  local  officers  on  the  1st  and  15th  of  every 
moon.  The  manner  of  doing  this  is  thus  described  in 
the  under-mentioned  authority  * :  — 

"  Early  on  the  1st  and  15th  of  every  moon,  the 
civil  and  military  officers,  dressed  in  their  uniforms, 
meet  in  a  clean  spacious  public  hall.    The  Superin- 
tendant,  who  is  called  Le-sang,  calls  aloud,  *  Stand 
forth  in  files;'  they  do  so  according  to  their  rank  :  he 
then  says,  1  Kneel  thrice  and  bow  the  head  nine  times 
they  kneel  and  bow  to  the  ground  with  their  faces 
towards  a  platform,  on  which  is  placed  a  board  with 
the  Emperor's  name.    He  then  calls  aloud,  *  Rise  and 
retire  ; '  they  rise  and  all  go  to  a  hall  or  kind  of 
chapel,  where  the  law  (sacred  edict)  is  usually  read, 
and  where  the  military  and  people  are  assembled, 
standing  round  in  silence.    The  Le-sang  then  says, 
'  Respectfully  commence  ; 1  the  Sze-keang-sang,  or 
orator,  advancing  towards  an  incense  altar,  kneels, 

•  See  Chinese  Repository,  vol.  i.  p.  299. 
K  5 


Digitized  by  Google 


202 


APPENDIX. 


reverentially,  takes  up  the  board  on  which  the  maxim 
appointed  for  the  day  is  written,  and  ascends  a  stage 
with  it.  An  old  man  receives  the  board  and  puts  it 
down  on  the  stage  fronting  the  people ;  then  com- 
manding silence  with  a  wooden  rattle  which  he  carries 
in  his  hand,  he  kneels  and  reads  it.  When  he  has 
finished,  the  Le-sang  calls  out,  "  Explain  such  a  maxim 
or  section  of  the  sacred  edict/  The  orator  stands  up 
and  gives  the  sense,  namely,  rehearses  the  amplification 
or  paraphrase,  or  both.  We  take  the  sixteen  maxims 
in  their  order,  copying  them  from  the  translation :  — 

"  1.  Pay  just  regard  to  filial  and  fraternal  duties, 
in  order  to  give  due  importance  to  the  relations  of 
life. 

"  2.  Respect  kindred,  in  order  to  display  the  ex- 
cellence of  harmony. 

"  3.  Let  concord  abound  among  those  who  dwell 
in  the  same  neighbourhood,  in  order  to  prevent  litiga- 
tions. 

"  4.  Give  the  chief  place  to  husbandry  and  the 
culture  of  the  mulberry  tree,  in  order  to  procure 
adequate  supplies  of  food  and  raiment. 

"  5.  Hold  economy  in  estimation,  in  order  to  pre- 
vent the  lavish  waste  of  money. 

"  6.  Magnify  academical  learning,  in  order  to  direct 
the  scholar's  progress. 

"  7.  Degrade  strange  religions,  in  order  to  exalt 
the  orthodox  doctrines. 

"  8.  Explain  the  laws,  in  order  to  warn  the  ignorant 
and  obstinate. 

"  9.  Illustrate  the  principles  of  a  polite  and  yielding 
carriage,  in  order  to  improve  manners. 

"  10.  Attend  to  the  essential  employments,  in  order 


APPENDIX. 


203 


to  give  unvarying  determination  to  the  will  of  the 
people. 

"11.  Instruct  the  youth,  in  order  to  prevent  them 
from  doing  evil. 

"  12.  Suppress  all  false  accusing,  in  order  to  secure 
protection  to  the  innocent. 

"  13.  Warn  those  who  hide  deserters,  that  they 
may  not  be  involved  in  their  downfall 

"  14.  Complete  the  payment  of  taxes,  in  order  to 
prevent  frequent  urging. 

"  15.  Unite  the  paon  and  kea*,  in  order  to  extir- 
pate robbery  and  theft. 

"  16.  Settle  animosities,  that  lives  may  be  duly 
valued." 


PORCELAIN  PAGODA. 

COMPILED  FROM  A  COLLECTION  OP  SKETCHES  BY 
KINLUNG,  IN  WHICH  IS  A  REPRESENTATION  OF  A 
TEMPLE  DEDICATED  TO  THE  HONOUR  OF  BUDHA. 

"  That  at  as  remote  a  period  of  the  world  as  the 
reign  of  Sun  Woo,  the  great  Emperor,  this  temple 
was  erected,  and  at  successive  periods  additions  and 
repairs  were  made  from  time  to  time.  Originally 
the  temple  occupied  a  small  square  space  of  ground 
called  Soo-Leung,  but  the  priest  Lew-Lung,  O,  ob- 
tained a  grant  of  land,  in  extent  1000  le,  within 
which  space  its  limits  were  to  be  confined.  The 
Emperor  Wan-te,  of  the  Tsin  dynasty,  having  at 

•  Ten  families  form  a  kea,  and  ten  keas  constitute  a  paon. 


1 


Digitized  by  Google 


204 


APPENDIX. 


this  time  made  an  addition  to  it,  it  took  the  name 
of  Chang-Tseen-Sze,  and  during  his  reign  it  was 
raised  to  the  height  of  three  stories.    In  the  reign 
of  Kaon-Tsung  (or  the  first  emperor),  of  the  Tung 
dynasty,  extensive  repairs  were  made,  and  the  name 
altered  to  Teen-He- Sze  (the  temple  —  the  delight  of 
heaven).    In  the  reign  of  Kien-Tih,  the  founder  of 
the  Sing  dynasty,  the  -name  was  altered  to  that  of 
Teze-Gan-Tsung-Chung  (the  temple  conferring  fa- 
vours, imparting  faith  and  charity).   During  the  reign 
of  Yung-Lo  (eternal  joy)  the  Empress  caused  to  he 
commenced  the  northern  wall  of  the  enclosure  as  an 
offering,  and  the  work  continued  till  the  1st  day,  8th 
moon,  6th  year  of  Seun-Tih — a  period  of  19  years. 

"  The  boards  of  works  then  caused  a  detailed 
plan  of  the  structure  to  be  printed  ;  its  height  being 
32  ehangs*,  9  covids,  4  puntos,  and  9-lOths  of  a 
punto,  and  its  roof  surmounted  by  a  ball,  both  of 
which  were  covered  with  brass  plates  of  an  endless 
brightness.  On  the  roof  of  the  ninth  story  project 
dragons'  heads,  in  whose  mouths  are  attached  ten 
chains  which  ascend  to  the  apex  of  the  roof,  each 
having  72  links :  above  and  below,  at  the  eight 
corners,  the  chains  amount  to  80  in  number,  making 
a  total  of  152  ;  while  on  the  outside  of  the  nine  stories 
there  are  stands  or  supports  for  128  lamps  ;  within, 
each  chamber,  and  also  the  centre  of  the  roof,  are  sup- 
plied with  glazed  horn  lanterns  ;  the  quantity  of  oil 
required  to  fill  them  being  64  catties  (81  lbs.),  and  the 
brilliant  appearance  they  create  ascends  to  the  heavens. 
The  apex  is  surmounted  by  a  copper  ball,  whose 

*  A  chang  is  thirteen  feet. 


Digitized  by  Google 


APPENDIX. 


205 


weight  is  900  catties  (1200  lbs.):  it  contains  a  dish 
for  sacrifice,  and  it  is  of  the  weight  of  450  catties 
(600  lbs.).  From  the  east,  looking  towards  the  sea  ; 
from  the  south,  where  is  the  garden  of  the  Tung-Foo ; 
towards  the  west,  where  is  the  bridge  called  the  Le- 
pin  ;  and  towards  the  north,  where  is  the  great  river 
(Yang-tze-kiang),  the  distance  is  9  le,  13  poos  (about 
2£  miles). 

"  From  the  reign  of  Yung-Lo,  when  it  underwent  a 
thorough  repair,  an  hundred  ages  have  experienced 
its  benefits,  protection,  and  favour  ;  it  is  therefore 
called  Paon-Gan-Sze  (the  temple  of  the  protecting 
favour).  From  the  first  story  throughout  the  building, 
the  whole  cost  of  labour  has  amounted  to  2,485,484 
tales  (equal  to  about  3£  millions  of  dollars).  On  the 
roof  stretching  up  to  the  apex  are  nine  iron  rings,  the 
largest  of  which  is  6  changs  3  covids  (about  75  feet)  in 
circumference,  and  the  smallest  2  covids  4  puntos,  the 
entire  weight  being  3600  catties  (4800  lbs).  It  has  a 
beam  in  the  roof  which  shines  during  the  darkest 
night ;  one  that  keeps  off  danger  from  fire  ;  another 
from  water  ;  and  one  that  defends  it  from  the  violence 
of  the  winds ;  while  a  fifth  guards  against  the  effects 
of  earthquakes.  In  the  same  place,  the  roof,  there  is  a 
gold  rod  of  the  weight  of  40  tales,  tea  leaves  one 
bushel,  silver  1000  tales,  a  mirror  weighing  100 
catties,  a  gem  of  great  value,  cash  of  the  reign  of 
Yung-Lo,  1000  strings,  silk  of  the  Imperial  yellow  two 
pieces,  one  collection  of  the  chemical  works  of  the 
king,  or  holy  book  of  Fo,  one  copy,  and  two  or  three 
treating  of  the  religion  of  Budha  ; —  all  these  relics 
are  in  the  roof. 

"  Now  in  the  5th  year  of  the  reign  of  Kea-king, 


Digitized  by  Google 


206 


APPENDIX, 


during  the  5th  moon,  15th  day,  the  God  of  Thunder 
caused  it  to  be  injured  in  three  places,  and  at  the 
same  time  the  whole  of  the  nine  stories  received 
damage.  Really  was  the  strength  of  the  gods  mani- 
fested with  fearful  awe  and  severity :  the  idols  (not 
being  susceptible  to  injury  from  causes  which  affect  * 
material  objects)  were  untouched. 

"  The  governor  and  Foo-Yeun  (deputy-governor) 
then  in  a  clear  and  luminous  communication  repre- 
sented to  the  throne  the  extent  of  the  disasters,  and 
solicited  workmen  to  repair  it.  In  the  7th  year  of 
Kea-king,  2d  moon,  6th  day,  they  commenced,  and 
having  thoroughly  repaired  and  beautified  the  temple, 
they  ceased  work  on  the  2d  day  of  the  6th  moon,  since 
when  it  has  undergone  no  change." 


TREATY  OF  PEACE 

CONCLUDED  BETWEEN  ENGLAND  AND  CHINA. 

The  following  are  the  most  important  provisions : — 

1.  Lasting  peace  and  friendship  between  the  two 
empires. 

2.  China  to  pay  twenty-one  millions  of  dollars  in 
the  course  of  the  present  and  three  succeeding  years. 

3.  The  ports  of  Canton,  Amoy,  Foo-choo-foo,  Ning- 
po,  and  Shang-hai,  to  be  thrown  open  to  British 
merchants ;  consular  officers  to  be  appointed  to  reside 
at  them,  and  regular  and  just  tariffs  of  import  and 
export  (as  well  as  inland  transit)  duties  to  be  esta- 
blished and  published. 


APPENDIX. 


207 


4.  The  island  of  Hong-Kong  to  be  ceded  in  per- 
petuity to  her  Britannic  Majesty,  her  heirs  and  sue- 

5.  All  subjects  of  her  Britannic  Majesty  (whether 
natives  of  Europe  or  India)  who  may  be  confined  in 
any  part  of  the  Chinese  empire  to  be  unconditionally 
released. 

6.  An  act  of  full  and  entire  amnesty  to  be  published 
by  the  Emperor,  under  his  Imperial  sign-manual  and 
seal,  to  aU  Chinese  subjects,  on  account  of  their  having 
held  service,  or  intercourse  with,  or  resided  under  the 
British  government,  or  its  officers. 

7.  Correspondence  to  be  conducted  on  terms  of 
perfect  equality  amongst  the  officers  of  both  govern- 
ments. 

8.  On  the  Emperor's  assent  being  received  to  this 
treaty,  and  the  payment  of  the  first  six  million  dollars, 
her  Britannic  Majesty's  forces  to  retire  from  Nanking 
and  the  Grand  Canal,  and  the  military  posts  at  Ting- 
hae  to  be  also  withdrawn ;  but  the  islands  of  Chusan 
and  Kolongsoo  are  to  be  held  until  the  money  pay- 
ments and  the  arrangements  for  opening  the  ports  be 
completed. 

Dated  on  board  her  Majesty's  ship  Cornwallis,  in 
the  Yang-tze-kiang  river,  off  Nanking,  this 
30th  day  of  August,  1842. 

(Signed)       Henry  Pottinger, 

Her  Majesty's  Plenipotentiary. 

(A  true  copy.)        G.  A.  Malcolm, 

Secretary  of  Legation. 


Digitized  by  Google 


208 


APPENDIX. 


TOPOGRAPHY  OF  KIANGSU.  * 

BOUNDARIES  AND  SITUATION  OF  THE  PROVINCE;  ITS 
AREA  AND  POPULATION  ;  DEPARTMENTS  AND  DIS- 
TRICTS ;  RIVERS,  LAKES,  MOUNTAINS,  PRODUCTIONS, 
ETC. 

Formerly,  and  until  the  peaceful  and  prosperous 
times  of  the  present  dynasty,  the  provinces  of  Kiangsu 
and  A'nhwui  were  united  in  one,  under  the  name  of 
Kiangnan ;  so  they  are  described  by  Du  Halde,  and 
often  so  spoken  of  at  the  present  day.  Thus,  the 
government  of  the  Liang  Kiang  includes,  together 
with  these  two  provinces,  that  of  Kiangsi.  The  pro- 
vince is  bounded  on  the  north  by  Shantung ;  on  the 
east  by  the  sea ;  on  the  south  by  Chekiang ;  and  on 
the  west  by  A'nhwui  and  Honan.  Its  shape,  on 
native  maps,  is  rhomboidal,  with  the  longest  sides 
running  from  the  north-west  to  the  south-east,  and  the 
shortest  from  east  to  west.  The  extreme  north  is  in 
lat.  35°  10',  and  the  southern  limit  in  lat.  31°  20', 
giving  an  extent  of  3°  50'  from  north  to  south  ;  in 
longitude  it  extends  from  5'  to  5°  5'  east  from  Peking. 
Of  the  line  of  coast  little  is  known,  except  that  it  is 
studded  with  the  low  islands  and  sand  banks,  evi- 
dently formed  by  the  disemboguement  of  the  two 
great  rivers,  the  Yangtsz' kiting  and  the  Yellow  River. 
Commencing  at  the  north-east  on  the  sea,  following 
closely  the  line  of  demarcation,  you  run  first  north- 
west, then  west,  and  round  the  south,  crossing  and 
twice  recrossing  the  river  Mu  ;  thence  due  west  across 

•  From  the  Chinese  Repository,  April,  1842. 


Digitized  by  Google 


APPENDIX. 


209 


seven  small  streams,  and  then  turning  short  to  the 
south  you  run  down  to  and  over  the  Grand  canal; 
going  on  a  little  to  the  south,  you  then  turn  to  the 
north-west,  and  sweep  around  to  the  south-west,  to  the 
Yellow  River.  Thus  far  you  have  Shantung  on  one 
side  of  the  line.  On  the  south  of  this  river,  for  a 
short  distance,  perhaps  fifty  miles,  the  province  borders 
on  Honan,  and  the  line  runs  from  the  north-west  to 
the  south-east.  It  now  separates  this  province  from 
that  of  A'nhwui,  and  runs  first  east,  then  south,  and 
again  east,  or  rather  south-east ;  and  in  this  direction 
it  continues  on  to  the  sea,  dividing  Kiangsu  from 
Chekiang. 

Its  area  must  be  nearly  that  of  Chekiang,  which  has 
been  estimated  to  contain  39,150  square  miles,  making 
25,056,000  English  acres.  The  population  is  much 
larger  than  that  of  Chekiang,  being  put  down  at 
37,843,501  souls. 

Kiangsu  is  divided  into  twelve  departments,  and 
sixty-seven  districts  —  it  having  8  fu,  1  chili  ting,  and 
3  chili  chau,  with  2  ting,  3  chau,  and  62  hien  —  the 
names  of  which  are  as  follows,  taken  from  the  imperial 
authority. 


I.  Kidngning  fu,  or  the  department  of  Kiangning, 
includes  seven  districts.  Its  chief  city  is  situated  in 
lat.  32°  4'  30"  N.,  and  long.  2°  18'  34"  E.  of  Peking, 
and  118°  43'  34"  E.  of  Greenwich. 


4.  Kiiyung, 

II.  Suchau  fu,  or  the  department  of  Suchau,  in- 
cludes ten  districts.    Its  chief  city  is  situated  in  lat. 


1.  Shangyuen, 

2.  Kiangning, 

3.  Kaushun, 


5.  Kiangpu, 

6.  Lishui, 

7.  Luho. 


Digitized  by  Google 


210  APPENDIX. 

31°  23'  25"  N.,  long.  4°  0'  25"  E.  of  Peking,  and  120° 
25'  25"  E.  of  Greenwich. 

1.  Wu  Men,  6.  Changshu, 

2.  Changchau,  7.  Chauwan, 

3.  Yuenhd,  8.  Kwanshan, 

4.  Wukiang,  9.  Sinyang, 

5.  Chintse,  10.  Taihu  ting. 

m.  Sungkidng  fu,  or  the  department  of  Sung- 
kiang,  includes  eight  districts.  Its  chief  city  is  situ- 
ated in  lat.  30°  N.,  and  long.  4°  28'  34"  E.  of  Peking, 
and  120°  53'  34"  E.  of  Greenwich. 

1.  Hwating,  5.  Kinshan, 

2.  Lau  h  ten,  6.  Shanghai, 

3.  Nanhwai,  7.  Chuensha  ting, 

4.  Funghien,  8.  Tsingpu. 

IV.  Changchau  fu,  or  the  department  of  Chang- 
chau, includes  eight  districts.  Its  chief  city  is  situ- 
ated in  lat.  31°  50'  36"  N.,  long.  3°  24'  17"  E.  of 
Peking,  and  1 19°  49'  17"  E.  of  Greenwich. 

1.  Yanghu,  5.  Kinkwei, 

2.  Wutsin,  6.  Wuyang, 

3.  rhing,  7.  Kiangyin, 

4.  Kingki,  8.  Tsingkiang. 

V.  Chingkidng  fu,  or  the  department  of  Chinkiang, 
includes  four  districts.  Its  chief  city  'is  situated  in 
lat.  32°  14'  26"  N.,  long.  2°  55'  43"  E.  of  Peking,  and 
1 19°  20'  43"  E.  of  Greenwich. 

1.  T&ntu,  3.  Kintan, 

2.  Tanyang,  4.  Liyang. 

VI.  Hwatan,  fu,  or  the  department  of  Hwai'an, 
includes  six  districts.    Its  chief  city  is  situated  in  lat. 


Digitized  by  Google 


APPENDIX. 


211 


33°  32'  24"  N.,  long.  2°  45'  42"  E.  of  Peking,  and 
119°  10'  42"  E.  of  Greenwich. 

1.  Shanyang,  4.  A'ntung, 

2.  Yenching,  5.  Tsingho, 

3.  Fauning,  6.  Tauyuen. 

VII.  Ydngchau  fu,  or  the  department  of  Yang- 
chau,  includes  eight  districts.  Its  chief  city  is  situ- 
ated in  lat.  32°  26'  32"  N.,  long.  2°  55'  43"  E.  of 
Peking,  and  119°  2tf  43"  E.  of  Greenwich. 

1.  Kiangtu,  5.  Pauying, 

2.  Kantsiuen,  6.  Hinghwa, 

3.  I'ching,  7.  Tungtai, 

4.  Kauyu  chau,  8.  Tai  chau. 

VliL  Suchau  fu,  or  the  department  of  Siichau, 
includes  eight  districts.  Its  chief  city  is  situated  in 
lat.  34°  15'  8"  N.,  and  long.  0°  57'  E.  of  Peking. 

1.  Tungshan,  5.  Yangshan, 

2.  Shuining,  6.  Fung  hien, 

3.  Sutsien,  7.  Pei  hien, 

4.  Siau  Aim,  8.  Pei  chau. 

IX.  Hdimun  ting,  or  the  department  of  Haimun. 
has  only  one  district, 

Haimun. 

X.  Hdi  chau,  or  the  department  of  Hai,  includes 
two  districts.  Its  chief  city  is  situated  in  lat.  34° 
327  24"  N.,  and  long.  2°  55'  47"  E.  of  Peking. 

1.  Muyang,  2.  Hanyti. 

XI.  Tung  chau,  or  the  department  of  Tung,  in- 
cludes two  districts.  Its  chief  city  is  situated  in  lat. 
32°  3'  40"  N.,  and  long.  4°  12'  42"  E.  of  Peking,  and 
120°  37'  42"  E.  of  Greenwich. 

1.  JUkau,  2.  Taihing. 


Digitized  by  Google 


212 


APPENDIX. 


XII.  Tditsdng  chau,  or  the  department  of  Ta.itsa.ng, 
includes  four  districts. 

1.  Chinyang,  3.  Paushiin, 

2.  Kiating,  4.  Tsungming. 

The  latitude  and  longitude  of  some  of  the  chief 
towns  of  this  province  have  not  been  ascertained,  or, 
at  least,  have  not  been  given  by  any  Europeans. 
However,  they  are  marked  on  the  Chinese  maps  with 
sufficient  clearness  to  enable  us  to  describe  their  posi- 
tions accurately  enough  for  the  general  reader. 

1.  The  department  of  Kidngning  includes  the  ancient 
Nanking,  or  the  Southern  capital  —  once  the  most  ce- 
lebrated city  of  China,  whether  regard  be  had  to  its 
extent,  its  buildings,  its  manufactures,  or  the  cha- 
racter of  its  inhabitants.  The  department  comprises 
seven  districts  ;  two  of  them,  Shangyuen  and  Kiang- 
ning,  have  the  residences  of  their  chief  magistrates 
in  the  provincial  capital  :  Kuyung,  the  chief  town  of 
the  district  of  the  same  name,  and  the  residence  of  its 
chief  magistrate,  is  situated  on  the  east  of  the  depart- 
ment ;  Lishui  and  Kaushun  are  on  the  south  ;  Kiangpti 
is  on  the  west ;  and  Luho  is  on  the  north.  This  de- 
partment forms  the  south-west  portion  of  the  province ; 
on  the  north  and  north-east  it  is  bounded  by  the  de- 
partment of  Yangchau ;  on  the  east  by  that  of  Chin- 
kiang ;  and  on  the  west  and  south  by  the  province  of 
A'nhwui.  Its  greatest  extent  is  from  north  to  south. 
The  Yangstz'  kiang  flows  tlirough  it,  so  dividing  it  that 
about  one  third  of  its  area  is  on  the  northern,  and  the 
rest  of  the  department  on  the  southern  bank  of  that 
majestic  river. 

The  members  of  Lord  Amherst's  embassy  are,  we 


Digitized  by  Google 


APPENDIX. 


213 


believe,  the  only  foreigners  who  have  visited  Nanking 
in  modern  times;  and  it  is  from  their  writings  that 
we  select  most  of  the  few  particulars  wliich  we  have 
to  give  regarding  that  city.  It  stands  on  the  southern 
bank  of  the  river,  and  distant  from  it  about  three 
miles.  Several  canals  lead  from  the  river  to  the  city, 
and  also  one  road,  on  which  some  of  the  members 
of  the  embassy  walked  to  the  northern  gate  :  this 
gate  is  a  simple  archway,  thirty-five  paces  broad, 
the  height  of  the  wall  forty  feet,  and  its  width 
seventeen.  Mr.  Ellis,  and  three  of  the  other  gentle- 
men of  the  embassy,  succeeded  in  passing  completely 
through  the  uninhabited  part  of  the  city,  which  at 
present  seems  to  comprise  much  more  than  half  of  the 
whole  area  within  the  walls.  The  outline  of  the  city, 
as  marked  by  the  walls,  is  very  irregular,  approaching 
to  a  right-angled  triangle,  the  southern  wall  being  the 
base,  and  the  western  the  perpendicular,  nearly  twice 
the  length  of  the  base.  Mr.  Ellis  and  his  friends 
visited  one  of  the  vapour-baths,  "  where,"  he  says, 
"  dirty  Chinese  may  be  stewed  clean  for  ten  fsien,  or 
tliree  farthings  each  :  the  bath  is  a  small  room  of  one 
hundred  feet  area,  divided  into  compartments,  and 
paved  with  coarse  marble :  the  heat  is  considerable ; 
and  as  the  number  admitted  into  the  bath  has  no  limits 
but  the  capacity  of  the  area,  the  stench  is  excessive." 
Another  gentleman  of  the  embassy,  Mr.  Poole,  says  the 
outermost  of  the  three  compartments  was  lined  with 
closets  for  the  reception  of  the  clothes  of  bathers,  who 
undressed  in  this  division  of  the  establishment.  The 
closets  were  all  ticketed.  One  was  called  the  bath  of 
fragrant  waters.  The  two  other  divisions  of  the 
buildings  were  beyond  the  first :  the  largest,  on  the 


Digitized  by  Google 


214 


APPENDIX. 


right  hand,  containing  three  baths,  about  six  feet  in 
length,  and  three  in  width  and  depth.  "  At  the  time 
of  our  visit  they  were  filled  with  Chinese,  rather 
washing  than  bathing  themselves,  who  stood  upright 
in  the  water,  which  was  only  a  few  inches  deep,  and 
threw  it  by  turns  over  each  other's  backs.  There 
appeared  no  intention  of  renewing  the  water,  thus 
become  saturated  with  dirt,  for  the  use  of  many  other 
Chinese  who  waited  their  turn  in  the  outer  apartment. 
The  steam  arising  from  it,  however  fragrant  to  the 
senses  of  the  Chinese,  was  to  mine  really  intolerable, 
and  drove  me  away  before  I  could  ascertain  in  what 
manner  the  baths  were  heated.  I  just  looked  into  the 
adjoining  room,  and  found  it  furnished  with  matted 
benches,  and  that  it  was  used  by  the  bathers  to  dry 
themselves  in  before  going  to  dress  in  the  outer  apart- 
ment." The  walls  of  Nanking,  judging  from  a  speci- 
men carried  away  by  Abel,  are  built  of  grey  compact 
limestone,  which  he  says  frequently  occurs  in  quarries 
in  its  neighbourhood.  Mr.  Davis  speaks  of  a  striking 
resemblance  between  the  city  of  Nanking,  with  the 
area  within  the  walls  but  partially  inhabited,  and 
ruins  of  buildings  lying  here  and  there,  and  that  of 
Rome.  Le  Comte's  account  of  the  Porcelain  pagoda 
may  be  found  in  the  first  volume  of  the  Chinese  Repo- 
sitory, p.  257. 

II.  The  department  of  Suchau  is  nearly  square  ;  it 
lies  on  the  south  of  the  Great  River,  and  extends 
southward  from  it  to  the  province  of  Chekiang,  having 
the  departments  of  Taitsang  and  Sungkiang  on  the 
east,  and  that  of  Chdngchau  on  the  west.  The  magis- 
trates of  three  districts  have  their  residences  at  Suchau : 
these  districts  are,  Changchau  on  the  east,  Yuenho  on 


Digitized  by  Google 


APPENDIX. 


215 


the  west,  and  Wuhien  in  the  middle  between  the  two. 
From  Suchau,  the  chief  town  of  the  department,  the 
districts  of  Kwanshan  and  Sinyang  lie  on  the  east, 
their  chief  magistrates  both  (judging  from  the  map) 
residing  in  one  city;  the  districts  of  Wukiang  and 
Chintse  lie  on  the  south,  their  magistrates  likewise 
both  dwelling  within  the  same  walls ;  the  district  of 
Taihu  is  situated  on  an  island  in  the  Great  Lake,  and 
hence  its  name  (Taihu  ting) ;  the  remaining  two  dis- 
tricts, Changshu  and  Chauwan,  are  situated  on  the 
north  of  the  department,  their  chief  magistrates  re- 
siding in  one  and  the  same  city,  near  the  "  Great 
River," — as  the  Yangtsz*  kiang  is  emphatically  and 
very  commonly  called. 

"  Above,"  say  the  Chinese,  "  there  is  paradise  (or 
the  palace  of  heaven)  —  below  are  Su  and  Hang ; " 
t.  e.  the  cities  of  Suchau  and  Hangchau.  All  that 
was  said,  in  the  last  number,  in  praise  of  Hangchau, 
may  be  said,  with  equal  propriety,  of  Suchau.  We 
subjoin,  however,  some  additional  particulars,  collected 
from  one  of  the  histories  of  the  department :  the  work 
is  called  "  Suchau  fu  Chi,"  and  is  comprised  in  forty 
octavo  volumes,  making  eighty-two  chapters,  besides 
long  and  laboured  introductions. 

Among  the  remarkable  things  noticed  in  these  in- 
troductions are  the  siun  hing,  or  "  imperial  visits," —  if 
we  may  translate  the  phrase  by  giving  its  equivalent, 
instead  of  the  literal  sense  of  the  two  words  :  siun 
means  to  go  round,  as  a  circuit  judge,  and  as  the  em- 
peror used  to  do  on  tours  of  inspection  ;  king  means 
to  bless,  as  the  emperor  does  any  and  all  places  that 
he  visits.    Kanghi  twice  visited  Suchau ;  once  in  the 


Digitized  by  Google 


216 


APPENDIX. 


23rd  year  of  his  reign,  and  again  in  the  28th.  Kien- 
lung  also  visited  the  city  repeatedly. 

Chapter  1st  comprises  several  maps,  showing  the 
shape  of  Suchau,  the  city,  and  the  whole  department, 
with  all  its  districts  and  principal  rivers  and  lakes  : 
it  also  contains  kit  kin  yuen  ke  pidut  —  a  list  of  all  the 
ancient  and  modern  names  which  the  place  has  had  at 
different  times ;  with  yuen  ke  chdng  tsie> —  minute  and 
clear  explanations  of  the  reasons  for  these  changes. 
Its  most  ancient  name  was  Ydngchau,  and  it  was  then 
without  the  pale  of  civilisation ;  subsequently  it  Was 
called  Wu.  This  name  it  bore  in  the  times  of  the 
Three  Kingdoms. 

Chapter  2nd  comprises  two  topics  :  the  first  is  fan 
ye  sing  kwei ;  the  second  is  tsidng  t.  The  phrase  fan 
ye  sing  kwei  has  reference  to  that  part  of  the  heavens 
under  which  the  place  is  situated,  and  its  bearing  in 
regard  to  the  sun  and  other  celestial  bodies.  Under 
the  second  phrase,  tsidng  f,  are  noticed  in  clironological 
order  all  the  strange  and  ominous  occurrences  that 
have  happened  at  Suchau  —  such  as  eclipses,  falling 
stars,  appearances  of  comets,  earthquakes,  famines, 
plagues,  locusts,  inundations,  hurricanes,  remarkable 
births,  talking  dogs,  strange  sights,  miraculous  events, 
fruitful  seasons,  droughts,  running  and  falling  of 
mountains,  square  eggs  producing  a  monkey,  &c. 

Chapter  3rd  gives  the  kidng  yi,  and  king  shing, 
shape  of  the  department. 

Chapter  4th  details  the  particulars  of  the  ching 
chi,  cities  and  moats,  giving  their  dimensions,  gates, 
&c. 

Chapter  5th  enumerates  and  describes,  first,  the  kun 
chu>  governmental  offices ;  and  then  the  tsdng  yi, 


Digitized  by  Google 


AFPENDIX. 


217 


granaries,  and  goveramental  post-office  or  caravan- 
saries. 

Chapter  6th  describes  the  hidng  tu,  large  and  small 
villages  ;  and  the  shl  chin,  markets,  marts,  &c. 

Chapter  7th  enumerates  the  fang  hidng,  streets, 
lanes,  of  various  sorts  and  dimensions. 

Chapter  8th  gives  the  names  of  all  the  kidu  Hang, 
bridges  ;  and  kwdn  tsin,  passes. 

Chapter  9th  gives  the  names  of  the  shdn  fau,  hills 
and  mountains. 

Chapter  10th  describes  the  shut  tdu,  water  courses, 
such  as  lakes,  rivers,  canals,  &c. 

Chapter  1 1th  is  occupied  with  the  Ad  king,  or  form 
of  the  rivers,  giving  their  dimensions,  &c. 

Chapters  12th  to  loth  are  occupied  with  the  shui  H, 
or  water  privileges. 

Chapters  16th  to  19th  contain  lists  of  the  chi  kun, 
office-bearers,  through  all  the  successive  dynasties. 

Chapter  20th  contains  the  hu  kau,  or  censuses,  ex- 
tending from  the  Chau  dynasty  downwards. 

Chapter  21st  relates  to  the  fung  su,  or  manners  and 
customs  of  the  people. 

Chapter  22d  enumerates  the  wu  chdn,  productions 
of  all  sorts,  animal,  vegetable,  mineral,  and  manufac- 
tured. 

Chapters  23d  to  26th  relate  to  the  Hen  fu,  taxes  of 
various  kinds. 

Chapter  27th  relates  to  those  classes  of  persons 
called  ydu  yu,  who  are  employed  by  the  officers  of 
government,  as  messengers,  keepers  of  prisons. 

Chapter  28th  describes  the  institutions  of  learning, 
called  hid  hidu,  which  terms  include  colleges,  and  all 
the  minor  schools. 

L 


Digitized  by  Google 


218 


APPENDIX. 


Chapters  29th  to  34th  relate  to  suen  kii,  the  selected 
and  elevated  men,  who  are  chosen  for  high  service  in 
the  government. 

Chapter  36th  relates  to  the  military  defences,  the 
ping  fang,  i.  e.  soldiers,  &c. 

Chapters  36th  and  37th  describe  the  various  kinds 
of  sacrificial  rites,  under  the  head  of  teJ  saf. 

Chapters  38th  to  40th  relate  to  te*  khwdn,  the  reli- 
gious houses,  such  as  temples,  monasteries,  &c. 

Chapter  41st  relates  to  ti  tee,  the  dwellings  of  the 
people,  describing  their  situation,  &c. 

Chapter  42d  is  filled  with  notices  of  the  yuen  ting, 
gardens,  pavilions,  arbors,  &c. 

Chapter  43d  contains  notices  of  the  chung  mil, 
graves,  tombs,  &c,  of  distinguished  persons. 

Chapter  44th  relates  to  ku  tsi,  the  antiquities  of 
various  kinds,  such  as  monuments,  pagodas,  and  the 
like. 

Chapter  45th  contains  notices  of  literary  productions, 
under  the  head  of  i  wan. 

Chapters  46th  to  53rd  are  filled  with  hwdn  tsi,  or 
reminiscences  of  those  who  have  served  the  state. 

Chapter  54th  contains  fung  tsid,  or  lists  of  those 
who  have  been  honoured  with  titles  :  it  is  a  chapter 
on  heraldry. 

Chapters  55th  to  66th  contain  lie  chuen,  or  memoirs 
of  distinguished  men. 

Chapter  67th  contains  notices  of  hdu  yiu,  persons 
distinguished  for  their  filial  duty. 

Chapter  68th  contains  notices  of  chung  i,  or  those 
who  have  distinguished  themselves  by  loyalty  to  the 
state. 

Chapters  69th  and  70th  relate  to  wan  hid,  the 
literature  and  its  authors. 


Digitized  by  Google 


APPENDIX. 


219 


Chapter  71st  relates  to  the  wu  lid,  or  military  men, 
heroes  of  all  ranks. 

Chapter  72nd  relates  to  liu  yu,  sojourners  and  resi- 
dents, persons  who  have  come  from  other  parts  of  the 
empire  to  reside  in  this  department. 

Chapter  73rd  relates  to  tu  king,  private  actions,  or 
notable  deeds  performed  in  private  life. 

Chapter  74th  gives  notices  of  yin  yi,  hermits,  re- 
cluses, &c,  who,  though  possessing  ability,  chose  to 
live  in  retirement. 

Chapter  75th  relates  to  hau  fiy  queens  and  imperial 
ladies  of  all  ranks. 

Chapters  76th  and  77th  notice  lie  nii,  eminent 
women,  such  as  have  in  any  way  distinguished  them- 
selves by  their  good  conduct. 

Chapter  78th  relates  to  the  %  shu,  or  fine  arts, 
painting,  and  the  like. 

Chapter  79th  describes  the  Shi  Tdu,  the  religious 
sects  of  Budha  and  the  Tauists. 

The  remaining  chapters,  80  to  83,  are  filled  with 
miscellaneous  notices,  under  the  head  of  tsdh  ki. 

This  brief  outline  of  the  Statistical  History  of  Su- 
chau  will  afford  the  reader  some  idea  of  the  manner  in 
which  all  things  belonging  to  that  department  are  de- 
scribed. Every  province,  and  almost  every  department 
and  district  in  the  empire,  has  its  statistical  history,  in 
which,  as  in  the  one  above  noticed,  a  great  amount  of 
information  is  collected  and  arranged.  Volumes  of 
historical,  statistical,  and  descriptive  information,  re- 
garding Suchau,  might  be  compiled;  but  these  mis- 
cellaneous notices  are  all  that  we  can  now  give. 

III.  The  department  of  Sungkidng  comprises  eight 
districts  —  one  ting  and  seven  hien.     It  forms  the 

L  2 


Digitized  by  Google 


220 


APPENDIX. 


south-east  portion  of  the  province,  and  is  of  a  trian- 
gular shape,  having  Taitsang  chau  on  the  north,  the 
sea  on  the  east  and  west.  The  districts  Hwating  and 
Lau  Men  have  the  residences  of  their  chief  magistrates 
at  the  city  of  Sunghiang.  North-east  from  this  city 
are  Shanghai  and  Chuensha  ;  on  the  east  is  Nanhw&i ; 
on  the  south-east  is  Fung  hien;  Kinshan  is  on  the 
south;  and  Tsingpu  on  the  north.  Shanghai  ranks 
among  the  largest  and  richest  commercial  cities  in  the 
empire. 

IV.  The  department  of  Chdngchau  is  of  a  square 
form,  having  Tungchau  on  the  north,  Suchau  on  the 
east,  Chekiang  on  the  south,  and  Chinkiang  on  the 
west.  Nearly  one  third  of  its  area  is  covered  with 
water,  the  Great  River  passing  through  it  on  the  north 
side,  and  one  half  or  more  of  the  Great  Lake  lying 
within  its  southern  border.  The  chief  magistrates  of 
Yanghu  and  Wutsin  have  their  residences  at  Chang- 
chau  :  north  from  this  city,  and  on  the  northern  bank 
of  the  Great  River,  is  Tsingkiang ;  on  the  east  are 
Kiangyin,  close  on  the  southern  bank  of  the  Great 
River,  and  Kinkwei  and  Wuyang,  the  chief  magistrates 
of  the  last  two  both  residing  in  one  and  the  same  city  ; 
on  the  south  are  the  departments  Iliing  and  Kingki. 

V.  The  department  of  Chinkiang  is  a  narrow  strip 
of  territory,  stretching  from  the  Great  River  on  the 
north  to  the  province  of  A'nhwui  on  the  south,  having 
the  department  of  Changchau  on  the  east,  and  that  of 
Kiangning  on  the  west.  The  district  of  Tantu  has  the 
residence  of  its  magistrate  at  the  city  of  Chinkiang, 
close  on  the  southern  bank  of  the  Great  River ;  Tan- 
yang  is  also  not  far  from  the  Great  River,  south-east 
from  Chinkiang ;  Kintan  is  near  the  middle  of  the  de- 


Digitized  by  Google 


APPENDIX. 


221 


partment ;  and  Liyang  is  near  the  southern  border. 
Du  Halde  says  this  department  "  is  one  of  the  most 
considerable,  on  account  of  its  situation  and  trade, 
being  one  of  the  keys  of  the  empire  towards  the  sea, 
and  at  the  same  time  a  place  of  defence,  where  there 
is  a  strong  garrison." 

VI.  The  department  of  Hwai'an  extends  from  the 
mouth  of  the  Yellow  River,  along  both  its  banks,  to 
the  western  banks  of  the  lake  Hungtse.  Its  chief  city 
"  is  in  imminent  danger  of  being  drowned,"  for  the 
ground  on  which  it  stands  is  lower  than  the  canal, 
which  in  several  places  is  supported  only  by  banks  of 
earth :  "  six  miles  off,"  says  Du  Halde,  "  it  has  a 
borough  named  Tsingkiang  pu,  which  is  as  it  were  the 
port  of  the  Yellow  River,  large  and  populous ;  and 
there  resides  the  surveyor-general  of  the  rivers."  The 
department  contains  six  districts :  the  magistrate  of 
Tanyang  resides  at  Hwai'an  ;  north  from  this  city  is 
A'ntung ;  to  the  north-east  from  it  is  Fauning ;  east 
is  Yenshing;  west  and  north-west  are  Tsinghd  and 
Tanyuen. 

VII.  The  department  of  Ydngchau  is  likewise  an 
extensive  region,  bounded  on  the  north  by  Hwai'an,  on 
the  east  by  the  sea,  on  the  south  by  Tungchau  and 
Chinkiang,  on  the  south-west  by  Kiangning,  and  on  the 
west  by  A'nhwui.  It  is  nearly  square  in  its  form,  and 
no  inconsiderable  portions  of  its  surface  are  covered 
with  water.  It  comprises  eight  districts :  two,  Kiangtu 
and  Kantsiuen,  have  the  residences  of  their  chief  ma- 
gistrates at  Yangchau,  which  stands  not  far  from  the 
northern  bank  of  the  Great  River ;  1'ching  stands  near 
it  to  the  south-west ;  the  Great  River  forms  the  south- 
ern boundary  of  these  three  districts.    Directly  east  of 

L  3 


Digitized  by  Google 


* 

222  APPENDIX. 


Yangchau  is  the  district  of  Tai  or  Tai  chau ;  farther 
towards  the  north-east  is  Tungtai.  Hinghwa  stands 
in  the  centre.  On  the  north  is  Pangying ;  and  on  the 
west  Kauyu  chau :  in  this  name,  and  Tai  chau,  the 
last  character  or  syllable,  chau,  does  not  constitute  a 
part  of  the  name,  but  is  merely  an  equivalent  for  hien, 
a  district. 

Vm.  The  department  of  Siichau  comprises  eight 
districts,  including  the  whole  north-western  part  of  the 
province,  on  both  sides  of  the  Yellow  River,  west  of  the 
department  of  Hawi'an.  There  are  four  districts  on 
the  south  side  of  the  river;  Tungshan,  the  seat  of 
whose  chief  magistrate  is  at  Siichau,  stands  midway 
between  the  extremes  of  the  department ;  north-west 
from  thence  is  Siau  Men  and  Yangshan ;  and  in  the 
opposite  direction  to  the  south-east  is  Suining.  On 
the  northern  side  of  the  river,  to  the  north-west  and 
east,  are  Peichau  and  Sutsien. 

IX.  The  department  of  Hdimun  is  geographically 
described  by  its  name,  which,  literally  translated,  means 
the  marine  gate,  or  gate  of  the  sea.  It  is  an  island, 
and  stands  in  the  mouth  of  the  Great  River,  north-west 
from  the  greater  island  of  Tsungming. 

X.  The  department  of  Hdi  is  bounded  by  Shantung 
on  the  north  and  north-west,  on  the  east  by  the  sea,  on 
the  south  by  Hwai'an,  and  on  the  west  by  Siichau.  On 
the  west  and  south-west  the  river  Mu  forms  the 
boundary  of  this  department,  or  runs  very  near  it 
making  a  right  angle  at  its  south-west  extreme. 

XL  The  department  of  Tung  is  of  a  triangular  shape, 
situated  on  the  northern  bank  of  the  Great  River,  at 
its  mouth ;  so  that  the  sea  forms  one  of  its  sides,  the 
river  another,  while  the  third  side  is  bounded  by  the 


Digitized  by  Google 


APPENDIX.  223 

department  of  Yangchau.  The  cliief  towns  of  both  of 
its  districts  stand  some  distance  removed  from  the 
chief  town  of  the  department :  the  latter  is  on  the 
south,  Jiikau  is  on  the  west,  and  Taihing  is  on  the 
north-west  of  the  department. 

XII.  The  department  of  Tditsdng  stands  on  the 
southern  bank  of  the  Great  River,  at  its  mouth,  opposite 
to  the  department  of  Tung  on  the  northern  bank.  It 
has  four  districts  :  Chinyang'on  the  west ;  Kiating  and 
Paushan  on  the  south  and  south-west ;  and  Tsungming 
stands  on  an  island  of  the  same  name ;  and  it  was 
there  that  midshipman  Hervey  was  killed,  and  a  site 
near  which  he  fell  is  now  called  Hervey  Point.  Du 
Halde,  speaking  of  the  island,  says  that  it  has  three 
kinds  of  soil :  the  first  is  on  the  north,  wholly  uncul- 
tivated, and  covered  only  with  reeds ;  the  second  ex- 
tends from  the  first  to  the  sea  on  the  south,  and  yields 
two  crops  annually ;  the  third  "  consists  of  a  greyish 
sort  of  earth,  dispersed,  by  spots  of  the  bigness  of  two 
acres,  over  several  parts  of  the  island  on  the  north  ;  it 
yields  so  great  a  quantity  of  salt,  that  those  of  the  con- 
tinent are  supplied  with  it,  as  well  as  the  islanders.  It 
is  pretty  difficult  to  account  whence  it  is  that  certain 
portions  of  land,  scattered  here  and  there  over  the 
whole  country,  should  be  impregnated  with  salt  to 
such  a  degree  as  not  to  produce  a  single  blade  of  grass  ; 
while  at  the  same  time  the  lands  contiguous  to  them 
are  very  fertile,  both  in  corn  and  cotton.  It  often 
happens  also  that  the  fertile  lands,  in  their  turn,  become 
salt,  and  the  saline  lands  fit  for  sowing." 

Probably  no  territory  in  the  world,  of  similar  extent, 
is  better  watered  than  the  province  of  Kuingsu.  The 
Yangtsz' kiang,  the  Yellow  River,  and  the  Great  Canal, 


■ 


Digitized  by  Google 


224 


APPENDIX. 


a  vast  number  of  lesser  streams  and  branches,  with 
several  extensive  lakes,  afford  easy  communication  by 
water  through  almost  every  part  of  the  whole  province. 
The  list  of  rivers,  if  made  complete,  would  far  exceed 
that  given  for  Chekhing.  But  we  shall  not,  in  this 
article,  attempt  to  give  an  account  of  them  in  detail. 
The  entrance  of  the  Yangtsz'  kiang  was  quite  unknown 
to  European  navigators,  previously  to  the  surveys 
which  were  published  in  the  last  volume.  We  trust 
that  all  who  may  have  the  means  of  acquiring  addi- 
tional information,  will  kindly  communicate  such  for 
our  pages.  The  embassies  of  Macartney  and  Amherst 
traversed  the  province,  and  both  on  the  same  course 
from  the  frontiers  of  Shantung  to  the  Great  River : 
there  Macartney's  turned  to  the  left,  and  passed  on  to 
Hangchau ;  while  the  second  turned  to  the  right,  and 
proceeded  up  the  Yangtsz'  kiang.  To  the  several 
volumes  written  by  the  members  of  those  two  embas- 
sies, our  readers  are  referred  for  many  valuable  notices 
of  men  and  things  seen  in  their  journeys. — Staunton, 
vol.  ii.  p.  398.,  &c. ;  Ellis,  p.  194. ;  Abel,  p.  148. ;  and 
Mr.  Davis's  new  work,  noticed  in  a  former  number. 

There  are  no  mountains,  and  but  few  hills,  in 
Kiangsu,  the  whole  province  being  for  the  most  part 
one  unbroken  plain. 

The  productions  are  quite  the  same  as  those  already 
enumerated  as  found  in  Chekiang,  —  certainly  they 
are  no  less  in  number  nor  inferior  in  quality.  To 
Europeans  the  province  presents  a  rich  field  for  re- 
search and  observation,  regarding  the  country  and  its 
products,  the  people  and  their  manufactures.  Dreadful 
indeed  must  be  the  desolations  in  this  province,  if  it 
becomes  the  theatre  of  war,  as  very  likely  it  may  in 


Digitized  by  Google 


APPENDIX. 


225 


the  coming  season.  Most  of  its  large  cities,  and  they 
are  many,  can  be  approached  by  small  vessels  and 
steamers ;  whilst  vessels  of  the  largest  class  can,  it  is 
believed,  move  up  the  Great  River  quite  across  the 
province ;  and  those  of  the  middling  class,  with  the 
steamers,  will  probably  have  no  difficulty  in  reaching 
the  great  lake  Poyang. 


CAPTAIN  GREY'S  OBSERVATIONS. 

The  Grand  or  Imperial  Canal  has,  as  far  as  I  could 
ascertain,  three  communications  with  the  Yang-tse- 
keang  from  the  southward.  The  principal  and  western- 
most, after  passing  under  the  southern  and  western 
walls  of  Chinkeang-foo,  runs  through  the  suburb,  and 
enters  the  river  half  a  mile  below  Golden  Island ;  the 
second  is  eight  miles  below,  at  Santoo,  where  the  canal 
approaches  to  within  a  quarter  of  a  mile  of  the  river ; 
and  the  third  is  a  few  miles  lower  down ;  but  the  canal 
having  been  staked  at  Santoo,  I  was  prevented  from 
examining  it.  Between  Santoo  and  Chinkeang  it 
passes  through  an  undulating  country;  its  breadth 
varying  from  70  to  90  feet,  the  banks  rising  in  many 
places  from  30  to  40  feet,  and  its  depth  varying  from 
9  to  15  feet.  It  is  in  two  places,  near  the  south  and 
west  gates,  contracted  by  stone  buttresses  to  little 
more  than  20  feet  in  width,  and  at  the  gates  it  is 
crossed  by  stone  bridges,  so  that  it  is  not  navigable  by 
large  junks.  Whether  the  branches  below  Santoo 
are  so,  I  had  not  the  opportunity  of  ascertaining.  In 
forming  it  advantage  has  apparently  been  taken  of  the 


Digitized  by  Google 


226 


APPENDIX. 


line  of  the  natural  watercourses  leading  from  the  hills 
to  the  river,  but  in  many  places  the  excavation  must 
have  been  a  work  of  considerable  labour.  A  small 
branch  of  it,  now  blocked  up  and  nearly  filled  up,  passes 
through  the  town  of  Chinkeang  by  means  of  water 
gates. 

The  canal  leading  from  the  Yang-tse-keang  to  the 
northward  is  a  much  larger  and  finer  one.  It  has  se- 
veral very  large  branches  communicating  with  the 
river,  besides  numberless  ramifications  joining  the 
main  channels.  The  main  branch  leading  from  Chin- 
keang has  its  principal  mouth  about  a  mile  above 
Golden  Island,  with  another  smaller  one  directly  op- 
posite the  west  end  of  the  town.  The  latter  passes 
through  the  old  town  of  Quatchow,  now  nearly  all  in 
ruins ;  and  from  this  town  another  small  branch  com- 
municates with  the  river  half  a  mile  lower  down.  In 
this  neighbourhood  the  whole  country  to  the  northward 
of  the  Yang-tse-keang  is  little  if  at  all  above  the  level 
of  the  river,  and  is  entirely  laid  out  in  paddy  fields, 
separated  from  the  canals  and  ditches  by  embankments, 
which  form  the  only  paths  and  roads.  The  main 
branch  of  the  canal  is  from  80  to  100  yards  wide,  with 
a  fine  broad  towing-path  on  the  embankment  separating 
it  from  the  paddy  fields.  It  has  five  fathoms  at  its 
entrance ;  and  from  the  junks  sunk  in  it  to  form  the 
barrier  being  covered  by  the  water,  I  imagine  carries 
its  depth  up  as  far  as  I  went.  Its  course  is  north  a 
little  easterly ;  and  about  eight  miles  up  there  is  a  fine 
pagoda  called  Sanshaho,  where  it  is  joined  by  another 
large  branch  leading  from  E-ching-hien,  a  town  on  the 
Yang-tse-keang,  about  12  miles  above  Chinkeang.  At 
the  point  of  junction  it  bends  to  the  eastward  for  a 


Digitized  by  Google 


APPENDIX. 


227 


quarter  of  a  mile,  and  then  resumes  it  northerly  course 
to  the  large  and  rich  town  of  Yang-chow-foo,  three 
miles  above  Sanshaho.    Before  turning  to  the  north- 
ward again  it  is,  I  believe,  joined  by  a  third  large 
branch,  running  into  the  Yang-tse-keang  a  mile  below 
Silver  Island ;  though  I  could  not  from  the  top  of  the 
pagoda  see  the  junction,  nor  was  I  at  the  time  aware 
of  the  existence  of  this  branch.    There  is  another 
large  opening  in  the  north  bank  of  the  river  below 
Chinushau  pagoda,  which  I  think  in  all  probability 
communicates  also  with  this  canal.  At  Sanshaho  both 
the  Chinkeang  and  E-ching  branches  were  blocked  up 
by  barriers  formed  of  sunken  junks  and  stakes  ;  and 
near  the  turn  to  the  eastward  there  was  a  third 
barrier,  which  I  imagine  must  have  been  at  the  junction 
of  the  Silver  Island  branch.    There  is  a  considerable 
village  at  Sanshaho,  and  a  josshouse,  now  sadly  gone 
to  decay,  but  showing  the  remains  of  great  splendour, 
and  roofed  with  the  Imperial  yellow  and  green  tiles. 
At  this  time  the  river  was  evidently  much  above  its 
ordinary  level,  as  not  only  were  the  peasants  cutting 
the  paddy  up  to  their  middles  in  water,  but  many  of 
the  villages  and  the  houses  in  Quatchow,  as  well  as  the 
courts  of  this  josshouse,  had  water  in  them.  From 
what  has  been  said  above,  it  would  require  a  large 
force  to  establish  an  efficient  blockade  of  the  canal  on 
this  side. 


THE  END. 


Digitized  by  Google 


London : 

Printed  bv  A.  Spottcswoodh, 
New-StreeUSquare. 


Digitized  by  Google 


MR.  MURRAY'S  RECENT  PUBLICATIONS 


DUKE  OF  WELLINGTON. 

SELECTIONS  from  the  DISPATCHES  and  CORRE- 
SPONDENCE of  FIELD  MARSHAL  the  DUKE  of 
WELLINGTON ;  during  his  various  Campaigns  from  1799  to 
1815.    By  Lieut.- Colonel  Gurwood.    Royal  8va,  25*. 

COUNTESS  CROSVENOR. 

NARRATIVE  of  a  YACHT  VOYAGE  in  the  MEDI- 
TERRANEAN, during  the  Years  1840-41.  By  the  Countess 
GaosvENoa.    With  26  Plates.  *2  vols.  Post  8vo.,  28s. 

SIR  ALEXANDER  BURNES. 

PERSONAL  NARRATIVE  of  a  JOURNEY  to  CA- 
BOOL,  and  RESIDENCE  there.  By  the  late  Sir  Alexander 
Burnes,  C.  B.  Second  Edition.  With  a  Portrait  of  the  Author, 
and  numerous  Plates.    8vo.,  18*. 

HON.  MOUNTSTUART  ELPHINSTONE. 

A  HISTORY  of  INDIA;  the  Hindoo  and  Mahommedan 
Periods.  By  the  Hon.  Mountstuart  Elphinstone.  Second 
Edition.    With  a  large  Map.    2  vols.  8vo.,  30*. 

LORD  FRANCIS  EGERTON. 

SKETCHES  on  the  COASTS  of  the  MEDITERRA- 
NEAN. By  the  Right  Hon.  Lord  Francis  Egerton,  M.  P. 
Post  8vo.,  7*.  6d. 

LIEUTENANT  EYRE. 

THE  MILITARY  OPERATIONS  at  CABUL,  which 
ended  in  the  RETREAT  and  DESTRUCTION  of  the  BRI- 
TISH ARMY.  With  a  JOURNAL  OF  IMPRISON- 
MENT IN  AFFGHANISTAN.  By  Lieutenant  Vincent 
Eyre,  Bengal  Artillery.    Fifth  Edition.    Post  8vo.,  12*. 

%*  The  Concluding  Part  of  the  Prison  Diary  may  be  had 
separately,  to  complete  former  Editions.    Price  3*.  6d. 

A 


Digitized  by  Google 


2     mr.  Murray's  recent  publications. 


SIR  DAVID  WILKIE. 

The  LIFE,  LETTERS,  and  JOURNALS  of  the  late  SIR 
DAVID  WILKIE,  R.  A.    With  his  Critical  Remarks  on 
'  WTorks  of  Art,  during  his  Tours  in  France,  the  Netherlands,  Italy, 
Spain,  Germany,  Turkey,  the  Holy  Land,  and  Egypt.    By  the 
late  Allan  Cunningham.    With  a  Portrait.    3  vols.  8vo.,  42*. 


WILLIAM  SCROPE,  ESQ. 

DAYS  and  NIGHTS  of  SALMON  FTSHING  in  the 
TWEED,  with  the  NATURAL  HISTORY  and  HABITS 
of  the  SALMON.  By  William  Scrope,  F.L.S.,  Author  of 
«  Deer-Stalking."  Illustrated  by  the  late  Sir  D.  Wilkie,  E.  and 
C.  Landseer,  W.  Simson,  E.  Cooke,  L.  Haghe,  and  S.  Wil- 
liams.    Royal  8vo. 

JOHN  L.  STEPHENS,  ESQ. 

INCIDENTS  of  TRAVEL  in  YUCATAN,  during  a 
SECOND  VISIT  to  the  RUINED  CITIES  of  CENTRAL 
AMERICA.  By  John  L.  Stephens,  Esq.  With  120  Engrav- 
ings.   2  vols.  8vo.,  42*. 


FRANCIS  HORNER,  M.P. 
MEMOIRS   and    CORRESPONDENCE   of   the  late 
FRANCIS  HORNER,  M.  P.    Edited  by  his  Brother,  Leo- 
nard Horner,  Esq.    With  a  Portrait.    2  vols.  8vo.,  28s. 

GEORGE  BORROW,  ESQ. 

The  GYPSIES  of  SPAIN;  their  MANNERS,  CUS- 
TOMS, LANGUAGE,  and  CEREMONIES.  By  George 
Borrow,  Esq.,  late  Agent  to  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible 
Society.     Second  Edition.    2  vols,  post  8vo.,  18*. 

GEORGE  BORROW,  ESQ. 

THE  BIBLE  in  SPAIN;  or,  the  Journeys,  Adventures, 
and  Imprisonments  of  an  Englishman  in  an  Attempt  to  circulate 
the  Scriptures  in  the  Peninsula.  By  the  Author  of  "The 
Gypsies  in  Spain."   Third  Edition.    3  vols,  post  8vo.,  27*. 

SIR  JOHN  MALCOLM. 

ON  THE  GOVERNMENT  OF  INDIA.  By  the  late 
Major-General  Sir  John  Malcolm.    8vo.,  15*. 


Digitized  by  Google 


mr.  Murray's  recent  publications  3 


LIEUTENANT  WOOD. 

A  PERSONAL  NARRATIVE  of  a  JOURNEY  to  the 
SOURCE  of  the  RIVER  OXUS,  by  the  Indus,  Kabul,  and 
Badakhshan.  By  Lieut.  John  Wood,  Indian  Navy.  With 
a  Map.    8va,  14*. 

LETTERS  FROM  MADRAS. 

MANNERS  and  SOCIETY  in  INDIA,  described  during  a 
Residence  of  Three  Years  in  the  Presidency  of  Madras.  By  a 
Lady.    Post  8vo.,  9*.  6cL 

BISHOP  HEBER. 

JOURNEY  through  UPPER  INDIA,  from  Calcutta  to 
Bombay  (with  Notes  upon  Ceylon),  Madras,  and  the  Southern 
Provinces.  By  the  late  Bishop  Heber.  Fourth  Edition,  3  vols. 
8vo.,  36*. 

MOORCROFT  AND  TREBECK. 

THE  HIMALAYAN  PROVINCES  of  HINDOSTAN, 
the  PANJAB,  LADAKH,  KASHMIR,  PESHAWAR,  KA- 
BAL,  KUNDUZ,  and  BOKHARA.  By  Moorcroft  and 
Trebeck.   With  Maps  and  Plates.    2  vols.  8va,  30*. 

MRS.  LUSHINCTON. 

NARRATIVE  of  a  JOURNEY  from  CALCUTTA  to 
EUROPE,  by  way  of  Egypt.  By  the  late  Mas.  Charles 
Lushington.     Second  Edition.    Post  8va,  8*.  6d, 

WALTER  HAMILTON. 

GEOGRAPHICAL,  STATISTICAL,  and  HISTORICAL 
DESCRIPTION  of  HINDOSTAN  and  the  ADJACENT 
COUNTRIES.  By  the  late  Walter  Hamilton,  Esq.  Maps. 
2  vols.  4to.  4Z.  14*.  6<L 

LIEUTENANT  NEWBOLD. 

BRITISH  SETTLEMENTS  in  the  STRAITS  of  MA- 
LACCA, including  PENANG,  MALACCA,  and  SINGA- 
PORE. By  Lieut.  Newbold.  With  Maps.  2  vols.  8vo. 
26*. 

RUSSIA  IN  THE  EAST. 
PROGRESS  and  PRESENT  POSITION  of  RUSSIA  in 
the  EAST.    With  a  large  Map.    Second  Edition.    8vo.,  6*. 

LORD  JOCELYN. 

SIX  MONTHS  in  CHINA,  or  LEAVES  from  a  SOL- 
DIER'S NOTE   BOOK.    By  Lord  Jocelyn,  M.  P.,  late 


Digitized  by  Google 


4     mb.  Murray's  recent  publications. 


Military  Secretary  to  the  Chinese  Expedition.  Sixth  Edit.  With 
Views  of  Chusan,  and  the  Great  Waal  of  China.    Feap.  8vo. 

SIR  CEORCE  STAUNTON. 

MISCELLANEOUS  NOTICES  of  CHINA,  and  our 
COMMERCIAL  INTERCOURSE  with  that  COUNTRY. 
With  a  few  Translations  from  the  Chinese  Language.  By 
Sir  George  Staunton,  Bart.,  M.P.  Second  Edition.  8vo., 
12*. 

JOHN  FRANCIS  DAVIS. 

THREE  CHINESE  NOVELS.  Translated  from  the 
Originals. 

The  Shadow  in  the  Water. 

The  Twin  Sisters. 

The  Three  Dedicated  Chambers. 
With  Observations  on  the  Language  and  Literature  of  China. 
By  J.  F.  Davis,  F.R.S.,  Author  of  «  China  and  the  Chinese." 
New  Edition.    8vc  8s.  6d. 

JOHN  FRANCIS  DAVIS. 

CHINESE  MORAL  MAXIMS,  with  a  Free  and  Verbal 
Translation,  and  the  Grammatical  Structure  of  the  Language. 
8vo  ,  6*. 

JAPAN  AND  JAPANESE. 

JAPAN  in  the  NINETEENTH  CENTURY;  or  the 
Manners  and  Customs  of  the  Japanese,  described  from  the 
Accounts  of  Recent  Dutch  Travellers.     Post  8vo,  9».  6<L 

SIR  GARDNER  WILKINSON. 
PRIVATE  LIFE,  MANNERS,  and  CUSTOMS  of  the 
ANCIENT  EGYPTIANS,  derived  from  the  Study  of  Hiero- 
glyphics, Sculptures,  and  Monuments,  still  existing,  compared 
with  Ancient  Authors.  By  Sir  Gardner  Wileinson.  Second 
Edition.    With  600  Illustrations.    6  vols.  8vo.,  61.  6». 

HENRY  HALLAM,  ESQ. 
LITERARY  HISTORY  of  EUROPE,  in  the  Fifteenth 
Sixteenth,  and  Seventeenth  Centuries.  By  Henry  Hallam,  Esq. 
Second  Edition.    3  vols.  8vo.,  36$. 

LORD  MAHON. 

HISTORY  of  ENGLAND,  from  the  Death  of  Queen  Anne 
to  the  Reign  of  George  the  Second.  By  Lord  Mahon,  M.  P. 
Second  Edition.    3  vols.  8vo.,  36*. 


Digitized  by  Google 


mr.  Murray's  recent  publications.  5 


LEOPOLD  RANKE. 


THE  POPES  of  ROME  :  their  Political  and  Ecclesiastical 
History  during  the  16th  and  17th  Centuries.  By  Leopold 
Ranks.  Translated  by  Sarah  Austin.  Second  Edition.  3  vols. 
8va,  36*. 


THE  ELEMENTARY  PROPERTIESof  the  ELLIPSE, 
deduced  from  the  PROPERTIES  of  the  CIRCLE,  and  GEO- 
METRICALLY  DEMONSTRATED.  By  the  Duke  of 
Somerset.    With  80  Diagrams.    8vo.,  9*.  6<L 

RIGHT  HON.  W.  E.  GLADSTONE. 

The  STATE  in  its  RELATIONS  with  the  CHURCH.  By 
the  Right  Hon.  W.  E.  Gladstone,  M.  P.  Fourth  Edition. 
2  vols.  8vo.,  18*. 

SIR  SAMUEL  ROM  ILLY. 
LIFE,   LETTERS,  and   DIARY  of   SIR  SAMUEL 
ROMILLY,  written  by  Himself.    Edited  by  his  Sons.  Third 
Edition.    With  Portrait.    2  vols.  fcap.  8vo.,  12*. 

BISHOP  OF  LLANDAFF. 

LETTERS  from  the  late  EARL  of  DUDLEY  to  the 
BISHOP  of  LLANDAFF.  Second  Edition.  With  a  Portrait. 
8vo.,  10*.  6d. 


JOURNEY  through  ARABIA  PETRjEA  to  MOUNT 
SINAI,  and  the  EXCAVATED  CITY  of  PETRA  —  the 
Edom  of  the  Prophecies.  By  M.  Leon  de  Laborde.  Second 
Edition.    With  65  Plates,  Woodcuts,  and  Maps.    8vo.,  18*. 


POETICAL  WORKS  of  LORD  BYRON.  Complete  in 
One  Volume,  with  Portrait,  and  View  of  Newstead.  Royal  8vo., 
15*. 


CONSOLATIONS  in  TRAVEL;  or  the  LAST  DAYS  of  a 
PHILOSOPHER.  By  Sir  Humphrey  Davy.  Fourth  Edition. 
Fcap.  8va,  6*. 


ESSAYS  and  ORATIONS,  read  and  delivered  at  the  Royal 
College  of  Physicians.  With  an  Account  of  the  Opening  of  the 
Tomb  of  King  Charles  I.  By  Sir  Henry  Halford,  Bart.,  M.D. 
Third  Edition.    Fcap.  8vo.,  6*.  6d. 


DUKE  OF  SOMERSET. 


COUNT  LEON  DE  LABORDE. 


LORD  BYRON. 


SIR  HUMPHREY  DAVY. 


SIR  HENRY  HALFORD. 


A  3 


6    mr.  Murray's  recent  publications. 


SIR  JAMES  CLARK. 

SANATIVE  INFLUENCE  of  CLIMATE.  With  an  Ac- 
count of  the  best  Places  of  Resort  for  Invalids  in  England,  the 
South  of  Europe,  Ac.  By  Sir  James  Clark,  Bart.,  M.D. 
Third  Edition.    Post  8va,  10*.  6d. 

SIR  FRANCIS  HEAD. 

BUBBLES  from  the  BRUNNEN  of  NASSAU.  By  an 
Old  Man.     Sixth  Edition,  16mo.,  5s. 

THOMAS  CAMPBELL,  ESQ. 
SELECTED  BEAUTIES  of  the  BRITISH  POETS, 
With  Biographical  Notices.      By  Thomas  Campbell,  Esq., 
Author  of  «*  Pleasures  of  Hope,"  Ac.   Second  Edition.  Complete 
in  One  Volume  royal  8vo.,  20*. 

J.  C.  LOCKHART,  ESQ. 

ANCIENT  SPANISH  BALLADS,  Historical  and  Ro- 
mantic :  translated,  with  Notes.  By  J.  G.  Lockhart,  Esq. 
Embellished  with  coloured  Titles,  Borders,  ornamental  Letters, 
Vignettes,  &c.    4  to.  2L  2s. 

REV.  CEORCE  CRABBE. 

POETICAL  WORKS,  LETTERS,  and  JOURNALS  of 
the  Rev.  George  Crabbe,  with  a  LIFE  by  his  Son.  8  vols. 
Fcap.  8vo.  5s.  each. 

DR.  ABERCROMBIE. 

ENQUIRIES  concerning  the  INTELLECTUAL 
POWERS,  and  INVESTIGATION  of  TRUTH.  By  John 
Abercrombib,  M.D.     Tenth  Edition.    Post  8vo.,  8*.  6d. 

MICHAEL  FARADAY,  ESQ. 
CHEMICAL  MANIPULATION;  being  Instructions  to 
Students  in  Chemistry,  on  the  Methods  of  performing  Experi- 
ments of  Demonstration  or  Research  with  accuracy  and  success. 
By  Michael  Faraday,  F.R.S.    Third  Edition.  8vo.,  18*. 

MRS.  SOMERVILLE. 

On  the  CONNEXION  of  the  PHYSICAL  SCIENCES. 
By  Mary  Somerville.    Sixth  Edition.    Fcap.  8ro.,  10s.  6d. 

CHARLES  LYELL,  ESQ. 

ELEMENTS  of  GEOLOGY  ;  or,  a  Description  and  Clas- 
sification of  Rocks  and  Fossils,  illustrating  the  ANCIENT 
CHANGES  of  the  EARTH  and  its  INHABITANTS.  By 
Charles  Lyell,  Esq.     Second  Edition.    2  vols.  12mo.,  18*. 


Digitized  by  Google 


mb.  Murray's  recent  publications.  7 


C.  L.  EASTLAKE,  ESQ. 

HISTORY  of  PAINTING  —  ITALY.  From  the  Age  of 
Cons  tan  tine  the  Great  to  the  present  Time.  Translated  from  the 
German  of  Kugler.  By  A  Lad*  ;  and  edited,  with  Notes,  by 
C.  L.  Eastlajce,  R.A.    Post  8vo.,  12*. 

MRS.  JAMESON. 

HAND-BOOK  to  the  National  Gallery,  Windsor  Castle, 
Hampton  Court,  Dulwich  Gallery,  Soane  Museum,  Barry's 
Pictures ;  with  Catalogues  of  the  Pictures,  accompanied  by 
Biographical  and  Critical  Remarks.  By  Mas.  Jameson.  2  vols, 
post  8vo.,  18*. 

CHARLES  FELLOWS,  ESQ. 
XANTHIAN  MARBLES,  discovered  by  Charles  Fel- 
lows, Esq.,  during  his  first  and  second  Excursions  in  Asia  Minor, 
and  now  deposited  in  the  British  Museum.  A  short  Account  of 
their  Acquisition  and  Transmission  to  England.  With  Two 
Engravings.    Imperial  8vo.,  5*. 

DR.  DIEFFENBACH. 

TRAVELS  in  NEW  ZEALAND,  with  Contributions  to 
the  Geography,  Geology,  Botany,  and  Natural  History  of  the 
Islands.  By  Ernest  Dieffenbach,  M.D.,  Naturalist  to  the 
New  Zealand  Company.    With  Plates.    2  vols.  8vo.  24*. 

EDWARD  JESSE,  ESQ. 
GLEANINGS  in  NATURAL  HISTORY.    By  Edward 
Jesse,  Esq.    Fifth  Edition.    Fcap.  8vo.,  6*.  6d. 

MRS.  MARKHAM. 

HISTORY  of  ENGLAND,  from  the  first  Invasion  by  the 
Romans,  to  the  End  of  the  Reign  of  William  IV.,  with  Con- 
versations at  the  end  of  each  chapter.  By  Mrs.  Markham. 
Tenth  Edition,  with  numerous  Wood-cuts.    2  vols.  12mo.,  12*. 

BISHOP  OF  EXETER. 

A  CHARGE  delivered  to  the  Clergy  of  the  Diocese  of  Exeter 
at  his  Triennial  Visitation  in  June,  July,  August,  and  September, 
1842.    By  Henry,  Lord  Bishop  of  Exeter.     Fcap.  8vo.,  2*. 

BISHOP  HEBER. 

PARISH  SERMONS  on  the  Lessons,  Gospel,  or  Epistle, 
for  every  Sunday  in  the  Year,  and  for  Week-day  Festivals.  By 
the  late  Bishop  Heber.  Fourth  Edition.  2  vols.  Post  8vo., 
16*. 


Digitized  by  Google 


8     mr.  Murray's  recent  publications. 


ARCHDEACON  MANNING. 

A  TREATISE  on  the  UNITY  of  the  CHURCH.  By 
Henry  Edward  Manning,  Archdeacon  of  Chichester.  8vo., 
10$.  6<L 

ARCHDEACON  WILBERFORCE. 

CHURCH  COURTS  and  CHURCH  DISCIPLINE. 
By  Robert  Isaac  Wilberforce,  M.  A.,  Archdeacon  of  the  East 
Riding  and  Canon  of  York.    8vo.,  7*. 

REV.  H.  H.  MILMAN. 

HISTORY  of  CHRISTIANITY,  from  the  Birth  of  Christ 
to  the  Extinction  of  Paganism  in  the  Roman  Empire.  By  the 
Rev.  H.  H.  Milman,  Prebendary  of  St.  Peter's,  and  Minister  of 
St.  Margaret's,  Westminster.    3  vols.  8vo.,  36s. 

REV.  JAMES  BROCDEN. 

ILLUSTRATIONS  of  the  LITURGY  and  RITUAL 
of  the  UNITED  CHURCH  OF  ENGLAND  and  IRE- 
LAND,  being  Sermons  and  Discourses  selected  from  the 
Works  of  eminent  Divines  of  the  17th  Century.  By  the  Rev. 
James  Brogden,  M.  A.,  Trinity  College,  Cambridge.  3  vols, 
post  8vo.,  27*. 

REV.  W.  SEWELL. 

POPULAR  EVIDENCES  of  CHRISTIANITY.  By 
William  Sewell,  B.  D.,  late  Professor  of  Moral  Philosophy  in  the 
University  of  Oxford.    Fcap.  8vo.,  7  s.  6d. 

REV.  DR.  ROBINSON. 

BIBLICAL  RESEARCHES  in  PALESTINE,  MOUNT 
SINAI,  and  ARABIA  PETR.dE  A,  being  a  Journal  of  Travels 
undertaken  in  reference  to  Biblical  Geography.  By  Rev.  Dr. 
Robinson.    With  new  Maps  and  Plans.    3  vols.  8vo.,  45*. 

DR.  SOUTH EY. 

THE  BOOK  of  the  CHURCH.  By  the  late  Robert 
Southet,  LL.  D.,  with  Notes  containing  References  to  the 
Authorities.    Fifth  Edition.    With  an  Index.    8vo.,  12*. 

AUTHOR  OF  "GIDEON." 
HISTORY  of  JOSIAH.    By  the  Author  of  "  Gideon,  the 
Man  of  mighty  Valour."    Fcap.  8vo.,  4*.  6d. 

DR.  GRANT. 

THE  NESTORIANS,  or  LOST  TRIBES;  their  Manners, 
Customs,  and  Ceremonies,  with  Sketches  of  Travel  and  Illustra- 
tions of  Scripture  Prophecy.  By  Asahel  Grant,  M.D.  Second 
Edition.    Fcap.  8vo.,  6s. 


Digitized  by  Google 


mr.  Murray's  recent  publications.  9 


BISHOP  HEBER. 

PALESTINE,  AND  OTHER  POEMS.  By  the  late 
Bishop  Heber.  With  Portrait.  Second  Edition.  Fcap.  8vo.,7«.  6<L 

REV.  H.  H.  MiLMAN. 
FALL   OF  JERUSALEM,  AND  OTHER  POEMS. 
By  the  Rev.  H.  H.  Milman.    Second  Edition.  With  Notes,  and 
Illustrations.    3  vols.  fcap.  8vo.,  18*. 

HENRY  TAYLOR,  ESQ. 
EDWIN  THE  FAIR.    A  Tragedy.    By  Henrt  Taylor, 
Author  of  "  Philip  Van  Artevclde."    Fcap.  8vo.,  7*. 

MISS  LOWE. 

PROPHECY  OF  BALAAM,  THE  QUEEN'S 
CHOICE,  AND  OTHER  POEMS.  By  Helen  Lowe. 
Fcap.  8vo.,  Gs. 

MISS  LAMBERT. 
HANDBOOK  OF  NEEDLEWORK,  being  a  complete 
Guide  to  every  kind  of  Decorative  Needlework,  Crocket, 
Knitting,  and  Netting ;  with  a  brief  Historical  Account  of  each 
Art.  By  Miss  Lambert.  Second  Edition,  with  WToodcuts. 
Post  8vo.,  10*.  6d. 

LADY  MARY  FOX. 
THE   COUNTRY    HOUSE.     Edited  by  Lady  Mary 
Fox.  Published  for  the  Benefit  of  the  Royal  Schools  of  Industry, 
Kensington.    With  Numerous  Plates.    4to.,  1/.  Is. 

MRS.  ST1STED. 

LETTERS  FROM  THE  BYE-WAYS  OF  ITALY. 
By  Colonel  and  Mrs.  Stisted.    With  Illustrations.  8vo. 

RAPHAEL  AND  HIS  SCHOLARS. 

ARCHITECTURAL  DECORATIONS  OF  ROME 
during  the  Fifteenth  and  Sixteenth  Centuries.  Drawn  and 
engraved  by  Thiirmer,  Gutensohn,  Pistrucci,  and  other  Artists. 
Edited  and  arranged,  with  descriptive  Letterpress,  by  Louis 
Gruner. 

NIMROD. 

THE  CHASE,  THE  TURF,  AND  THE  ROAD. 
By  Nimrod.  Illustrated  with  Plates  by  Aiken  and  Gilbert. 
Second  Edition,  with  additional  Woodcut*.    Post  8vo.,  9*.  6d. 


Digitized  by  Google 


10     MR.  MURRAY'S  RECENT  PUBLICATIONS. 


LORD  BYRON'S  LIFE  AND  WORKS: 

VARIOUS  EDITIONS. 


LIBRARY  EDITION. 

Comprising  his  Poetry,  Letters,  Journals,  and  Life.  By 
Thomas  Moore.  Collected  and  arranged  with  Notes,  by  Scott, 
Jeffrey,  Wilson,  Heber,  Lockhart,  Ellis,  Campbell,  Milman,  &c. 
17  vols.  fcap.  8vo.  5s.  each. 

TRAVELLING  EDITION. 

With  Portrait  and  View  of  Newstead  Abbey.  Complete  in 
one  portable  Volume  Royal  8vo,  15s. 


ILLUSTRATED  EDITION. 

CHILDE  HAROLD'S  PILGRIMAGE. 

With  an  Original  Portrait  of  Lord  Byron,  in  his  Albanian 
Dress,  by  Thomas  Phillips,  R.A.,  and  Sixty  Vignette  En- 
gravings from  Sketches  made  on  the  spot  by  eminent  Artists. 
Royal  8vo.  21.  2s. 

POCKET  EDITIONS. 

THE  TALES. 


1.  Giaour. 

2.  Bride  of  Abtdos. 

3.  Corsair. 

4.  Lara. 

5.  Siege  of  Corinth. 


6.  Beppo. 

7.  Mazeppa. 

8.  Island. 

9.  Parisina. 

10.  Prisoner  of  Chillon. 


2  vols.  24mo.,  5s. ;  or  separately,  6d.  each. 


THE  DRAMAS. 

1.  Manfred.  5.  Two  Foscarl 

2.  Marino  Faliero.  6.  Deformed  Transformed. 

3.  Heaven  and  Earth.  7.  Cain. 

4.  Sardanapalus.  8.  Werner. 

2  vols.  24 mo,  75.;  or  separately,  at  6d.  and  Is.  each. 

CHILDE  HAROLD. 

With  an  Engraved  Title.   24mo.,  2s.  6d. 


Digitized  by  Google 


i 

.1 

MR.  MURRAY'S  HANDBOOKS 

FOR 

TRAVELLERS  ON  THE  CONTINENT,  ETC. 

OIVIWO 

DETAILED  AND  PRECISE  INFORMATION  RESPECTING 

STEAMERS,  PASSPORTS,  TABLES  OF  MONIES,  AND  GUIDES; 

with 

DIRECTIONS  FOR  TRAVELLERS,  AND  HINTS  FOR  TOURS* 


New  Editions  of  the  Following  are  now  Ready. 
HANDBOOK  NORTHERN  GERMANY. 

HOLLAND,  BELGIUM,  PRUSSIA,  NORTH  GERMANY, 
AND  THE  RHINE   TO  SWITZERLAND. 
Map.    Post  8vo.,  10*.  6a\ 

HANDBOOK  SOUTHERN  GERMANY. 

BAVARIA,  AUSTRIA,   TYROL,   SALZBURG,  STYRIA, 
THE  AUSTRIAN  AND  BAVARIAN  ALPS,  AND 
THE  DANUBE  FROM  ULM  TO  THE 
BLACK  SEA. 

Map.     Post  8vo.,  10*. 

HANDBOOK  FOR  SWITZERLAND. 

THE  ALPS  OF  SAVOY,  AND  PIEDMONT. 
Map.    Post  8vo.,  10*. 

HANDBOOK  NORTHERN  EUROPE. 

DENMARK,  NORWAY,  SWEDEN,  AND  RUSSIA. 
Maps  and  Plans.      Post  8vo.,  12*. 

HANDBOOK  FOR  THE  EAST. 

MALTA,  THE  IONIAN  ISLANDS,  GREECE,  TURKEY, 
ASIA   MINOR,   AND  CONSTANTINOPLE. 
Maps.    Post  8vo.,  15s. 


Digitized  by  Google 


12      MR.  MURRAY'S  HANDBOOKS  —  continued. 


HANDBOOK  NORTHERN  ITALY. 

THE  STATES  OF   SARDINIA,  GENOA,  THE 
RIVIERA,  VENICE,  LOMBARDY,  AND 

TUSCANY. 

Map.   Post  8vo.,  12*. 

HANDBOOK  CENTRAL  ITALY. 

THE  PAPAL  STATES,  ROME,  AND  THE  CITIES 

OF  ETRURIA. 

Map.    Post  8vo.,  \5s. 

HANDBOOK  SOUTHERN  ITALY. 

NAPLES,  AND  THE  COAST  OF  SICILY. 
Map.    Post  8vo. 

HANDBOOK  FOR  FRANCE. 

NORMANDY,   BRITTANY;   THE    RIVERS  LOIRE, 
SEINE,  RHONE,  AND  GARONNE; 
THE  FRENCH  ALPS,  DAUPHINE,  PROVENCE, 
AND  THE  PYRENEES. 

Map.    Post  8vo. 

HANDBOOK  FOR  MODERN  EGYPT  AND  THEBES. 

By  Sir  Gardner  Wilkinson. 
Maps.    Post  8vo. 

HANDBOOK  FOR  SPAIN. 

Maps.    Post  8vo. 

This  Volume  will  contain  the  different  modes  of  Travelling 
in  the  Peninsula,  and  the  precautions  necessary  to  be  taken  to 
ensure  comfort  and  security. 

The  Provinces,  the  principle  lines  of  High  Roads,  and  Cross 
Communications,  will  be  described.  Plans  of  tours  will  be 
drawn  up;  and  the  local  antiquities,  art,  scenery,  and  manners  of 
every  district  and  town  noticed.  The  objects  worth  seeing  will 
be  named,  and  those  sites  which  possess  historical  or  natural  in- 
terest  pointed  out. 


Digitized  by  Google 


Google